India and US Begin Bilateral Trade Talks Amid Tariff Concerns

India and the United States have commenced bilateral trade negotiations in Delhi, which will continue until Saturday.

A U.S. delegation, led by Assistant Trade Representative for South and Central Asia Brendan Lynch, arrived in the Indian capital on Tuesday for discussions aimed at strengthening trade relations.

“This visit reflects the United States’ continued commitment to advancing a productive and balanced trade relationship with India,” the U.S. Embassy stated.

The talks come ahead of U.S. President Donald Trump’s April 2 deadline to impose “reciprocal” tariffs on several countries, including India. Trump has long advocated for tit-for-tat tariffs, arguing that the U.S. should impose the same duties on foreign goods that its trading partners levy on American exports.

India’s junior commerce minister Jitin Prasada informed parliament on Tuesday that both nations were negotiating a “multi-sector bilateral trade agreement” to expand market access and address “tariff and non-tariff barriers.”

Trade discussions between the two countries have been ongoing since Trump assumed office. In March, Trade Minister Piyush Goyal made an unscheduled visit to the U.S. following Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s February trip to Washington.

Until recently, the U.S. was India’s largest trading partner, with bilateral trade reaching $190 billion. Trump and Modi had set an ambitious target to more than double this figure to $500 billion (£400 billion). The two nations have also committed to finalizing the first phase of a trade deal by autumn 2025.

Despite these commitments, past tensions have characterized U.S.-India trade relations. The Trump administration has previously criticized India as a “tariff king” and a “big abuser” of trade agreements.

In response to U.S. concerns, India recently lowered tariffs on select American goods, including Bourbon whiskey and motorcycles. However, trade imbalances persist, with India maintaining a $45 billion surplus. India’s average tariff rate of approximately 12% remains significantly higher than the U.S. rate of 2%.

While officials have not disclosed details of the ongoing talks, a Reuters report suggests that India might reduce tariffs on over half of U.S. imports worth $23 billion in the first phase of a trade deal. This move could be an attempt to prevent retaliatory action from Washington.

Although Trump has pushed for strict tariff reciprocity, he hinted on Monday that his administration might take a more lenient approach.

“We may take less than what they’re charging, because they’ve charged us so much, I don’t think they could take it,” Trump said, suggesting that some countries might receive exemptions from the new measures.

As negotiations progress, both nations aim to strike a deal that balances market access with their respective economic priorities.

DOJ Memo Signals Tougher Immigration Crackdown, Raising Risks for Employers

A new Department of Justice (DOJ) memo directs federal prosecutors to prioritize immigration-related cases, potentially exposing many employers to criminal charges. The policy shift could lead to prosecutions for employing undocumented immigrants and for violations involving H-1B visa holders, where revocations were previously standard practice.

DOJ Immigration Memorandum

Attorney General Pam Bondi, in a memo issued to all DOJ employees, emphasized that the U.S. faces “historic threats from widespread illegal immigration.” As a result, she declared that “immigration enforcement” is now the DOJ’s top prosecution priority.

“The Department of Justice shall use all available criminal statutes to combat the flood of illegal immigration that took place over the last four years and continue to support the Department of Homeland Security’s immigration and removal initiatives,” the Feb. 5 memo states.

It instructs U.S. Attorney’s Offices and other DOJ components to pursue criminal immigration-related charges when violations are identified by federal, state, or local law enforcement or the Intelligence Community. Specific statutes cited include:

  • 8 U.S.C. § 1304 & 1306 – Alien registration requirements and penalties for failure to notify authorities of address changes.
  • 8 U.S.C. § 1324 – Prohibitions on “bringing in and harboring” undocumented immigrants, which may now be enforced against employers.
  • 8 U.S.C. §§ 1325-1328 – Laws covering illegal entry, reentry of removed individuals, aiding unlawful entry, and human trafficking for “immoral purposes.”

The memo also mandates that DOJ attorneys report all declined immigration-related prosecutions as “Urgent Reports.” Additionally, each U.S. Attorney’s Office must provide quarterly data on immigration cases, pending investigations, convictions, and subsequent removals.

Increased Risks for Employers

The DOJ memo is expected to significantly increase immigration-related prosecutions. According to Chris Thomas, a partner at Holland & Hart, the DOJ is now instructing field offices to accept nearly all immigration-related referrals for prosecution.

“With 8 U.S.C. 1324 specifically cited, it’s clear that they plan to pursue criminal charges against companies and individuals who ‘know or recklessly disregard’ an employee’s unlawful status,” Thomas said. He noted that the law could also be applied to employers who knowingly work with staffing agencies or contractors that employ undocumented workers.

A recent case illustrates this shift: on Feb. 14, Homeland Security Investigations charged the owners of a Texas bakery with “harboring” eight undocumented workers under 8 U.S.C. 1324.

Thomas predicts that authorities will focus less on labor violations—such as employing undocumented minors—and more on using I-9 audits to build criminal cases against employers. “Companies must train staff on conducting I-9 audits, responding to ICE inspections, and handling potential raids,” he advised. He also urged businesses to consult legal counsel when addressing past compliance issues.

Impact on H-1B Employers

Employers of H-1B visa holders could also face heightened scrutiny. Under a recent H-1B rule, U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) has codified its authority to conduct site visits, including at third-party work locations and even employees’ home offices.

USCIS rejected arguments that such visits violate employer rights. Immigration advocacy group FWD.us noted that officers can deny or revoke petitions if an employer, including a third-party entity, refuses to cooperate or does not respond to written inquiries within a set timeframe.

“Employers should prepare for USCIS site visits, ensuring documentation aligns with petitions and that internal immigration teams are trained to address inquiries,” said Vic Goel of Goel & Anderson.

Thomas warned that even minor misrepresentations will likely be flagged for criminal investigation. “FDNS [Fraud Detection and National Security Directorate] will no longer just refer cases for revocation—they will escalate cases to Homeland Security Investigations and other agencies for criminal prosecution.”

The DOJ’s intensified focus on immigration cases aligns with broader Trump administration policies. Thomas expects an aggressive approach: “The focus will be to bring any and all charges available under immigration law.”

Donald Trump’s Approval Rating Declines as Economic Concerns Mount

Approval Ratings Slip Below Water

President Donald Trump’s approval rating has dipped into negative territory, with nearly every major pollster now showing more Americans disapprove of his job performance than approve. According to Newsweek’s tracker, Trump’s approval rating stands at 48%, while disapproval is at 49%, marking a one-point drop since Friday.

The Fox News poll, conducted between March 14-17, also found that 51% of respondents disapprove of Trump’s performance, while 49% approve, giving him a net rating of -2. Meanwhile, the latest YouGov/Economist and Morning Consult polls recorded a net approval of -3.

Trump’s Handling of the Economy Draws Criticism

Dissatisfaction with Trump’s economic policies appears to be a key driver of his declining popularity. A Fox News poll found that 56% of Americans disapprove of Trump’s handling of the economy, while only 43% approve. The latest Reuters/Ipsos poll paints an even bleaker picture, with only 38% approving of Trump’s economic leadership and a mere 34% expressing confidence in his ability to manage the cost of living.

Adding to concerns, 71% of Americans believe the economy will enter a recession this year, while Trump’s trade policies—especially tariffs on Canada, Mexico, and China—are fueling fears of higher inflation. Goldman Sachs previously estimated that these tariffs could push inflation up by 1% and provoke retaliatory actions from other countries.

Comparisons to Biden and First-Term Approval

At this point in his presidency, Trump’s 48% approval rating is lower than Joe Biden’s 53% approval rating on March 26, 2021, according to RealClearPolitics. However, compared to his first term, Trump’s popularity has improved. On March 26, 2017, his approval rating stood at just 43%, with a disapproval rating of 52%, giving him a net approval of -9.

Despite the recent dip, some polls remain favorable. Rasmussen Reports, known for producing more Republican-leaning results, places Trump’s net approval at +4. Meanwhile, RMG Research, founded by Scott Rasmussen, gave him a net approval of +8, with 53% approving and 45% disapproving.

Outlook and Potential Shifts

Trump’s approval rating will likely continue to fluctuate in the coming weeks, influenced by economic developments, U.S. trade policies, ongoing tensions over the Russia-Ukraine war, and the potential for a recession. His ability to regain public trust on economic issues could be a crucial factor in shaping political dynamics ahead of the midterm elections.

Uncertain Times for Immigrants in the US Amid Heightened Enforcement

The current climate in the United States has left many immigrants uncertain about their status and security. Reports have surfaced of visa and green card holders, as well as tourists, being detained and deported. However, the Trump administration does not appear to be indiscriminately targeting all legal immigrants who have authorization to remain in the country on a large scale.

Some of those affected seem to have been singled out due to their political activism. One such case involved a Brown University professor and doctor with a green card who was deported after officials discovered photos of former Hezbollah leader Hassan Nasrallah and Iran’s supreme leader on her phone. Another case saw immigration authorities detain a former Columbia student and green card holder involved in campus protests over the war in Gaza, citing a Trump executive order prohibiting antisemitism.

In other instances, the administration has not provided clear reasons for detaining individuals. A German citizen with a green card was interrogated by border officials in Boston and detained without access to his anxiety medication. It remains unclear whether he has been charged with any crime. Similarly, as of Tuesday, no official explanation had been given for the detention of a Turkish doctoral student.

Notably, US citizens have also been affected. One individual reported being arrested by immigration agents while walking in Chicago. His identification was confiscated, and he was held for ten hours before being released.

While such cases are relatively limited in number, they have gone viral, sparking fear within immigrant communities.

According to immigration attorneys, it is difficult to gauge the level of concern legal immigrants living and working in the US should have.

“After practicing for 40 years, it’s really difficult to divine what a measured response is right now,” said Kathleen Campbell Walker, former president of the American Immigration Lawyers Association.

Although cases of detained or deported visa and green card holders appear to be rare, legal experts recommend that immigrants—as well as US citizens—take certain precautions in this uncertain environment.

Carry Identification Documents

Legal non-citizen immigrants have long been required by law to carry their immigration papers at all times. However, under Trump, the penalties for failing to do so are increasing.

In April, the administration is set to raise the fine for not carrying required documents from $100 to $5,000, Campbell Walker said. While failing to possess documentation has always been a misdemeanor, it can now lead to detention and deportation proceedings. Trump has revoked Biden-era immigration enforcement priorities, making even those charged with nonviolent, minor crimes subject to deportation.

Additionally, beginning next month, the administration will require all noncitizens to register with the federal government. Those who fail to do so will be designated as priorities for immigration enforcement. Many noncitizens who have previously interacted with federal agencies—such as those who applied for immigration benefits or received notices to appear in court—are already considered registered under this policy.

Campbell Walker also advised US citizens to carry proof of nationality, such as a passport card or birth certificate, given reports of Americans being mistakenly detained by immigration agents. Concerns have been raised that some agents are racially or ethnically profiling individuals during enforcement actions.

“Carrying documents on your person, making sure that people who are not citizens or naturalized or acquired citizens have one place in your home where you have all your important documentation together and making sure that you have copies—those are all reasonable and important steps to be taking in a moment like this, when we see the administration attacking free speech rights and attacking the basic norms of due process,” said Heidi Altman, vice president of policy at the National Immigration Law Center.

Reconsider International Travel

Legal experts are also advising immigrants to exercise caution when traveling abroad.

After the deportation of a professor, Brown University recommended that green card holders delay personal travel outside the US “out of an abundance of caution.” The university warned that upcoming changes to reentry requirements, along with a potential travel ban targeting 43 countries—expected to take effect as early as this week—could impact students and staff.

“I believe that a lot of green card holders are making the decision to consult with an attorney before traveling, and I think that’s a reasonable consideration,” Altman said.

Immigrants should consider whether their country of origin or travel destination might be affected by these potential bans. They should also evaluate their personal history of activism, as it could make them a target for additional scrutiny upon reentry.

“We know that this administration is engaging in retaliatory actions against people who have engaged in constitutionally protected activism and speech,” Altman said. “And so I think people may want to think about their own history and imagine and explore if it might put them at high interest for retaliatory targeting and talk to an attorney about precautionary steps that can be taken before travel.”

Protect Privacy on Social Media and Electronic Devices

For those who must travel, legal experts advise taking precautions with electronic devices. Border officials have recently begun requesting access to immigrants’ personal devices, including their cellphones.

Refusing to provide access may lead officials to deny entry based on insufficient information to determine admissibility. However, Campbell Walker expressed concern that officers may lack the training necessary to interpret digital content accurately.

According to reports from attorneys in the American Immigration Lawyers Association, border officials have started reviewing social media activity on travelers’ phones as a basis for determining entry eligibility.

“I’m not asking anyone to lie. I’m not trying to obstruct justice,” Campbell Walker said. “But if somebody who may not have sufficient training is going to rip through a cellphone and jump to conclusions and potentially remove me or prevent me from entering the US, I don’t think it’s advisable to have a bunch of social media or photographs on the phone you travel with. I don’t think it’s very wise to be traveling with your [personal] laptop.”

Vance Reassures U.S. Won’t Use Military Force in Greenland Amid Trump’s Push for Control

Vice President J.D. Vance stated on Friday that the United States is unlikely to use military force in President Donald Trump’s pursuit of acquiring Greenland. Speaking from Pituffik Space Base, a key American military installation in northwestern Greenland, Vance emphasized that the U.S. respects the island’s sovereignty despite Trump’s repeated assertions that the territory should belong to the United States.

“We do not think military force is ever going to be necessary,” Vance said in response to a question about potential military plans to take control of Greenland. “What we think is going to happen is that the Greenlanders are going to choose, through self-determination, to become independent of Denmark, and then we’re going to have conversations with the people of Greenland from there.”

The comments come as Trump continues to argue that Greenland is crucial to U.S. security interests. His concerns range from Russia’s access to the Arctic to China’s increasing influence in the region.

“We need Greenland for international security. We have to have Greenland,” Trump said in remarks from the White House on Friday.

Vance, however, shifted some of the focus to Denmark’s role in securing Greenland, claiming that the Danish government has failed to adequately protect the strategically important territory.

“The Danes have not done their job in keeping this area safe,” Vance said.

Greenland, an autonomous territory within the Kingdom of Denmark, has firmly resisted Trump’s interest in acquiring it. The Danish government has repeatedly stated that Greenland is not for sale, and officials in Copenhagen strongly criticized Vance’s visit.

Vance clarified that the U.S. has no plans to expand its military presence on the island and suggested that any changes in security arrangements would be coordinated with Nuuk, Greenland’s capital.

“We hope that they choose to partner with the United States because we’re the only nation on Earth that will respect their sovereignty and respect their security,” he said.

Greenland’s Political Landscape

Greenland’s recent elections reflect little appetite for a quick break from Denmark. The Demokraatit party, which advocates a long-term path toward independence rather than an abrupt split, won the March election.

Public sentiment in Greenland appears largely against Trump’s proposal, and attitudes toward the U.S. among the island’s 57,000 residents have reached a low point.

This growing tension led to the White House canceling a planned “heritage” tour of Greenland. The visit, originally set for Second Lady Usha Vance, National Security Adviser Mike Waltz, and Energy Secretary Chris Wright, was scrapped after officials in Nuuk and Copenhagen pushed back strongly. Greenlandic officials also showed little enthusiasm for hosting the American delegation.

Danish Foreign Minister Lars Løkke Rasmussen welcomed the White House’s decision to cancel the heritage tour, calling it a “positive” move that respected Greenlandic sentiment. However, he noted there was no objection to American officials visiting the Pituffik base, which has long been a U.S. military outpost.

U.S. Presence in Greenland

Vance’s visit to northern Greenland provided a rare opportunity to highlight the American military’s presence in one of the world’s harshest environments. Pituffik Space Base, located 750 miles north of the Arctic Circle, serves as a key front line in missile defense, early-warning systems, and space surveillance.

The vice president received an extensive briefing on Arctic security from military personnel stationed at the base. The extreme conditions became apparent upon his arrival, as temperatures hovered at minus 3 degrees Fahrenheit.

“It’s cold as s‑‑‑ here. Nobody told me,” Vance remarked after joining U.S. Space Force Guardians for lunch.

In addition to serious discussions on security, Vance was introduced to some of the unusual traditions upheld by service members at the base. One such tradition is the polar plunge, where participants dive into the frigid Arctic waters. Those who complete the challenge receive a certificate acknowledging their bravery—or as some jokingly call it, a “certificate for stupidity.”

Vance took the opportunity to share a lighthearted moment with the troops, joking about the challenge.

“And let it be known that this task of questionable sanity was accomplished despite near-freezing temperatures, the threat of collapsing icebergs, and lusty seals,” he quipped.

The Signal Chat Controversy

Vance’s trip to Greenland also took place against the backdrop of a controversy surrounding his involvement in a sensitive text chain. The vice president has come under scrutiny for participating in a Signal group chat in which officials discussed classified details about a planned military strike in Yemen.

The chat became a major scandal after it was revealed that a journalist had inadvertently been included in the group. Critics argue that the discussion may have put classified military information at risk.

Vance attempted to downplay the controversy, assuring reporters that an internal investigation is underway. However, he made it clear that no one would face termination over the incident.

“President Trump has said on Monday, on Tuesday, on Wednesday, on Thursday, and I’m the vice president saying it here on Friday, we are standing behind our entire national security team,” Vance stated.

The investigation’s findings are expected to be released “soon,” according to the vice president.

Tensions Over U.S.-Greenland Relations

The Trump administration’s push to establish greater U.S. influence in Greenland has generated friction with Denmark, which has historically controlled the island. In recent years, Washington has increased its diplomatic and economic outreach to Greenland, viewing it as a critical asset in Arctic geopolitics.

Despite these efforts, Greenlanders remain skeptical of Trump’s ambitions. Greenland’s economy and governance remain deeply tied to Denmark, and there is little indication that its population supports closer ties with the U.S. at the expense of its autonomy.

Trump’s repeated declarations that Greenland should be part of the United States have only fueled further resentment. His administration has previously floated ideas such as investing in infrastructure and economic development projects on the island, but these proposals have been met with mixed reactions.

With tensions between Copenhagen, Nuuk, and Washington continuing to simmer, Vance’s trip to Greenland was seen as a diplomatic attempt to balance Trump’s aggressive rhetoric with a more measured approach. However, his visit did little to quell the controversy surrounding the U.S. administration’s stance on Greenland’s future.

As Trump and his allies continue to push for greater U.S. influence in the Arctic, it remains to be seen how Greenland’s leadership and its people will respond. For now, Denmark remains firmly in control, and Greenlanders show little interest in Trump’s vision for the island’s future.

Canada’s Declining Tourism to the U.S.: Political Tensions, Tariffs, and Boycotts Threaten Billions in Revenue

Tourism from Canada to the United States, once a consistent and lucrative revenue stream, is experiencing a sharp decline due to rising political tensions, economic pressures, and an emerging boycott movement. The longstanding trend of over 20 million Canadians visiting the U.S. annually—generating approximately US$20.5 billion and supporting around 140,000 jobs—is now faltering. This downturn is largely driven by growing dissatisfaction with an “America First” administration, whose policies and rhetoric have contributed to a cooling relationship between the two countries.

A Shift in Canadian Travel Habits

For decades, the U.S. has been the top international destination for Canadian travelers. According to the U.S. Travel Association, Canada accounted for 20.4 million visits last year, a figure that translated into significant economic benefits for the U.S. tourism industry. However, a combination of political developments, economic shifts, and social concerns is leading many Canadians to reconsider their trips south of the border.

At the heart of this shift is the political climate under the current administration. The U.S. president has frequently used tariffs as a bargaining tool and has made controversial remarks about Canada, including floating the idea of annexing the country. These statements have not only strained diplomatic relations but have also led to a growing sense of unease among Canadian travelers.

Additionally, newly implemented U.S. visitor registration rules have added a layer of complexity to cross-border travel. These changes come amid broader concerns over immigration policies, including reports of foreign nationals—Canadians among them—being detained by U.S. authorities over travel visa issues. Such incidents have heightened anxieties, making travel to the U.S. feel less welcoming than before.

The Role of Social and Economic Factors

Beyond political friction, social issues have also played a role in shaping Canadian travel patterns. The Trump administration’s rollback of transgender rights has sparked international backlash, with several European nations issuing travel advisories in response. In Canada, where progressive social policies are widely embraced, such moves have fueled a growing reluctance to support U.S. tourism.

Economic factors are compounding the decline. The strength of the U.S. dollar has made American travel more expensive for Canadians, reducing their purchasing power and making alternative destinations more attractive. This has been particularly evident in border towns, which have long relied on Canadian visitors for a significant portion of their tourism revenue.

For instance, Whitefish, Montana, a town located just 60 miles from the British Columbia border, has seen a 14% drop in Canadian visitor spending in January compared to the same period last year. According to Brian Schott, a communications specialist for the Whitefish Convention and Visitors Bureau, this decline signals a troubling trend that could worsen if current conditions persist.

Canadian Tourism Decline Hits Major U.S. Destinations

The impact of Canada’s retreat from U.S. tourism is already evident in key American cities. Data from February indicates that Canadian arrivals in Las Vegas dropped by 9.4%, while visits to Newark and New York airports fell by 11% compared to the previous year. These figures suggest that once-popular destinations for Canadian tourists are now experiencing significant downturns.

However, the decline is not uniform across the U.S. Some locations, such as Phoenix, Arizona, have bucked the trend, experiencing a 15% increase in Canadian visitors over the same period. The reasons behind Phoenix’s resilience could include its warm climate, direct flight availability, and appeal as a winter escape for Canadian snowbirds.

Even so, the overall pattern suggests a broader retreat from U.S. travel, driven by a combination of political and economic concerns. The longer these factors remain in place, the more likely it is that this downturn will continue to accelerate.

The Growing Boycott Movement

In addition to individual decisions to forgo U.S. travel, an organized boycott movement is gaining traction among Canadians. Online forums, social media campaigns, and advocacy groups have been calling on Canadians to spend their tourism dollars elsewhere, citing both economic and ethical reasons.

Many travelers are opting for domestic alternatives within Canada, such as Banff, Whistler, and Prince Edward Island, which offer world-class travel experiences without the complications associated with U.S. border crossings. Others are exploring international destinations in Europe, Mexico, and the Caribbean, where political tensions are less pronounced.

The combination of these factors is leading many analysts to warn that the U.S. could see a prolonged and significant decline in Canadian tourism, with long-term consequences for businesses and communities that depend on cross-border travel.

Economic Fallout and Future Outlook

If the current decline in Canadian tourism continues, the economic consequences for the U.S. could be severe. The US$20.5 billion that Canadian visitors contribute annually supports a range of industries, from hospitality and entertainment to retail and transportation. A sustained drop in Canadian spending would not only impact businesses in border regions but also have ripple effects across the broader U.S. economy.

Industry experts are closely watching how these trends develop. If the political climate shifts or if the U.S. dollar weakens, there is potential for a rebound in Canadian tourism. However, if tariffs, immigration policies, and social tensions persist, the downward trend may accelerate, reshaping the future of North American travel.

At the moment, indicators suggest that this is not a temporary dip but a fundamental shift. With current conditions deepening, analysts predict that Canadian travel to the U.S. will continue to decline in the months ahead.

For American businesses, tourism officials, and policymakers, this presents a pressing challenge: how to rebuild trust and attract Canadian visitors back before long-term damage is done.

U.S. Names India a ‘State Actor’ in Fentanyl Supply Chain Amid Rising Trade Tensions

With just a week remaining before the Trump administration’s retaliatory tariffs take effect, the United States has classified India alongside China as a “state actor” enabling the supply of precursor chemicals and equipment used by drug traffickers, particularly in the illicit fentanyl trade.

U.S. Threat Assessment Flags India’s Role in Fentanyl Crisis

The 2025 Annual Threat Assessment (ATA)—a report outlining global risks to U.S. national security—was released on Tuesday and highlighted the increasing role of China and India in supplying materials fueling the ongoing fentanyl crisis in the United States.

According to the report, fentanyl and synthetic opioids remain the deadliest drugs trafficked into the U.S., causing over 52,000 deaths in the 12-month period ending October 2024. The Trump administration has escalated its crackdown on fentanyl trafficking, linking trade policies with countries suspected of involvement in the illicit drug supply chain. However, this is the first time Washington has explicitly placed India on the same level as China regarding the supply of precursor chemicals used in manufacturing fentanyl.

The report underscores that while Mexican drug cartels, particularly the Sinaloa Cartel and the Jalisco New Generation Cartel, continue to dominate fentanyl production and distribution, they rely on precursor chemicals and equipment sourced from state actors like China and India.

“Non-state groups are often enabled, both directly and indirectly, by state actors, such as China and India as sources of precursors and equipment for drug traffickers,” the report states.

“China remains the primary source country for illicit fentanyl precursor chemicals and pill-pressing equipment, followed by India,” according to the assessment published by the office of Tulsi Gabbard, U.S. Director of National Intelligence (DNI).

Recent Criminal Cases Involving India-Based Companies

The report’s findings follow a recent federal case in Washington, D.C., where an India-based chemical manufacturing company and three of its executives were charged with illegally importing fentanyl precursors. In another case, two senior employees of a Hyderabad-based company were arrested in New York City last week, further intensifying concerns about India’s role in the illicit fentanyl supply chain.

Broader Security Concerns: Terrorism and Transnational Threats

Beyond the drug trade, the ATA report also raised alarms about transnational terrorist threats. It identified ISIS-Khorasan (ISIS-K) as among the most aggressive branches of ISIS, warning that the group, along with “entrepreneurial plotters,” may attempt to attack the U.S. or its allies using online propaganda and recruitment efforts.

Additionally, the report noted that Tehrik-e-Taliban Pakistan (TTP) has focused recent attacks on Pakistan, likely to avoid additional counter-terrorism scrutiny. However, the group’s historical ties to al-Qaida and past involvement in U.S.-targeted operations remain a concern.

“Anti-India groups, including Lashkar-e-Tayyiba, similarly concern us in part because of their historical links with al-Qaida,” the report observed.

Trade Tensions: India in Talks to Avoid U.S. Tariffs

Amid these escalating tensions, Trump has threatened to impose new reciprocal tariffs on several countries, including India, as part of his “Liberation Day” tariffs set to take effect on April 2. However, India is currently negotiating a free trade agreement (FTA) with the U.S., which could potentially exempt it from some of these trade restrictions.

The developments mark a critical juncture in U.S.-India relations, as the designations in the fentanyl trade could strain diplomatic ties while both nations seek to navigate trade disputes and secure economic agreements.

U.S. Population at Risk of Decline Without Immigration, CBO Report Warns

Birth Rates Insufficient to Sustain Population Growth

New data from the Congressional Budget Office (CBO) suggests that without immigration, the U.S. birth rate will not be sufficient to maintain population levels. According to a report released Thursday, deaths have begun to outnumber live births in the U.S. since 2023, signaling a demographic shift that could lead to population decline.

Impact of Immigration Restrictions Under Trump Administration

The report’s findings come amid President Donald Trump’s immigration restrictions, which could further accelerate the decline in population. The projections, spanning 2025 through 2055, only consider policies in place as of January 6, 2025, and do not account for future changes under the Trump administration. Mass deportations could exacerbate the trend, leading to an even steeper population decline than projected.

Aging Population Poses Economic Challenges

With an aging population, workforce participation is expected to decrease, resulting in a higher proportion of Americans relying on entitlement programs such as Social Security, Medicare, and Medicaid. The financial burden on these programs is set to grow, raising concerns about long-term sustainability.

U.S. Debt to GDP Ratio Set to Break Records

The report also warns that the U.S. debt-to-GDP ratio is projected to reach record levels by 2029, surpassing the previous high seen during World War II. Publicly held debt is expected to keep rising, reaching 156% of GDP by 2054. However, the deficit outlook has improved slightly compared to last year’s projections, thanks to spending policies enacted late in the Biden administration. Previously, the CBO estimated that U.S. debt would reach 168% of GDP by 2054, but the updated projection shows a lower debt trajectory.

Soaring Healthcare and Social Security Costs

Spending on major healthcare programs has historically accounted for 4.4% of GDP, but that figure is projected to nearly double to 8.1% by 2055. Similarly, Social Security costs—which have averaged 4.5% of GDP over the past 30 years—are expected to rise to 6.1% by 2055.

Declining Workforce Participation a Growing Concern

As the percentage of working-age Americans declines, the economy could face serious labor shortages and reduced economic productivity. Without sustained immigration or policy interventions, the shrinking workforce could further strain government resources and slow economic growth.

Uncertainty Looms Over Russia-Ukraine Black Sea Cease-Fire Deal

Russia and Ukraine have signaled their commitment to halting hostilities in the Black Sea, but it remains uncertain whether an agreement will take effect soon—if at all.

Moscow attached a significant condition to the deal, stating it would comply only if restrictions on its agricultural exports were lifted. The penalties, imposed by the United States and the European Union, would require a complex negotiation process to reverse.

Additionally, Kyiv and Moscow appear to have differing interpretations of the U.S.-brokered agreement announced on Tuesday. While Russia views the deal as a means to revive a 2022 U.N.-backed accord granting it control over commercial shipping in the Black Sea, Ukraine has insisted it will not allow the Russian Navy back into the western Black Sea, its primary maritime trade route.

Violations and Mistrust Persist

The deep-seated mistrust between the two nations was evident on Wednesday as both sides accused each other of breaching the truce. Ukraine reported an attack on its port city of Mykolaiv, while Moscow claimed to have shot down two Ukrainian drones over the Black Sea.

Russia’s demands indicate that it is in no rush to end the conflict. With a sympathetic administration in the White House and the upper hand on the battlefield, Moscow appears determined to extract maximum concessions before considering a cease-fire.

Russia’s Conditions for Compliance

The Kremlin has made clear that it will not agree to the cease-fire unless its state agriculture bank and other financial institutions involved in food and fertilizer trade are reconnected to the international payment system, Swift.

Given that Swift is headquartered in Belgium, the U.S. would have to convince European regulators to approve such a move. The White House has stated that it will “help restore Russia’s access to the world market for agricultural and fertilizer exports.”

Moscow is also demanding that Western companies resume deliveries of agricultural equipment to Russia and that sanctions on its food and fertilizer companies, shipping vessels, and insurers be lifted.

Despite sanctions, Russia’s agricultural exports remain strong. The country’s grain and fertilizer trade reached $45 billion in 2023, and it continues to export record-high volumes, according to Andrei Sizov, director of the Russian consultancy SovEcon.

Some experts warn that lifting sanctions on a Russian state bank could allow the Kremlin to bypass broader financial restrictions. “The minute you have a sanctions-free bank, you can use it for whatever you want,” said Aleksandr Kolyandr, a Russia analyst at the Center for European Policy Analysis. “It can be an instrument to crack the sanctions regime, but it is much easier to monitor just one bank.”

Ukraine’s Skepticism

While Kyiv has agreed to the maritime cease-fire, it remains wary of Moscow’s intentions.

President Volodymyr Zelensky criticized Russia’s demand for sanctions relief, stating it was “already trying to distort agreements.” He also expressed concerns that the U.S. commitment to facilitating Russian agricultural exports represented “a weakening of positions and a weakening of sanctions.”

With Russia’s demands and the conflicting interpretations of the deal, experts question what Ukraine stands to gain. Notably, the White House has not clarified whether the agreement would protect Ukrainian ports from Russian attacks or lead to the reopening of the ports of Mykolaiv and Kherson—key objectives for Ukraine during negotiations.

Kyiv also has little interest in reviving the 2022 U.N.-backed grain deal that Russia favors. That agreement allowed Ukraine to export grain through a designated Black Sea corridor but also granted Russia the authority to inspect commercial vessels for weapons.

Andrii Klymenko, head of the Black Sea Institute of Strategic Studies, noted that these inspections significantly delayed exports, making the route unprofitable. Since Russia withdrew from the deal, Ukraine has established its own shipping corridor, pushing the Russian Navy out of the western Black Sea and restoring grain exports to near prewar levels.

A Fragile Path Forward

Last week, Russian President Vladimir Putin agreed in a phone conversation with former U.S. President Donald Trump to halt attacks on Ukrainian energy infrastructure for 30 days. Ukraine, which has advocated for a broader cease-fire, followed suit. Both nations have reaffirmed their commitment to the temporary moratorium on energy strikes.

On Tuesday, the Kremlin outlined which facilities would be protected under the agreement, including refineries, pipelines, storage sites, nuclear plants, hydroelectric dams, and energy transmission infrastructure. However, Russia excluded gas and oil extraction sites—facilities that Ukraine claims have been frequent targets of Russian attacks and that Kyiv had included in its own cease-fire proposal.

The situation underscores Moscow’s strategy of appearing open to negotiations while making minimal concessions.

Ukraine’s Defense Minister Rustem Umerov acknowledged the complexities of the deal, stating on Tuesday that “additional technical consultations” were necessary to effectively implement the energy and maritime cease-fires.

With key details unresolved and both sides skeptical of each other’s commitments, the viability of the cease-fire remains uncertain.

Trump Announces 25% Tariff on Imported Cars and Parts, Sparking Industry Concerns

President Donald Trump has announced a 25% import tax on cars and car parts entering the U.S., a move he claims will drive job growth and investment in domestic manufacturing. The tariffs are set to take effect on April 2, with taxes on vehicle imports beginning the following day. Tariffs on parts will be implemented in May or later.

Trump described the measure as essential to revitalizing the American auto industry. “If you build your car in the United States, there is no tariff,” he stated. However, analysts warn that the policy could disrupt supply chains, increase vehicle prices, and strain trade relations with key allies.

Impact on Global Trade and Supply Chains

The U.S. imports roughly eight million cars annually, amounting to $240 billion in trade and nearly half of all vehicles sold domestically. Mexico is the largest supplier of cars to the U.S., followed by South Korea, Japan, Canada, and Germany. Many American car companies operate manufacturing facilities in Mexico and Canada under long-standing free trade agreements.

While tariffs on car parts from Canada and Mexico will be temporarily exempt while U.S. Customs and Border Protection sets up a system to assess duties, trade flows between these neighboring countries and the U.S. are expected to be significantly impacted. Goods worth billions of dollars cross these borders daily.

Market Reaction and Industry Concerns

Following Trump’s announcement, major automotive stocks declined. General Motors shares fell by approximately 3%, while Stellantis, the parent company of Jeep and Chrysler, saw a 3.6% drop. Tesla CEO Elon Musk acknowledged the policy’s impact, posting on X that “the tariff impact on Tesla is still significant.”

Auto manufacturers and industry leaders have raised concerns about the cost burden. The Anderson Economic Group estimates that tariffs on parts from Canada and Mexico alone could raise vehicle costs by $4,000 to $10,000, depending on the model.

The Role of Tariffs in Trump’s Economic Strategy

Trump’s new car tariffs are part of his broader agenda to protect American industries and encourage domestic production. Tariffs function as taxes on imported goods, which foreign companies must pay when bringing their products into the U.S. While this can benefit domestic manufacturers by making foreign competition more expensive, it also raises costs for businesses relying on imported materials and parts.

The Trump administration has argued that these measures are necessary to push companies to manufacture within the U.S. White House officials stated that they aim to have U.S. workers produce more parts rather than merely assembling imported components.

Despite the industry’s concerns, Trump hailed Hyundai’s recent $21 billion investment in the U.S. and its plans to build a steel plant in Louisiana as proof that tariffs work. “This is a clear demonstration that tariffs very strongly work,” he said.

International Reactions and Potential Retaliation

Trump’s tariff announcement has sparked criticism from U.S. trade partners. Japan, the world’s second-largest car exporter, vowed to consider “all options” in response. Shares of major Japanese automakers, including Toyota, Nissan, and Honda, fell sharply following the news.

In the U.K., Chancellor Rachel Reeves called the new tariffs “bad for the UK and bad for the US,” emphasizing ongoing negotiations to prevent the tariffs from applying to British exports. The U.S. is the U.K.’s second-largest car export market after the European Union.

Mike Hawes, CEO of the Society of Motor Manufacturers and Traders (SMMT), urged both governments to “come together immediately and strike a deal that works for all.”

Canadian Prime Minister Mark Carney condemned the decision as a “direct attack” on Canada’s automotive sector. Meanwhile, European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen said the EU would carefully review the new measures before formulating a response.

Adding to the tension, Trump threatened “far larger” tariffs against the EU and Canada if they coordinated economic measures against the U.S.

Broader Implications for the Auto Industry

The auto sector is already dealing with existing tariffs on steel and aluminum, which have increased production costs. Ford, General Motors, and other major automakers have urged the Trump administration to exclude the industry from additional tariffs to avoid further financial strain.

A 2024 study by the U.S. International Trade Commission estimated that a 25% tariff on car imports could reduce foreign vehicle sales in the U.S. by nearly 75% while raising average domestic car prices by approximately 5%.

Despite these concerns, United Auto Workers (UAW) union leader Shawn Fain, who had opposed Trump in the election, expressed cautious optimism. “The president is stepping up to end the free trade disaster that has devastated working-class communities for decades,” he said.

Meanwhile, Matt Blunt, head of the American Automotive Policy Council, reaffirmed the industry’s commitment to increasing U.S. production but warned that tariffs must be structured to prevent excessive price hikes for consumers.

Uncertain Future for U.S. Auto Manufacturing

With major trading partners preparing potential retaliatory measures and automakers reassessing supply chains, the long-term impact of Trump’s tariffs remains uncertain. While the administration argues that the policy will lead to more domestic jobs and investment, the auto industry fears it could bring higher costs, production disruptions, and strained international relationships.

As April 2 approaches, businesses, consumers, and policymakers alike will be watching closely to see how the tariffs reshape the U.S. automotive market and global trade dynamics.

USCIRF Report Highlights Global Religious Freedom Violations, Urges TrumpAdministration Action

The U.S. Commission on International Religious Freedom (USCIRF) has released its annual report, identifying the world’s worst violators of religious liberty and urging the new Trump administration to appoint an ambassador-at-large for international religious freedom.

Published on March 25, the 2025 report largely mirrors the findings of the previous year, reflecting continued or worsening conditions in many nations.

“The administration of President Donald J. Trump faces a complex international environment in which to build on its previous success of centering religious freedom as a cornerstone of foreign policy and global leadership,” the report states. “Confirming this commitment to advancing freedom of religion or belief will require calibration and joint action with like-minded governments.”

Calls for Congressional Action

USCIRF’s eight commissioners have urged Congress to prohibit visits from representatives of governments deemed egregious violators of religious freedom.

“Lobbyists paid to represent the interests of governments that kill, torture, imprison, or otherwise persecute their populations because of what religion they practice or what beliefs they hold should not be welcome in the halls of Capitol Hill,” the commission stated.

The report also calls for a successor to Rashad Hussain, whose tenure as ambassador-at-large for international religious freedom ended with the Biden administration. Hussain was recently named a distinguished senior fellow at the Institute for Global Engagement, a think tank promoting religious freedom.

USCIRF Chair Stephen Schneck emphasized the need for a high-level appointee. “I think what’s critical here is an ambassador who has access, not only to Secretary (of State Marco) Rubio, but has access to the White House directly,” Schneck told RNS in an interview. “It needs to be somebody, I think, of that level, given the big uptick in violations of freedom of religion or belief around the world that we’re seeing right now.”

Countries of Particular Concern

USCIRF, an independent bipartisan body reauthorized through September 2026, annually recommends countries for the State Department’s designation as “of particular concern” (CPCs) for committing “systematic, egregious, and ongoing” violations of religious freedom.

The 2025 report calls for the redesignation of 12 countries:

  • Burma
  • China
  • Cuba
  • Eritrea
  • Iran
  • Nicaragua
  • North Korea
  • Pakistan
  • Russia
  • Saudi Arabia
  • Tajikistan
  • Turkmenistan

Additionally, USCIRF recommends adding four more nations to the CPC list:

  • Afghanistan
  • India
  • Nigeria
  • Vietnam

Last year, USCIRF sought similar redesignations and also recommended Azerbaijan’s inclusion. This year, it urges Azerbaijan to remain on the State Department’s special watch list, alongside Algeria.

Further, USCIRF seeks to add several countries to the special watch list, including:

  • Egypt
  • Indonesia
  • Iraq
  • Kazakhstan
  • Kyrgyzstan
  • Malaysia
  • Sri Lanka
  • Syria
  • Turkey
  • Uzbekistan

Rising Concerns Over Religious Liberty

Schneck, who was appointed by President Joe Biden, underscored the lack of progress in improving religious freedom worldwide.

“It’s become much worse in several places, including Iran, Nicaragua, and, frankly, Russia,” he said, attributing the trend to authoritarian regimes and religious nationalism in countries such as Myanmar, India, and Turkey. “We’re not seeing progress. In fact, in most of the countries on this list, we’re seeing regress.”

For the second consecutive year, USCIRF also called for appointing a special envoy for Nigeria and the Lake Chad region, where religious violence has escalated.

Concerns Over Policy Shifts Under Trump

Schneck expressed disappointment that the State Department had not issued its latest designations of religious freedom violators before the Biden administration ended or since Trump returned to office.

While the report acknowledges the Biden administration’s funding of hundreds of millions of dollars in humanitarian aid through USAID—supporting persecuted religious groups like Muslim Rohingya refugees and Syrians—Schneck pointed to a halt in funding under the new administration.

“As I understand, all of the freezes are still in place that affect those USAID programs,” Schneck said. “We’re very hopeful that the new administration will act quickly to resolve some of these situations so that some really needed programs to protect religious freedom on the ground in different parts of the world can be funded appropriately.”

Schneck also raised concerns about refugee protections, warning that recent policy changes could jeopardize asylum seekers fleeing religious persecution.

“We are concerned about anything that makes it more difficult for refugees to flee from religious persecution to find safe haven,” he said.

Push for Legislative Action

USCIRF’s report calls for permanent reauthorization of the commission itself and continued support for the bipartisan Lautenberg Amendment, which facilitates resettlement of religious minorities from Iran and former Soviet states.

Resilience Amid Persecution

The report highlights individuals who have maintained their religious beliefs despite facing discrimination, antisemitism, Islamophobia, and other hostilities.

“One of the most heartening things that we see around the world is the resilience of people to stand up for their faith or their lack of faith, for that matter, their principles,” Schneck said. He praised young Iranians and churchgoers in authoritarian nations but stressed that the broader global situation remains troubling.

“The larger picture doesn’t change,” he said. “We are concerned about what looks like a decaying picture for freedom of religion.”

Elon Musk’s Role in Global Politics Highlights India’s Evolving Economic Model

In April 2024, Elon Musk was scheduled to visit India to meet Prime Minister Narendra Modi and announce a multibillion-dollar Tesla factory investment. However, at the last moment, he canceled the trip and instead flew to China. This abrupt change of plans triggered a wave of critical headlines in the Indian media. Even before Musk’s rising influence in a potential second Donald Trump administration, this incident underscored his unique role as a key player in engaging with Asia’s emerging industrial giants.

Musk represents much of what India seeks in its relationship with the United States—significant investment, technological advancements, and now, a direct link to the White House. Conversely, India’s economic structure, where billionaire industrialists maintain close ties with political leaders, provides insight into a shifting U.S. economic landscape. Increasingly, tycoons like Musk serve not just as facilitators of industrial policy but also as intermediaries of political influence.

Over the past few decades, India’s political leadership and its business moguls have formed increasingly strong alliances. Prominent billionaires like Mukesh Ambani and Gautam Adani lead massive corporate empires with influence extending across nearly every sector of Indian life. Their business dominance has been highly profitable, with both ranking among Asia’s wealthiest individuals. As of mid-March, Ambani and Adani were listed on Forbes’ real-time billionaire rankings with net worths of $92 billion and $57 billion, respectively.

In this environment, accusations of crony capitalism—where business elites and political figures collaborate for mutual benefit—are common. The country’s main opposition leader, Rahul Gandhi, made this a focal point of his campaign in last year’s general election, which Modi won decisively.

However, the nature of government-business relationships in India has evolved since Modi’s rise to power in 2014. In The Billionaire Raj, I detail the period of the 2000s and early 2010s, which was marked by rampant corruption and cronyism. During this time, India had a weak yet personally upright prime minister, Manmohan Singh, who presided over what became known as the “season of scams.” The era was riddled with corruption scandals involving billions of dollars, with allegations spanning various sectors, including telecommunications, coal, and iron ore.

Even then, corruption in India was not a matter of simple bribes in envelopes or suitcases—it was far more sophisticated. Nonetheless, many viewed the situation as spiraling out of control. “Every cabinet minister was a sovereign enterprise,” an observer of Indian business once told me, only slightly exaggerating the extent to which political leaders were implicated in financial scandals.

Under Modi, this dynamic has changed. Like Singh, Modi is known for his personal integrity. Although corruption has not vanished, large-scale scandals have significantly declined. Today, few government ministers would risk embezzlement, fearing repercussions from India’s politically dominant prime minister.

India’s economic model is now increasingly resembling the structured crony capitalism seen in East and Southeast Asia in past decades. For example, Malaysia under Prime Minister Mahathir Mohamad in the 1980s and South Korea during President Park Chung-hee’s rule in the 1970s followed a similar pattern. These systems saw select business magnates forging close relationships with political leaders in exchange for constructing crucial infrastructure like airports, telecommunications networks, and buildings.

Under Modi, the role of India’s ultra-rich has become more strategically aligned with political objectives. Politicians collaborate with these billionaires because they can execute large-scale projects swiftly. If these business figures then receive financial or regulatory advantages in other areas as a result of their government connections—much like during India’s previous corruption scandals—that is seen as a justifiable compromise.

Musk’s role in Trump’s administration is unprecedented, spanning high-level politics, industrial policy, and even global diplomacy. No Indian industrialist enjoys Musk’s level of global recognition and influence. However, in a broader sense, the United States and India appear to be converging in their economic models. India’s crony capitalism has become more structured and efficient under Modi, while in the U.S., Trump’s administration is moving in the opposite direction. America’s historical system of open markets and fair competition is being replaced by one in which business leaders aligned with Trump receive special advantages. This shift marks a departure from a rules-based economic framework.

The long-term risks of this billionaire-politician nexus, despite its short-term benefits—such as increased investment and improved infrastructure—are substantial. One major concern is the potential for instability. Trump’s economic approach, which relies on deals with select business leaders, is fragile because it collapses if conflicts arise between him and his favored tycoons. An economic system dependent on seamless cooperation between industrialists and politicians is inherently vulnerable to disagreements and power struggles.

While billionaire entrepreneurs are often portrayed as independent visionaries in the public imagination—akin to characters from an Ayn Rand novel—the reality in autocratic-leaning states tells a different story. Across countries like India, China, and Russia, and increasingly in Trump’s America, business magnates function more as dependents than as power wielders. Despite their wealth, Adani and Ambani remain cautious in their dealings with Modi, much like Jack Ma in China with President Xi Jinping or Russian oligarchs with President Vladimir Putin. Even Musk has been noticeably deferential to Trump in recent interviews, seemingly aware that his privileged position is not guaranteed. Ultimately, in a system where industrialists and political leaders are closely linked, it is the politicians who hold real power.

India’s economic trajectory, however, does offer some reasons for optimism. While its initial phase of crony capitalism was marked by chaos and self-interest, it has gradually shifted toward a more streamlined and less overtly corrupt system. There is hope that a more rules-based economic order may eventually emerge.

Conversely, the United States appears to be moving toward a system rife with favoritism and financial misconduct. Under Trump and Musk, the nation is approaching what could be described as a new era of kleptocracy. The concern is that America’s own “season of scams” may not be far off.

Supreme Court Upholds Biden-Era Regulations on Ghost Guns

The U.S. Supreme Court on Wednesday upheld Biden-era federal regulations on ghost guns, mail-order kits that allow individuals to assemble untraceable firearms at home. The ruling marks a significant victory for gun control advocates at a time when the court’s conservative majority has generally moved to the right on gun laws.

Justice Neil Gorsuch wrote the 7-2 majority opinion, which included both liberal and conservative justices. “Perhaps a half hour of work is required before anyone can fire a shot,” Gorsuch noted, emphasizing that these kits contain all necessary components to build a fully functional firearm. “Really, the kit’s name says it all: ‘Buy Build Shoot.’”

Regulations and Rising Concerns

The regulations, introduced by the Biden administration in 2022, require ghost gun manufacturers to include serial numbers on the kits and conduct background checks on purchasers. The Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) implemented the rules in response to a dramatic rise in ghost guns appearing at crime scenes. In 2017, authorities submitted about 1,600 ghost guns for tracing, but by 2021, that number had surged to more than 19,000.

Several individuals and manufacturers challenged the regulations, arguing that the kits were merely firearm parts rather than weapons. However, the Supreme Court ultimately sided with the ATF’s interpretation of the 1968 Gun Control Act, which mandates background checks and serial numbers for firearms sold by manufacturers and dealers.

It remains unclear how former President Donald Trump’s administration, if re-elected, would approach the issue. In February, Trump signed an order directing the Attorney General to review gun regulations imposed during Biden’s presidency.

Gorsuch Cites Technological Advances

Gorsuch highlighted the significant changes in firearm manufacturing since the passage of the 1968 law. At that time, the cost of milling equipment and raw materials made home gun production impractical for most individuals.

“With the introduction of new technologies like 3D printing and reinforced polymers, that is no longer true,” Gorsuch wrote. “Today, companies are able to make and sell weapon parts kits that individuals can assemble into functional firearms in their own homes.”

A Rare Gun Control Victory

Despite the conservative tilt of the Supreme Court, this case saw a mix of ideological alliances. The ruling contrasts with the court’s decision last year to strike down a ban on bump stocks, which allow semi-automatic rifles to fire at machine gun speeds.

Prior to hearing oral arguments, the justices had already indicated some support for the Biden administration’s position. In an emergency ruling, the court had voted 5-4 to allow the ATF regulation to remain in effect while litigation proceeded.

While the Biden administration views the ruling as a win for public safety, the decision has drawn criticism from gun rights advocates. The Firearms Policy Coalition, one of the groups that challenged the ATF rule, called the ruling “misguided” and pledged to continue fighting for gun rights.

“This is only one battle in a multi-generational war over the scope of government and the pre-existing right to keep and bear arms,” the group said in a statement.

Dissenting Opinion from Justice Thomas

Justice Clarence Thomas was among the two dissenting justices, arguing that the ATF exceeded its authority.

“Congress could have authorized ATF to regulate any part of a firearm or any object readily convertible into one. But it did not,” Thomas wrote. “I would adhere to the words Congress enacted.”

The lawsuit against the regulation originated in Texas, where a U.S. district court struck down the rule. The conservative 5th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals mostly upheld that decision before the Supreme Court reversed it.

Debate Over Hobbyists and Firearm Kits

During oral arguments in October, several conservative justices expressed skepticism about claims that ghost gun kits were primarily for gunsmithing hobbyists. Chief Justice John Roberts dismissed the idea that assembling these kits was equivalent to restoring a classic car.

“Drilling a hole or two, I would think, doesn’t give the same sort of reward that you get from working on your car on the weekends,” Roberts told the manufacturers’ attorney. “My understanding is that it’s not terribly difficult for someone to do this.”

Gun control advocates hailed the ruling as a crucial step in addressing the rise of untraceable weapons.

“Ghost guns are the gun industry’s way of skirting commonsense gun laws and arming dangerous people without background checks,” said David Pucino, legal director of the Giffords Law Center. “We are thrilled that the Supreme Court has upheld the ATF rule that treats ghost guns as what they are: guns.”

With the decision now in place, the ATF will continue enforcing regulations that ensure ghost gun kits undergo the same scrutiny as traditional firearms, requiring serial numbers and background checks to curb their use in crimes.

U.S. Citizens and Legal Residents Face Increased Border Scrutiny Amid New Immigration Policies

Keylin Rivera’s worst fears materialized when she returned from a spring break trip to Curaçao. A U.S.-Colombian dual citizen, Rivera landed in Charlotte, North Carolina, for a layover before heading to Boston. At the airport’s Global Entry kiosk, her passport flagged her for additional screening. While this had happened before, she was usually cleared quickly. This time, however, officials escorted her to a back room, questioned her about her trip, and searched her luggage. Told it was a random check, she was eventually allowed to continue her journey but remained deeply unsettled.

“There’s so much uncertainty. We don’t know what could happen, and I’ve been really anxious about traveling in general,” said Rivera, a Harvard graduate student and former Biden administration appointee. Expecting heightened scrutiny, she had deleted her social media apps and removed Face ID from her phone before her trip. “I guess my question is, why wasn’t anyone else stopped? Why was I the only one?” she asked.

Her concerns reflect growing anxiety among U.S. citizens and legal residents over increased border scrutiny under the Trump administration. With reports of detentions, deportations, and visa cancellations, many are reconsidering international travel, fearing they could be flagged upon reentry.

Stricter Vetting Under the Trump Administration

Immigration lawyer Glenn Schieck of Harter Secrest & Emery LLP noted that officers now face directives to conduct “enhanced vetting” on those entering the U.S. “We are going to see more activity at the border,” he said. The Trump administration’s executive order from Jan. 20 emphasizes national security and mandates a review of visa issuance programs, with a possible travel ban affecting over 40 countries.

According to the order, the U.S. must ensure that foreign nationals “do not bear hostile attitudes toward its citizens, culture, government, institutions, or founding principles, and do not advocate for, aid, or support designated foreign terrorists.” Schieck believes this directive is leading to increased questioning at ports of entry.

Recent incidents highlight these stricter measures. Earlier this month, Lebanese physician and Brown University professor Rasha Alawieh was detained at Boston Logan International Airport after U.S. Customs and Border Protection found Hezbollah-related media on her phone. Her visa was revoked, and she was deported.

Colleges are warning international students about traveling abroad, particularly those who have been vocal about political conflicts, such as the Israel-Hamas war. A South Korean Columbia University student, Yunseo Chung, is facing deportation, while an Indian Ph.D. student recently self-deported to Canada.

Reports also suggest border officials are increasingly searching travelers’ electronic devices, adding to the uncertainty. “Things are changing quickly, and people don’t know if they will have trouble at the border or not,” Schieck said.

Legal Residents and Visa Holders Face Unprecedented Scrutiny

Lynn Damiano Pearson, a senior staff attorney at the National Immigration Law Center, noted that even individuals with valid immigration status face growing obstacles. “There’s been an extreme escalation of scrutiny and tougher actions against people with legal status,” she said.

The Trump administration’s potential travel ban, expected to take effect as early as Friday, could impact legal immigrants from affected countries. “We may see internal enforcement, including visa cancellations,” Pearson warned.

Even U.S. citizens in territories like Puerto Rico and Guam should not face travel issues, she said. However, she acknowledged concerns over racial profiling. “This escalation impacts all of us, citizens and immigrants alike,” Pearson said.

Americans Worry About Returning Home

Ginny Williams, a freelance writer with U.S.-U.K. dual citizenship, has lived in Kent, England, for over a decade. She plans to visit her aging parents in the U.S. in six months but fears complications at the border.

“I’m really concerned about going back,” she admitted. “If my parents weren’t elderly, I wouldn’t go.” She compared the current situation to pandemic-era travel restrictions but noted that “this time, it’s due to politics.”

Given recent events, Williams is considering deleting her social media accounts before traveling. “I just want to be safe,” she said.

Border Agents Have Broad Discretion

Schieck emphasized that border officials have significant authority when questioning travelers. “They have broad discretion to investigate, ask questions, and determine the purpose of someone’s trip,” he explained. “It applies whether you’re a citizen or a permanent resident.”

Misrepresentation at the border can lead to serious consequences, he added. A British tourist was recently detained in Washington for weeks after being denied entry into Canada due to an incorrect visa.

Pearson reassured green card holders that they should not experience problems if their documents are in order. However, she urged travelers to know their rights, including requesting an attorney if detained.

Uncertainty Dampens Travel Enthusiasm

Rivera remains discouraged by the heightened scrutiny and the political divisions it exacerbates. “I wish the administration didn’t see people who oppose their views as the enemy,” she said. “I’m not the enemy—I want them to succeed.”

Despite her concerns, she is set to travel again this week. “I know I’m not doing anything wrong. I’m a U.S. citizen,” she said. “But I hate that the joy I had in traveling is being taken away.”

The Future of Western Security: Can Europe Step Up as the U.S. Steps Back?

The security landscape of the Western world faces its gravest challenge since the end of World War II, and this shift is likely to be long-term. As one expert notes, “Trumpism will outlast his presidency.” With the U.S. taking a step back, the pressing question is which nations are prepared to assume a leadership role.

In February 1947, at 9:00 AM, Lord Inverchapel, the British ambassador to Washington, entered the U.S. State Department with two critical diplomatic messages printed on blue paper—one concerning Greece and the other Turkey. Britain, financially drained and deeply indebted to the U.S., declared it could no longer support Greek government forces battling a Communist insurgency. Simultaneously, Britain was withdrawing from Palestine and India and reducing its presence in Egypt.

Recognizing the threat of Soviet influence expanding into Greece and potentially Turkey, the U.S. swiftly responded. President Harry Truman proclaimed, “It must be a policy of the United States to support free peoples who are resisting attempted subjugation by armed minorities or by outside pressure.” This policy, known as the Truman Doctrine, cemented the idea that defending democracy abroad aligned with U.S. national interests.

Following this shift, the U.S. launched the Marshall Plan to rebuild European economies and helped establish NATO in 1949 to counter Soviet expansion. This period marked the definitive transfer of Western leadership from Britain to the United States. With its vast economic and military power, the U.S. emerged as the dominant force shaping the post-war world.

For decades, the U.S. played a central role in maintaining global security, but now, the fundamental assumptions behind its foreign policy are being questioned. Donald Trump is the first post-World War II president to challenge America’s global commitments. His stance has created uncertainty about the existing world order and left many wondering what the new one will look like.

A Challenge to the Truman Legacy

Trump’s skepticism of America’s international obligations is not new. Nearly 40 years ago, he placed full-page ads in U.S. newspapers criticizing the country’s military commitments. In 1987, he wrote, “For decades, Japan and other nations have been taking advantage of the United States. Why are these nations not paying the United States for the human lives and billions of dollars we are losing to protect their interests? The world is laughing at America’s politicians as we protect ships we don’t own, carrying oil we don’t need, destined for allies who won’t help.”

This sentiment has persisted into his second term. Recently leaked messages on airstrikes against Yemen’s Houthis revealed administration officials expressing frustration over European reliance on U.S. military action. A message attributed to Vice President J.D. Vance read, “I just hate bailing Europe out again.” In response, another, reportedly from Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth, stated, “VP: I fully share your loathing of European free-loading. It’s PATHETIC.”

Trump has gone further by embracing Russian President Vladimir Putin. Early in his second term, he informed Russia that Ukraine would not be allowed NATO membership and that he did not expect Ukraine to regain lost territories. Many critics saw this as a strategic blunder, surrendering leverage without securing anything in return.

Some Trump supporters view Putin as an ally in the ideological battle against liberal values, reinforcing the notion that U.S. foreign policy is increasingly shaped by domestic culture wars. Ed Arnold, a senior research fellow at the Royal United Services Institute, warns, “The US is becoming divorced from European values. That’s difficult [for Europeans] to swallow because it means that it’s structural, cultural, and potentially long-term. I think the current trajectory of the US will outlast Trump, as a person. I think Trumpism will outlast his presidency.”

NATO’s Article 5 “On Life Support”

Trump’s administration has signaled that the U.S. will no longer be the primary guarantor of European security, insisting that European nations must take responsibility for their own defense. Earlier this month, Trump stated, “If [NATO countries] don’t pay, I’m not going to defend them. No, I’m not going to defend them.”

For nearly 80 years, NATO’s Article 5—stating that an attack on one member is an attack on all—has been the bedrock of European security. While UK Prime Minister Sir Keir Starmer expressed confidence in the U.S. commitment to NATO, others remain skeptical.

Ben Wallace, former UK defense secretary, warned, “I think Article 5 is on life support. If Europe, including the United Kingdom, doesn’t step up to the plate, invest a lot on defense, and take it seriously, it’s potentially the end of the NATO that we know and it’ll be the end of Article 5. Right now, I wouldn’t bet my house that Article 5 would be able to be triggered in the event of a Russian attack… I certainly wouldn’t take for granted that the United States would ride to the rescue.”

Public perception reflects this shift. A French poll by Institut Elabe found that nearly three-quarters of respondents do not consider the U.S. an ally of France. Majorities in traditionally pro-American nations like the UK and Denmark also hold unfavorable views of the U.S. Robert Kagan, a senior fellow at the Brookings Institute, argues, “The damage Trump has done to NATO is probably irreparable. The alliance relied on an American guarantee that is no longer reliable, to say the least.”

Is the West Fragmenting?

For Russian President Putin, these developments play into his strategy of destabilizing Europe. After Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky’s unsuccessful meeting with Trump, a Kremlin spokesperson declared, “The fragmentation of the West has begun.”

Armida van Rij of Chatham House echoes this concern: “Russia’s objectives are to destabilize Europe. It is to weaken NATO and get the Americans to withdraw their troops from here. And at the moment, you could go ‘tick, tick, and almost tick.'”

Meanwhile, European defense spending has dwindled. The UK, for example, has cut its military budget by nearly 70% since the Cold War peak. Wallace laments, “We had a big budget [during the Cold War] and we took a peace dividend… The problem is we went from a peace dividend to corporate raiding. [Defense] just became the go-to department to take money from. And that is where we just forgot the lessons of our history.”

Germany’s Chancellor-in-waiting, Friedrich Merz, has called for a Europe independent of the U.S. But building an autonomous European military-industrial complex remains a complex challenge. Ian Bond of the Centre for European Reform notes, “The further west you go, the more problematic it becomes until you get to Spain and Italy.”

A New World Order?

Historian Timothy Garton Ash identifies key military assets that only the U.S. currently provides: “The satellites, the intelligence, the Patriot air defense batteries, which are the only ones that can take down Russian ballistic missiles.” He argues that within five years, Europe should develop its own capabilities to replace U.S. support.

Van Rij acknowledges that while European defense autonomy is necessary, “what’s really difficult are the divisions within Europe on how to actually do this and whether to actually do this.”

Trump’s vision appears to favor a world where major powers dictate terms to weaker nations, akin to the spheres of influence system of the Cold War era. The uncertainty surrounding U.S. commitments has left Europe facing a pivotal decision: unite, invest in defense, and maintain independence—or risk becoming subordinate to larger global powers.

Trump’s Move to Shift Student Loans to SBA Sparks Outrage and Uncertainty

President Trump’s decision to transfer the federal student loan program from the Department of Education to the Small Business Administration (SBA) has alarmed borrowers and experts, who see it as further evidence that the administration lacks a concrete plan for dismantling the Education Department.

Trump signed an executive order on Thursday aimed at winding down the department, announcing that student loans would shift to the SBA the following day—coinciding with the agency’s announcement that it would cut 40% of its workforce.

While many have long criticized the student loan system, experts warn that placing the program under an agency with no experience handling student debt—especially amid major layoffs—will create more problems than it solves.

“No Background, No Plan”

“Borrowers right now are already experiencing an unprecedented level of chaos and uncertainty,” said Aissa Canchola Bañez, policy director at the Student Borrower Protection Center.

Moving student loans to the SBA, which “has no background of familiarity with the student loan program [or] the rights afforded to student loan borrowers under the Higher Education Act, will only make things worse,” she added.

Trump also announced that programs for students with disabilities would shift to the Department of Health and Human Services but provided no details on logistics for student loan borrowers.

Despite concerns, both the SBA and the Education Department welcomed the move.

“Whether it’s a loan for a business or a business degree, SBA is prepared to restore efficiency and accountability to our taxpayer-funded loan programs,” said SBA head Kelly Loeffler in a post on X.

At the same time, Loeffler confirmed that the administration planned to cut about 2,700 positions from the SBA’s nearly 6,500-member workforce.

Jessica Thompson, senior vice president at the Institute for College Access & Success, called the move reckless.

“All of this just really underscores that there has been no planning. There is no plan, and that is the most scary, frankly, and dangerous thing about this,” she said. “Because 44-plus million people owe money to the federal government from their student loans, and they are already in a state of confusion.”

Thompson stressed that transferring such a major program requires careful planning and congressional involvement.

A Department of Education spokesperson sought to calm concerns, stating that “no changes have been made yet, so there are no changes for student loan borrowers to navigate at this time.”

Borrowers Advised to Take Precautions

Advocates are urging borrowers to reach out to their loan officers and document all repayment efforts. The Department of Education has also slashed about half its workforce, adding to fears that servicing issues will worsen.

“I don’t know what element of the federal government I want chaos to be in, but I think one of the last places is federal student aid,” said James Murphy, director of career pathways and postsecondary policy at Education Reform Now. “That directly affects millions and millions of people in a very real way—paying for college and managing their loans.”

Borrowers are already in limbo as the Trump administration seeks to roll back student loan forgiveness programs established or expanded under former President Biden.

About 8 million borrowers are currently in forbearance under Biden’s Saving on Valuable Education (SAVE) income-driven repayment plan, which was ruled illegal by a court last month. Following the ruling, the Trump administration halted applications for all IDR plans, and although the Education Department promised to restore access soon, it has yet to do so.

“This Is the Wild West”

“There’s no good advice, and any expert giving advice doesn’t know what he’s talking about,” said Alan Collinge, founder of Student Loan Justice. “This is the Wild West. Right now, borrowers have zero power, and we’re being pushed around on a chessboard like pawns.”

Collinge believes the Trump administration is deliberately destabilizing the student loan system to devalue it before selling it to a third party.

Canchola Bañez advised borrowers to take three key steps:

  1. Download their full payment history from the Federal Student Aid portal.
  2. Screenshot any tracking information for loan forgiveness plans.
  3. Contact members of Congress for assistance.

“Members of Congress have entire teams dedicated to helping constituents with federal agencies,” she said. “Borrowers should demand that their representatives start working on their behalf, especially if they’re not getting answers from the department.”

Trump Signs Executive Order Mandating Voter ID for Federal Elections, Sparking Legal Challenges

President Donald Trump signed a sweeping executive order Tuesday that aims to overhaul election procedures nationwide, introducing stringent voter identification requirements to prove U.S. citizenship for federal elections. The move is expected to face significant legal challenges from voting rights groups.

Non-U.S. citizens are already barred from voting in federal elections. However, Trump’s order mandates that applicants using the national mail voter registration form must provide a U.S. passport, a REAL ID-compliant driver’s license or state-issued card, or another “valid Federal or State government-issued photo identification” as proof of citizenship.

The order also directs states and local election officials to verify and record these documents, warning that federal election-related funds could be withheld from states that fail to comply. Additionally, the directive targets mail-in voting—long criticized by Trump—by instructing Attorney General Pam Bondi to ensure states do not count absentee ballots arriving after Election Day.

Trump’s order represents a significant shift in federal election oversight, traditionally managed at the state and county levels. “This country is so sick because of the fake elections and the bad elections, and we’re going to straighten it out one way or the other,” Trump said before signing the order.

The directive also mandates that all ballots produce a voter-verifiable paper record to prevent fraud and errors. White House Staff Secretary Will Scharf called it “the farthest-reaching executive action taken in the history of the Republic to secure our elections.”

Currently, 36 states require some form of voter identification at the polls, while 14 states and Washington, D.C., do not impose such restrictions, according to the National Conference of State Legislatures.

Voting rights advocates argue that strict voter ID laws disproportionately impact seniors, minorities, low-income individuals, and students. UCLA law professor Rick Hasen warned that the order could “stop millions of eligible voters, who do not have easy access to documents such as passports, from registering to vote.”

Sophia Lin Lakin, director of the ACLU’s Voting Rights Project, denounced the move as a “blatant overreach” that could disenfranchise tens of millions of eligible voters. “This measure will no doubt disproportionately impact historically excluded communities, including voters of color, naturalized citizens, people with disabilities, and the elderly,” she said.

With his signature, Trump also revoked President Joe Biden’s 2021 executive order that expanded voter registration access through federal agencies. Scharf defended the repeal, claiming the Biden-era order “weaponized government to corrupt and pollute our election process.”

Trump’s directive is expected to face immediate legal challenges, with critics arguing it undermines state control over elections and places unnecessary barriers to voting.

Vice President Vance to Travel to Greenland Amid Rising U.S.-Denmark Tensions

Vice President J.D. Vance announced Tuesday that he will travel to Greenland on Friday, a move that follows backlash over second lady Usha Vance’s planned visit to the Arctic island. The trip is taking place against the backdrop of renewed tensions between the U.S., Denmark, and Greenland, as President Donald Trump continues to push for U.S. control of the territory.

“There was so much excitement around Usha’s visit to Greenland this Friday that I decided that I didn’t want her to have all that fun by herself, and so I’m going to join her,” Vance said in a video posted on X.

The announcement adds to growing controversy surrounding the visit, which officials in Denmark and Greenland see as part of Trump’s broader strategy to assert U.S. interests over the island. Trump has repeatedly stated his intention to take control of Greenland, citing “international security concerns.”

Further straining diplomatic relations, national security adviser Mike Waltz and Energy Secretary Chris Wright are also scheduled to travel to Denmark. Greenland Prime Minister Múte Bourup Egede denounced Waltz’s visit as “highly aggressive,” while Danish Prime Minister Mette Frederiksen described the U.S. delegation’s presence as “unacceptable pressure.”

Jens-Frederik Nielsen, leader of Greenland’s Demokraatit party and likely the country’s next prime minister following elections earlier this month, criticized the visit as showing a “lack of respect for the Greenlandic people.”

The controversy comes as Vance and Waltz are facing a scandal over the Trump administration’s handling of classified intelligence. Both officials were reportedly involved in a Signal group chat discussing military operations in Yemen, which was accidentally shared with The Atlantic’s Editor-in-Chief Jeffrey Goldberg.

During his visit, Vance is expected to tour the Pituffik Space Base, home to the U.S. Space Force’s 821st Space Base Group. He framed the trip as a security mission, stating that Greenland is a key strategic target for adversaries threatening the U.S. and Canada.

“We want to reinvigorate the security of the people of Greenland because we think it’s important to protecting the security of the entire world,” Vance said, adding that Denmark has failed to take the island’s security seriously.

Greenland, a semiautonomous territory, remains under Danish control in matters of defense and foreign policy. While independence movements on the island are gaining traction, the Demokraatit party, which recently won parliamentary elections, advocates for a gradual separation from Denmark.

Trump, however, has made Greenland a focal point of his second-term foreign policy agenda. He first proposed acquiring the island during his first term and has since intensified his stance. In a March 4 speech to Congress, Trump reiterated his determination, declaring, “We’re going to get it [Greenland]. One way or the other, we’re going to get it.”

Tesla’s European Sales Plunge 49% Amid Backlash Against Elon Musk and Rising Competition

European sales of Tesla electric vehicles fell by 49% in the first two months of the year compared to the same period last year, even as overall electric vehicle (EV) sales in the region increased, according to data from the European Automobile Manufacturers’ Association.

The sharp decline comes amid concerns about Tesla’s aging vehicle lineup and growing backlash against CEO Elon Musk. In the U.S., Musk’s ties to President Donald Trump’s administration have sparked controversy, while in Europe, his endorsement of Germany’s far-right Alternative for Germany (AfD) party in last month’s national elections drew widespread condemnation.

At the same time, Tesla is facing mounting competition from traditional automakers ramping up EV production, as well as new players like China’s BYD. On Tuesday, BYD reported record revenue of 777.1 billion yuan ($107 billion) for 2024, driven by a 40% jump in sales of its electric and hybrid vehicles. The company also recently unveiled an ultra-fast EV charging system, which it claims offers charging speeds nearly as fast as refueling a gas-powered vehicle.

Tesla’s sales in Europe for January and February dropped to 19,046 units, down from 37,311 during the same period last year. This slump contrasts with the broader trend in the region, where total battery-electric car sales surged by 28.4%.

In Germany, Musk’s endorsement of AfD has drawn strong criticism from politicians and media outlets. Meanwhile, Tesla dealerships and vehicles have been targeted by protesters in both the U.S. and Europe, condemning Musk’s political affiliations and his advisory role to Trump in reshaping the federal government.

Tesla’s struggles are not confined to Europe. The company reported its first annual sales decline in over a decade in January. Additionally, the launch of the Tesla Cybertruck has been plagued with issues, including multiple recalls. Last week, the company recalled nearly allCybertrucks on the road after discovering that the panels on the left and right sides of the windshield could detach while driving.

This latest recall marks the eighth for the Cybertruck since customer deliveries began just over a year ago, adding to Tesla’s growing list of challenges as it navigates political backlash, increased competition, and concerns about product reliability.

European Nations and Canada Warn Travelers About U.S. Entry Rules Amid Immigration Crackdown

Several European countries and Canada are cautioning their citizens to strictly follow U.S. entry requirements to avoid the risk of detention as the Trump administration intensifies immigration enforcement.

Denmark, the United Kingdom, Germany, Finland, and Canada have all revised their travel advisories due to instances of their citizens being detained by U.S. immigration officials.

Reasons Behind the Travel Warnings

The heightened travel advisories follow reports of European travelers being detained and deported upon arrival in the United States. Additionally, some of the warnings mention the U.S. State Department’s recent decision to revoke its policy allowing transgender, intersex, and nonbinary individuals to update the gender marker on their passports. The “X” gender option has been eliminated.

“We will enforce visa rules and other conditions of entry,” a spokesperson for the State Department told NPR on Saturday. “Prohibiting travel into the United States by those who might pose a threat or violate conditions of their visa is key to protecting the American people.”

On Friday, Germany’s Foreign Office updated its travel advisory after several German citizens were reportedly arrested and detained at U.S. entry points, according to local media reports. Germany now warns its citizens that obtaining entry approval through the Electronic System for Travel Authorization (ESTA) or a visa does not guarantee automatic admission into the country.

The German government’s advisory emphasizes that U.S. border officials have the final say in granting entry, and once a denial is issued, German authorities have no power to reverse the decision. Travelers are advised to carry proof of their return travel, such as a valid plane ticket.

A German official informed NPR on Saturday that the country’s consulates are aware of cases involving detained German travelers and are in communication with their families as well as U.S. authorities.

Similarly, the United Kingdom is alerting its citizens about the risk of detention if they fail tocomply with all entry regulations. This warning follows an incident in which a British tourist was reportedly arrested and detained by U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) at the U.S.-Canada border earlier this month.

Denmark and Finland have also updated their travel guidance, particularly regarding gender markers on official travel documents.

Finland’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs has advised that due to Trump’s executive order recognizing only two genders—male and female—travelers whose passport gender marker does not match their assigned sex at birth could face visa or travel permit denials.

Denmark’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs issued a similar warning on Thursday. The advisory states that applicants for a U.S. visa or ESTA must select between the two officially recognized gender options. The ministry recommends that travelers whose passports contain an “X” gender marker or a designation different from their assigned sex at birth contact the U.S. embassy for further guidance.

Denmark also warns its citizens that they could be denied entry or expelled from the U.S. if they provide misleading reasons for travel, overstay their visa, or have a prior criminal conviction in the country.

Canada, too, has updated its travel guidelines regarding U.S. entry rules. As of Friday, the Canadian government’s website informs travelers that any Canadian or foreign national staying in the U.S. for more than 30 days must “be registered with the United States Government.” Non-compliance with this rule could result in “penalties, fines, and misdemeanor prosecution.”

NPR reached out to the foreign ministries of Finland and Denmark for additional comments but has not received a response. Requests for comment were also sent to the British embassy in Washington, D.C., and the Canadian government, but no replies have been received.

Previous Travel Warnings for the U.S.

This is not the first time that foreign governments have issued travel warnings related to visiting the United States. However, previous advisories have been largely centered on concerns over gun violence.

In 2019, following a series of mass shootings in the U.S., Uruguay warned its citizens about “growing indiscriminate violence, mostly for hate crimes, including racism and discrimination.” Venezuela also issued a cautionary statement that year, advising travelers to either postpone their trips or take extra precautions “given the proliferation of acts of violence and crimes of indiscriminate hatred.”

Japan similarly advised its citizens to be mindful of the “potential for gunfire incidents everywhere in the United States, a gun society,” and urged travelers to “continue to pay close attention to safety measures.”

Potential Impact on the U.S. Economy

It remains uncertain how these updated travel warnings may affect the U.S. economy. However, economists have previously expressed concerns that Trump’s policies, including tariffs on European Union imports, could strain international relations and impact costs.

According to the U.S. Department of Commerce’s International Trade Administration, over 13 million travelers from Western Europe visited the U.S. in 2024. By February 2025, at least 1.5 million Western European visitors had already arrived, according to the department’s National Travel and Tourism Office.

A February report by the travel data company Tourism Economics suggested that visitor spending in the U.S. this year could “fall by 12.3%, amounting to a $22 billion annual loss.”

The report also noted that “travel from Western Europe, which represented 37% of overseas travel to the U.S. last year, is susceptible to declines as a result of both tariffs and the administration’s perceived recent alignment with Russia in the war in Ukraine, as sentiment towards the U.S. is damaged.”

Conclusion

The new travel warnings from European countries and Canada highlight growing concerns over the Trump administration’s strict enforcement of immigration policies. With increased detentions of foreign travelers and the elimination of certain gender identity accommodations, international visitors are being urged to take extra precautions before entering the United States.

While the long-term impact on U.S. tourism and the broader economy remains to be seen, current data suggests that policy changes and political tensions may influence travel patterns in the coming months.

Small Nonprofit Ph.D. Project Faces Federal Scrutiny Amid DEI Crackdown

When Leyland Lucas pursued his Ph.D. at Rutgers University, he noticed a lack of professors in the business department who resembled him. As a Black man from Guyana, South America, he found guidance from a small nonprofit organization known as the Ph.D. Project, which played a crucial role in helping him navigate and complete his doctoral program.

“I am incredibly grateful to the program, which was fulfilling a very critical role,” said Lucas, who now serves as a dean at the University of Guyana.

For nearly three decades, the Ph.D. Project has offered mentorship, guidance, and resources to doctoral students from underrepresented communities in business education. Before moving back to Guyana, Lucas was a professor at Morgan State University in Baltimore, where he helped mentor aspiring Ph.D. candidates through the same program that had once supported him.

“If you see people like you who understand some of the challenges you are facing, and you can see them and see how they have overcome those challenges, that serves as an incentive for you,” Lucas explained.

Despite its mission of diversifying academia, the Ph.D. Project is now under federal scrutiny, drawing the attention of the Trump administration.

The U.S. Department of Education recently launched an investigation into 45 universities affiliated with the program, including institutions such as the University of Kansas, the University of Utah, and Ivy League schools like Yale and Cornell. Federal officials allege that the program’s eligibility criteria violate the 1964 Civil Rights Act by imposing race-based restrictions, effectively engaging in “race-exclusionary practices.”

This federal scrutiny comes amid a broader movement among universities to reevaluate their Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI) programs. Since taking office in January, President Trump has issued executive orders prohibiting DEI initiatives, instructing schools and colleges to “cease using race preferences and stereotypes” in areas such as hiring, admissions, and student programs. In response, some universities have shuttered diversity offices, removed DEI-related language from job descriptions, and renamed departments to eliminate references to diversity.

The Ph.D. Project has not been exempt from this shift. The University of Iowa recently severed ties with the nonprofit after the state’s Board of Regents voted to dismantle all DEI-related programs. Similarly, after the federal investigation was announced, the University of Kentucky withdrew its affiliation with the program, despite not currently having any doctoral students engaged with it.

Recognizing the changing climate, the Ph.D. Project has adjusted its mission. In February, it revised its statement, removing the term “diversity” and broadening its scope to be more inclusive.

“This year we opened up our application to anyone who is interested in helping to expand and broaden the pool of talent, both at the university level through faculty, as well as in corporate America,” said Alfonzo Alexander, the organization’s president and CEO.

“We’re really evolving so that we are able to do our work in today’s environment,” Alexander explained. “And if that means that we can no longer specify certain requirements, then we just evolve in a way that we can still create opportunities.”

The Impact of the Ph.D. Project

Since its inception, the Ph.D. Project has supported more than 1,500 doctoral students. It hosts annual conferences that offer insights into dissertation writing, stress management, and academic publishing. Many of its alumni have ascended to leadership roles, serving as university provosts, deans, professors, and business executives.

“The Ph.D. Project has changed my life because I was able to interact with individuals who looked like me and understood the journey that we were embarking on,” said Adrian Mayse, a Jackson State University graduate who later became a professor at Howard University and Talladega College.

Miles Davis, who first engaged with the program in 1995, echoed similar sentiments.

He had been working as a management consultant when he decided to pursue a Ph.D. at George Washington University. The Ph.D. Project introduced him to the possibility of an academic career.

“I did not know one full-time Black faculty member. And so the idea of academia as a path was not even a consideration,” Davis said. He has since served as a professor, dean, and university president.

Lucas and other alumni emphasized that participation in the Ph.D. Project did not come with special treatment or academic leniency.

“We had to face the same guidelines as everyone else. And once we got into those Ph.D. programs, we had to perform and we have performed,” Lucas stated.

He added, “I would really hate to see the Ph.D. Project somehow become misunderstood.”

The underrepresentation of minority faculty in business schools remains a concern. Data from 2020 indicates that fewer than 4% of business school faculty are Black, less than 3% are Hispanic, and only 0.3% are Native American or Alaska Native, according to the Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business. These figures do not reflect the growing diversity among college students, according to federal data.

Lucas believes the Ph.D. Project was working to address these disparities and fears that its mission may now be at risk due to misinterpretations of its purpose.

How the Ph.D. Project Became a Target of the Trump Administration

In February, the Trump administration launched an online portal at enddei.ed.gov, allowing individuals to submit reports of alleged discrimination at educational institutions. The portal states that these reports will help identify “potential areas for investigation.”

Wil Del Pilar, a senior official at the nonprofit Ed Trust, suspects that the investigation into the Ph.D. Project was initiated through this tip line.

“My assumption is that it came through the tip line,” Del Pilar said. Though he holds a Ph.D. himself, he admitted he had not heard of the Ph.D. Project until the federal inquiry was announced.

“We’ve effectively created a tool where people can tell on people and report anything that they believe to be discrimination or DEI. I expect we’re going to see more investigations based on this,” Del Pilar added.

It is not unusual for federal investigations to stem from online complaints. In the past, many inquiries by the Education Department have originated from reports filed through similar channels.

For instance, in 2018, a complaint was filed against the Rochester Institute of Technology, alleging that several STEM programs for women were discriminatory. The complaint came from a professor emeritus in Michigan who has reportedly filed hundreds of complaints against programs he believes discriminate based on sex or race. The federal government investigated, and RIT eventually opened its STEM programs to male students.

Historically, many of these investigations have concluded without finding violations. When corrective action was required, schools often opted to revise or discontinue certain programs rather than face penalties. While the Education Department has the authority to withhold federal funding, such measures have rarely been enforced.

However, the stakes appear higher in the current political climate. Trump has warned that universities that fail to align with his administration’s policies could lose substantial federal funding—a threat he has already acted upon at Columbia University and the University of Pennsylvania.

Uncertainty Looms Over the Ph.D. Project’s Future

The recent federal scrutiny loomed over the Ph.D. Project’s latest conference, held in Chicago over the weekend.

“It can be really scary for members of our organization to hear that their university may not continue partnering with us because of threats from the federal government of losing funding,” Alexander acknowledged.

Despite these concerns, he found encouragement in the conference’s atmosphere, where members shared stories about how the organization had transformed their lives.

“These times have caused us, just like many other entities, to pivot and transition,” Alexander said. “We may have to do it a little bit differently than what we’ve done in the past. But we will make sure that we continue on a path to where we’re impacting people in a positive way.”

Looking ahead, Alexander remains hopeful.

He said he wakes up every day “optimistic and recharged” and is confident that “when we look back a year or two years from now, we’ll be better and stronger as an organization than we were before this current environment.”

White House Criticizes India’s 150% Tariff on American Alcohol, Calls for Fair Trade

The White House on Tuesday addressed the tariffs imposed by various countries on U.S. goods, specifically highlighting India’s 150% tariff on American alcohol and 100% tariff on agricultural products.

White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt emphasized that U.S. President Donald Trump is committed to fair trade and reciprocity. She also criticized Canada, accusing the country of “ripping off” the U.S. for decades.

“The president is again responding to the fact that Canada has been ripping off the United States of America and hardworking Americans for decades,” Leavitt said during a press briefing. “If you look at the rates of tariffs across the board that Canadians have been imposing on the American people and our workers here, it is egregious.”

Leavitt also pointed to high tariffs imposed by India and Japan on U.S. goods, underscoring Trump’s commitment to protecting American businesses and workers.

“In fact, I have a handy dandy chart here that shows not just Canada but the rate of tariffs across the board. If you look at Canada—nearly 300% tariff on American cheese and butter. You look at India—150% tariff on American alcohol. Do you think that’s helping Kentucky bourbon be exported into India? I don’t think so. 100% tariff on agricultural products from India,” she stated.

Trump has frequently expressed concerns about international trade practices, recently suggesting the possibility of increasing tariffs on Mexico and Canada. He has cited border control and fentanyl trafficking as additional reasons for imposing tariffs on these countries.

On March 7, Trump temporarily delayed certain tariffs on Mexico and Canada before their scheduled implementation on April 2, following discussions with Mexico’s President Claudia Sheinbaum. However, he maintained his criticism of Canada’s tariff policies.

Regarding India, Trump has previously complained about difficulties in trading with the country due to its high tariff rates. He recently stated that India has agreed to lower tariffs, attributing this to increased scrutiny of its trade policies.

Greenland Condemns U.S. Visits Amid Trump’s Takeover Talk

Greenland’s political leaders have strongly criticized upcoming high-profile U.S. visits following President Donald Trump’s renewed remarks about taking over the island.

Second Lady Usha Vance is set to visit Greenland this week for a cultural tour, while National Security Adviser Mike Waltz is also expected to travel there with Energy Secretary Chris Wright. However, outgoing Greenlandic Prime Minister Mute Egede has described the visits as aggressive and noted that neither official was invited for meetings. Jens-Frederik Nielsen, the likely next leader of Greenland, accused the U.S. of showing disrespect toward the island’s population.

U.S. Interest in Greenland

Greenland, the world’s largest island, has been under Danish control for about 300 years. While it manages its domestic affairs, foreign and defense policies remain under Copenhagen’s authority. The U.S. has long maintained a strategic interest in Greenland and has operated a military base on the island since World War II. Trump has also expressed interest in Greenland’s rare earth minerals, and his son, Donald Trump Jr., visited the island before his father’s inauguration in January.

Announcing Vance’s visit, the White House stated that she would attend Greenland’s national dogsled race, the Avannaata Qimussersu, and visit historical sites to “celebrate Greenlandic culture and unity.” Meanwhile, Waltz’s trip was confirmed by a source speaking to CBS News, with reports suggesting he would arrive before Vance.

Egede viewed Waltz’s visit as a deliberate provocation. “What is the security adviser doing in Greenland? The only purpose is to show a demonstration of power to us,” he told Greenlandic newspaper Sermitsiaq. Nielsen echoed these concerns, saying the visits demonstrated a lack of respect for Greenlanders.

Trump’s Push for U.S. Control

The tensions follow Trump’s recent remarks about Greenland’s future. In a conversation with NATO Secretary-General Mark Rutte earlier this month, Trump implied that he might pursue U.S. control over Greenland with NATO’s backing. “You know, Mark, we need that for international security… we have a lot of our favorite players cruising around the coast, and we have to be careful,” he said. “We’ll be talking to you.” When asked about the possibility of annexation, Trump responded, “I think that will happen.”

Greenland’s political parties swiftly condemned Trump’s statements, calling them “unacceptable behavior.” The issue became central to Greenland’s recent elections, in which Egede’s governing Inuit Ataqatigiit party lost unexpectedly to Nielsen’s Democratic party, which advocates for gradual independence from Denmark.

In a speech to the U.S. Congress earlier this month, Trump claimed he supported Greenland’s right to self-determination, stating, “If you choose, we welcome you into the United States of America.” However, polls show that while nearly 80% of Greenlanders favor independence from Denmark, an even larger majority opposes becoming part of the U.S.

DOJ Memo Prioritizes Immigration Prosecutions, Posing Risks for Employers

A Department of Justice (DOJ) memo has directed federal prosecutors to prioritize immigration-related cases, potentially exposing many employers to criminal charges. Under the new policy, the DOJ may pursue cases it previously would not have, including those involving the employment of undocumented immigrants. Additionally, employers of H-1B visa holders could now face prosecution in cases where revocation was once the standard practice.

DOJ Immigration Memorandum

In a memo to all DOJ employees, Attorney General Pam Bondi emphasized that the “nation faces historic threats from widespread illegal immigration.” Consequently, immigration enforcement has become the DOJ’s top prosecution priority.

“The Department of Justice shall use all available criminal statutes to combat the flood of illegal immigration that took place over the last four years and to continue to support the Department of Homeland Security’s immigration and removal initiatives,” stated the February 5 memo.

The memo further instructed: “Consistent with the core principle of pursuing the most serious, readily provable offense, U.S. Attorney’s Offices and other Department components shall pursue charges relating to criminal immigration-related violations when such violations are presented by federal, state, or local law enforcement or the Intelligence Community.”

The DOJ specified that prosecutions should include violations of 8 U.S.C. §§ 1304, 1306, 1324-1328, and 1373, as well as 18 U.S.C. § 922(g)(5).

  • Section 1304 relates to requirements under the Alien Registration Act.
  • Section 1306 imposes penalties for failing to register or notify immigration authorities of a change of address.
  • Section 1324 penalizes individuals for “bringing in and harboring aliens.” This provision, which has not been extensively used against employers, allows for fines and up to five years of imprisonment for those who “knowingly or in reckless disregard of the fact that an alien has come to, entered, or remains in the United States in violation of law, conceals, harbors, or shields from detection, or attempts to conceal, harbor, or shield from detection, such alien in any place, including any building or any means of transportation.”

Other referenced sections include:

  • Section 1325: Improper entry by an alien
  • Section 1326: Reentry of removed aliens
  • Section 1327: Aiding or assisting certain aliens to enter
  • Section 1328: Importation of aliens for immoral purposes

The memo also issued a warning to DOJ attorneys: declining to prosecute immigration-related offenses could have serious consequences. “Any declinations of immigration-related offenses shall be disclosed as Urgent Reports pursuant to Justice Manual § 1-13.130. On a quarterly basis, each U.S. Attorney’s Office shall report statistics to EOUSA,” referring to the Executive Office for United States Attorneys.

The statistics will include data on immigration-related cases referred to DOJ offices, pending investigations and prosecutions, immigration-related convictions, and sentencing outcomes.

Tougher Road Ahead for Employers and Immigrant Employees

The DOJ memo is expected to significantly accelerate immigration-related prosecutions. “DOJ is instructing the field to accept essentially all immigration-related referrals for criminal prosecution,” said Chris Thomas, a partner with Holland & Hart.

He noted that the explicit reference to 8 U.S.C. § 1324 signals a clear intent to criminally charge companies and individuals who “know or recklessly disregard the fact that somebody is unlawfully present, for transporting, sheltering, or even employing such individuals.” He added that the DOJ may also target employers who “knowingly or recklessly allow outside staffing agencies and contractors” to engage in such conduct.

A recent case exemplifies the DOJ’s new approach. On February 14, Homeland Security Investigations charged the owners of a bakery in Los Fresnos, Texas, with “harboring” under 8 U.S.C. § 1324. The charges stemmed from the employment of eight undocumented workers at the bakery.

Thomas predicts that the new DOJ focus will result in less emphasis on labor exploitation, such as cases involving undocumented child labor. Instead, Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) will conduct I-9 audits to gather evidence and pursue the harshest possible charges against employers.

“Companies need to receive training on conducting I-9 audits and developing response strategies when ICE agents arrive for a ‘knock and talk,’ serve a Notice of Inspection, or conduct a raid,” Thomas advised. He also stressed the importance of understanding the legal risks associated with various criminal charges.

He warned that DHS intends to refer cases for criminal charges “wherever they feel they can justify such charges.”

Small business owners targeted in an immigration raid or enforcement action may face significant legal jeopardy if they speak to federal agents without first consulting an attorney. Federal agents are expected to use high-profile enforcement actions as a deterrent to discourage the employment of undocumented workers.

Employers of H-1B Visa Holders at Risk

Employers of H-1B visa holders and other high-skilled professionals could also face heightened scrutiny. The final rule on H-1B visas issued by U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) formalized the agency’s authority to conduct worksite visits. USCIS dismissed concerns that such visits—often conducted with little warning—were problematic, stating that employers must comply regardless of whether the visits occur at businesses or private residences.

FWD.us, an advocacy group, raised concerns in a public comment to the rule: “Officers will be able to deny or revoke approval for legitimate petitions if an employer, even a third-party employer where an H-1B beneficiary is working, refuses to speak with officers, does not answer to the officer’s satisfaction, or fails to answer a written request in a certain time frame.”

Immigration attorney Vic Goel of Goel & Anderson emphasized the importance of preparation. “Employers should prepare for USCIS site visits, even at third-party work locations and employees’ home offices, ensuring all documentation aligns with the petition and that internal immigration compliance teams are trained to address inquiries,” he said.

Chris Thomas believes that employers of high-skilled workers could now be exposed to serious legal risks. “It’s clear that any form of misrepresentation will be referred for further investigation,” he said. He also noted that the Fraud Detection and National Security Directorate (FDNS), which conducts worksite visits, is expected to take a more aggressive approach.

“The days of cases being referred for mere revocation will be in the past. In addition to referring cases for revocation, FDNS will most certainly refer such matters to Homeland Security Investigations and other entities for potential criminal investigations,” Thomas explained.

A Shift in Immigration Enforcement Strategy

The Attorney General’s memo making immigration prosecutions a top priority aligns with broader trends under the Trump administration. Thomas believes the DOJ’s approach will be comprehensive. “The focus will be to bring any and all charges available under immigration law,” he said.

Employers, particularly those hiring foreign workers, must adapt to this intensified enforcement landscape. With increased I-9 audits, worksite inspections, and a broader scope of potential criminal charges, legal experts advise companies to take proactive steps in compliance and legal defense strategies.

Trump Demands Supreme Court Halt Nationwide Injunctions Against His Policies

President Donald Trump has intensified his criticism of federal judges who have blocked his administration’s policies, portraying them as threats to the nation and urging the Supreme Court to intervene.

In a Truth Social post on Thursday, Trump lashed out at judges who issued nationwide injunctions against his executive actions, calling them “radical left judges” and “lunatics” attempting to “assume the Powers of the Presidency, without having to attain 80 Million Votes.” (Trump won the 2024 election with 77 million votes, and federal judges are appointed, not elected.)

“STOP NATIONWIDE INJUNCTIONS NOW, BEFORE IT IS TOO LATE,” Trump wrote, directly appealing to Chief Justice John Roberts. “If Justice Roberts and the United States Supreme Court do not fix this toxic and unprecedented situation IMMEDIATELY, our Country is in very serious trouble!”

The following morning, Trump reiterated his claims on Truth Social, again accusing federal judges of trying to take over presidential duties.

Trump’s administration has faced more than 100 lawsuits challenging his policies, with the former president arguing that nationwide injunctions have been unfairly used to block his agenda. White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt accused these judges of acting as “partisan activists” in remarks to reporters on Wednesday.

“They are trying to dictate policy from the president of the United States,” Leavitt said. “They are trying to clearly slow-walk this administration’s agenda, and it’s unacceptable.”

Both Republican and Democratic administrations have encountered nationwide injunctions, but Trump and his supporters claim that he has faced an unprecedented number. According to the Harvard Law Review, Trump’s first term saw 64 nationwide injunctions—far more than any president since 2001.

However, Trump has exercised executive power in ways that previous presidents have not, and in his second term, he has aggressively pushed to expand the scope of his authority. As political analyst Steve Benen noted, Trump and his allies are framing judicial opposition as part of a broad conspiracy rather than acknowledging that his actions may be legally questionable.

Trump and billionaire Elon Musk have also called for judges who rule against the administration to be impeached. This prompted a rare public response from Chief Justice Roberts, who stated, “Impeachment is not an appropriate response to disagreement concerning a judicial decision.”

The Justice Department is currently awaiting a Supreme Court ruling on its request to narrow the reach of several judicial orders blocking Trump’s birthright citizenship executive order. However, as The Associated Press noted, the court does not appear to be rushing its decision.

Newly Released JFK Assassination Files Shed Light on CIA Surveillance of Oswald

Thousands of newly released documents related to the investigation into President John F. Kennedy’s 1963 assassination have been made public, reigniting interest in one of the most scrutinized events in U.S. history.

While experts say the latest release under the Trump administration does not resolve all lingering questions, the documents provide further insight into how closely the CIA monitored Kennedy’s assassin, Lee Harvey Oswald, before the shooting.

1. CIA Surveillance of Oswald—But No Bombshell Revelations

The newly available records confirm that Oswald was a subject of significant CIA interest well before Kennedy’s assassination.

“Oswald was under deep CIA surveillance,” said Jefferson Morley, a journalist and editor of the JFK Facts blog. “This is the most exciting news around JFK records since the 1990s.”

Many of the released documents were previously available but with heavy redactions. The unredacted versions offer a clearer picture of Oswald’s movements, particularly his September 1963 trip to Mexico City, two months before the assassination.

Philip Shenon, author of a 2013 book on the assassination, noted that the CIA was monitoring Oswald during his visit. “There’s reason to believe he talked openly about killing Kennedy in Mexico City, and that people overheard him say that,” he told The Associated Press.

A 1975 CIA memo downplayed the agency’s knowledge of Oswald’s trip, stating that only three phone calls between him and a Soviet embassy guard were recorded—and Oswald identified himself in only one.

2. Intelligence Methods Revealed

The newly released files also shed light on CIA operations during the Cold War, including intelligence-gathering techniques and the agency’s influence on U.S. foreign policy.

One newly unredacted memo, written by Kennedy aide Arthur Schlesinger, details the CIA’s extensive presence in U.S. embassies—even in allied nations like France. Schlesinger’s note criticized the agency’s influence and warned Kennedy about its role in shaping foreign policy.

Additionally, the documents reveal Cold War-era surveillance techniques, such as fluoroscopic scanning—an early X-ray method used to detect hidden microphones. Another memo describes a system for secretly tagging and identifying tapped public phone booths using ultraviolet-sensitive paint.

One notable name in the files is James McCord, a former CIA officer who later became infamous for his role in the Watergate scandal that led to President Richard Nixon’s resignation.

3. Old Conspiracy Theories Resurface

As with previous document releases, some online sources have used the new files to revive long-standing conspiracy theories, often misrepresenting their significance.

One viral claim centers on Gary Underhill, a former military intelligence officer who alleged that a group of rogue CIA agents was behind Kennedy’s assassination. This theory, first published in Ramparts magazine in 1967, gained renewed attention after photos of a seven-page CIA memo about Underhill circulated online.

However, the bulk of the memo was previously released in 2017, with only a few newly unredacted sentences in this latest batch. The theory itself is based on second-hand accounts and lacks concrete evidence.

Despite this, such theories continue to thrive, fueled by public skepticism and the enduring mystery surrounding Kennedy’s assassination.

4. Are the Files Completely Unredacted?

A 1992 law mandated the release of all JFK assassination-related records within 25 years, but it included national security exceptions. While successive administrations—including Trump’s and Biden’s—have declassified thousands of documents, some records remain redacted.

Ahead of this latest release, Trump claimed he instructed his staff “not to redact anything.” However, the new documents still contain some redactions, though experts acknowledge that the latest batch represents progress in government transparency.

Journalist Jefferson Morley believes additional classified files remain in the National Archives, as well as unreleased materials held by the CIA and FBI.

Even with more documents potentially forthcoming—including promised releases related to the assassinations of Robert F. Kennedy and Martin Luther King Jr.—questions about JFK’s killing are unlikely to be fully resolved.

“Whenever there is an assassination, there will be debates, and to some degree, there will be conspiracy theories,” said Villanova University historian David Barrett. “That’s not going to change because of these or any other documents.”

Trump Announces Boeing’s F-47 as Winner of U.S. Air Force’s NGAD Fighter Contract

U.S. President Donald Trump, alongside Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth and U.S. Air Force Chief Gen. David Allvin, announced Boeing’s F-47 as the winning design for the U.S. Air Force’s Next-Generation Air Dominance (NGAD) manned fighter contract. The selection follows months of budget uncertainties and a detailed program review.

“An experimental version of the plane has secretly been flying for almost five years, and we’re confident that it massively overpowers the capabilities of any other nation,” Trump stated while introducing the F-47. He also hinted at possible toned-down versions for U.S. allies.

The contract, worth at least $20 billion, was contested between Boeing and Lockheed Martin’s Phantom Works and Skunk Works divisions. The NGAD fighters are expected to cost around $300 million each, with total program spending potentially reaching hundreds of billions over its lifetime.

The Air Force’s final decision was initially set for late 2024 under former Air Force Secretary Frank Kendall but was deferred to the new administration for further analysis. Gen. Allvin reinforced the importance of the NGAD program, emphasizing the need for a “high-end penetrating capability” to maintain U.S. air superiority.

Trump’s announcement included two images of the F-47, which some speculate is named in reference to him being the 47th U.S. president. A statement from Gen. Allvin highlighted the aircraft’s technological advancements, cost efficiency, and adaptability compared to existing fighters like the F-22. The F-47 boasts enhanced stealth, greater range, and higher operational availability.

NGAD is the Air Force’s most expensive research and development program, with a proposed $19.6 billion budget over the next five years. However, congressional proposals for 2025 include a $325 million funding cut.

The NGAD program originated from a 2016 Air Force study on “Air Superiority 2030.” It gained public attention in 2020 when Dr. Will Roper revealed that an experimental full-scale prototype had already flown. The initiative focused on rapid development cycles, modular designs, and digital engineering, allowing frequent fighter upgrades without costly service life extensions.

Amid rising costs and shifting priorities, the program underwent a strategic pause in 2024 to reassess operational requirements, including integration with autonomous systems like Collaborative Combat Aircraft (CCA). The review concluded in December, affirming the necessity of a manned next-generation fighter while considering future unmanned capabilities.

With Trump’s approval, Boeing’s F-47 is now set to enter production, with expectations that it will fly before the end of his administration.

Indian Academic Badar Khan Suri Faces Deportation Over Alleged Hamas Ties

Indian academic Badar Khan Suri, a Green Card holder and postdoctoral fellow at Georgetown University, is facing deportation after being detained by U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS) agents at his home in Arlington, Virginia. His lawyer claims he is being unfairly targeted due to his Palestinian spouse, while U.S. officials allege he has links to a designated terrorist organization.

Arrest and Deportation Orders

Masked DHS agents reportedly informed Suri that his visa had been revoked before taking him into custody. Tricia McLaughlin, Assistant Secretary at DHS, stated, “Suri was a foreign exchange student at Georgetown University actively spreading Hamas propaganda and promoting antisemitism on social media.”

According to McLaughlin, Suri has “close connections to a known or suspected terrorist, who is a senior advisor to Hamas.” This likely refers to his father-in-law, Ahamed Yousef, a former deputy foreign minister in the Hamas government and later the head of the House of Wisdom Institute in Gaza.

On March 15, 2025, the Secretary of State determined that Suri’s activities made him deportable under INA section 237(a)(4)(C)(i), which applies to foreign nationals engaged in activities that could be deemed a security threat.

Lawyer Alleges Bias Over Palestinian Spouse

Suri’s attorney, Hassan Ahmad, argues that his client is being unfairly targeted. “He is being punished because of the Palestinian heritage of his wife, and because the government suspects that he and his wife oppose U.S. foreign policy toward Israel,” Ahmad told Politico.

Suri met his wife, Maphaz Ahmad Yousef, in 2011 while assisting an international aid convoy to Gaza. She was working as a translator with a humanitarian group. The couple married in January 2014 in Delhi after political instability in Egypt prevented them from holding the ceremony in Gaza.

Links to Pro-Palestinian Movements

Suri, who previously studied at Jamia Millia Islamia in Delhi, was teaching Majoritarianism and Minority Rights in South Asia at Georgetown University. His arrest follows the self-deportation of Ranjani Srinivasan, an Indian student at Columbia University, who left for Canada after DHS linked her to pro-Palestinian campus activities.

DHS has been cracking down on individuals suspected of spreading Hamas propaganda as part of a broader effort by the Trump administration to curb radical activities on U.S. campuses.

FinCEN Removes BOI Reporting Requirements for U.S. Companies, Limits Scope to Foreign Entities

On March 21, 2025, the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN) issued an interim final rule eliminating the requirement for U.S. companies and U.S. persons to report beneficial ownership information (BOI) under the Corporate Transparency Act (CTA). The rule now limits BOI reporting obligations to certain foreign entities.

Key Changes:

  • Redefinition of “Reporting Company”: The term now applies only to entities formed under foreign laws that have registered to do business in any U.S. state or tribal jurisdiction by filing with a secretary of state or similar office. Previously, it covered both domestic and foreign entities.
  • Exemption for Domestic Entities: U.S.-based businesses, formerly categorized as “domestic reporting companies,” no longer need to report BOI.
  • Foreign Entities’ Obligations: Foreign entities classified as “reporting companies” must submit BOI reports but are not required to disclose U.S. persons as beneficial owners. U.S. persons are also exempt from reporting their involvement in such entities.

Reporting Deadlines for Foreign Entities:

  • Registered Before March 21, 2025: Must file BOI reports by April 20, 2025.
  • Registered On or After March 21, 2025: Must file an initial BOI report within 30 calendar days of their effective registration date.

Public Comment and Finalization:

FinCEN is accepting public comments on the interim final rule and intends to finalize it later this year.

This move follows the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s March 2, 2025, announcement halting enforcement of BOI reporting for U.S. entities. The decision has been linked to broader policy shifts under the Trump-endorsed Treasury leadership.

Federal Reserve Holds Interest Rates Steady Amid Uncertainty Over Trump’s Economic Policies

The Federal Reserve opted to keep interest rates unchanged on Wednesday as central bank officials assess the impact of President Donald Trump’s aggressive economic policies.

The decision, announced at the end of the Fed’s two-day monetary policy meeting, indicates that officials are awaiting clear signs that inflation is moving toward their 2% target or that the economy is slowing more than anticipated—two scenarios that could prompt rate cuts.

According to the latest economic projections released Wednesday, officials still anticipate lowering borrowing costs twice this year. However, eight officials now foresee either one or no rate cuts in 2024, compared to only four who held that view in December.

During a post-meeting press conference, Fed Chair Jerome Powell acknowledged the uncertainty facing American businesses and consumers, much of it linked to what he described as the Trump administration’s “turmoil.”

“It remains to be seen how these developments affect future spending and investment,” Powell said.

For now, the Fed’s benchmark borrowing rate remains between 4.25% and 4.5%. Powell noted that holding rates steady allows policymakers to monitor how Trump’s sweeping policy changes—such as tariffs, mass deportations, and a shrinking federal workforce—affect the U.S. economy.

In recent speeches, Fed officials have emphasized their willingness to adjust interest rates in either direction based on economic data.

Wednesday’s decision marks the second consecutive time the central bank has maintained borrowing costs.

Projections released by the Fed suggest the economy will be weaker than previously expected this year, with inflation running higher than anticipated.

As Trump’s administration pursues significant structural changes, Fed officials see the U.S. economy trending toward “stagflation”—a troubling mix of sluggish or negative growth and rising inflation. Whether the country enters a full-blown stagflationary period, last seen in the 1970s, remains uncertain.

All 12 voting Fed officials supported Wednesday’s decision to hold rates steady, though Fed Governor Christopher Waller dissented on the separate decision to slow the pace of reducing the central bank’s balance sheet.

Powell on Trump’s Economic Policies

Trump’s economic policies pose a major challenge for the Fed due to their broad and uncertain effects. During the press conference, Powell faced numerous questions about how the Fed is factoring in the president’s policy shifts.

Trump’s tariffs could fuel inflation and dampen economic growth, while his immigration crackdown may create labor shortages in key industries. His mass layoffs of federal employees could push some local economies into recession, but his deregulation efforts and extension of 2017 tax cuts might spur growth. The overall impact of Trump’s policies on growth, inflation, and the labor market remains unclear.

Powell noted that Trump’s tariffs contributed to the Fed’s higher inflation projections for this year, though he acknowledged the difficulty in determining exactly how much inflation is attributable to the trade war.

Following the Fed’s announcement, Trump urged policymakers to cut interest rates as tariffs take effect.

“The Fed would be MUCH better off CUTTING RATES as U.S. Tariffs start to transition (ease!) their way into the economy,” Trump wrote on Truth Social, referring to April 2—when reciprocal tariffs are set to go into effect—as “Liberation Day in America.”

Earlier this month, Powell reiterated that the Fed would be guided by economic data rather than forecasts. He pointed to signs of a slowdown in consumer spending.

A Strong Labor Market Offsets Economic Concerns

Despite concerns about consumer spending, the labor market remains a pillar of strength for the economy.

In February, the unemployment rate stood at 4.1%, with employers adding 151,000 jobs. Weekly jobless claims, often an early indicator of labor market shifts, remain at historically low levels.

Powell highlighted the labor market’s resilience as a key factor supporting the economy. However, he cautioned that any unexpected deterioration could prompt the Fed to resume rate cuts sooner.

“Labor market conditions are solid,” Powell said.

When asked about the risk of a recession, Powell downplayed concerns, noting that while some economists have raised their odds of an economic downturn, the risk remains moderate.

“Forecasters have generally raised—a number of them have raised—their possibility of a recession somewhat. But still at relatively moderate levels,” Powell said. “If you go back two months, people were saying that the likelihood of a recession was extremely low. So it has moved, but it’s not high.”

America’s Economic Mood and Its Impact on Spending

While economic data remains strong, sentiment surveys indicate a growing pessimism among businesses and consumers—a trend Powell acknowledged during Wednesday’s press conference.

Trump’s policy agenda has already influenced “soft data” measures, such as consumer and business sentiment surveys. However, Powell noted that the relationship between sentiment and actual economic activity is not always clear.

“There are times people are saying very downbeat things about the economy and then going out and buying a new car,” Powell remarked.

Despite the strong labor market, Americans are increasingly concerned about inflation. The University of Michigan’s latest consumer survey showed rising long-term inflation expectations. If these expectations continue to climb, the Fed may be forced to reconsider its stance on interest rates.

During Trump’s first trade war in 2018, inflation expectations were a major factor in the Fed’s decision to consider rate hikes, according to declassified policy documents known as the “teal book.”

Powell, however, suggested that long-term inflation expectations remain stable, citing data from the New York Fed.

The Michigan consumer survey for March recorded the largest month-over-month jump in five-to-ten-year inflation expectations since 1993. Even so, Powell dismissed concerns over the recent spike in short-term inflation expectations.

“You would expect that expectations of inflation over the course of a year would move around because conditions change,” he said. “And in this case, we have tariffs coming in. We don’t know how big. There are so many things we don’t know.”

Looking Ahead

The Fed’s decision to keep rates unchanged reflects a cautious approach amid uncertainty over Trump’s economic policies.

With the economy showing mixed signals—strong employment but slowing consumer spending—central bankers are navigating a complex landscape. Inflation remains a key concern, especially as Trump’s tariffs roll out.

As the year progresses, the Fed will closely monitor economic data to determine whether rate cuts are necessary. The path ahead remains uncertain, with Trump’s policies introducing new variables into an already delicate economic environment.

Trump Orders Dismantling of Education Department, But Faces Legal and Congressional Hurdles

This Trump executive order sounds dramatic, but the Department of Education (DOE) can’tactually be dismantled without Congressional approval. The order directs Education Secretary Linda McMahon to take steps to reduce the department’s influence and return power to the states, aligning with long-standing Republican priorities.

Key Points of the Order:

  • Calls for shutting down the DOE while ensuring that essential programs like Title I funding for high-poverty schools, Pell Grants, and student loans continue.
  • Bans remaining DOE funds from being used for diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) initiatives or “gender ideology.”
  • Cuts department staff in half (from 4,000 to about 2,000 employees) through layoffs and buyouts, as part of a broader federal workforce reduction led by Elon Musk’s Department of Government Efficiency.
  • Aims to make the department “much smaller,” but acknowledges it won’t be fully eliminated—at least not immediately.

Legal and Political Challenges:

  • Only Congress can abolish the DOE, so Trump’s executive order doesn’t actually achieve that goal.
  • Teachers’ unions and Democrats are preparing legal challenges.
    • American Federation of Teachers President Randi Weingarten responded: “See you in court.”
    • Patty Murray (D-Wash.) called it a “wrecking ball” approach.
    • Advocates for student loan borrowers warn it will cause confusion and hardship for students.
  • Expands presidential authority: Trump’s efforts mirror his previous attempt to dismantle the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID), which was blocked by a federal judge.

Trump’s Justification:

  • Argues that the U.S. spends too much per student but ranks low in global education performance.
  • Calls for a return to state control over education policy.
  • Claimsfederal bureaucracy has failed to improve education outcomes.

While the move is largely symbolic for now, it signals Trump’s continued push to reshape federal governance—and could have long-term implications if Republicans gain more power in Congress.

Heightened Scrutiny for Green Card Holders and H-1B Visa Holders Under Trump Administration

The Trump administration’s stringent immigration enforcement measures have significantly impacted green card holders and H-1B visa holders, particularly when traveling internationally. The question now is how these policies affect the Indian community in the United States.

New York-based immigration attorney Naresh Gehi told Newsweek, “The administration is taking the law in their own hands with blatant disregard to the judiciary of the nation.” He added that numerous Indian professionals with green cards have reported increased questioning.

Immigration lawyers argue that even lawful immigrants face enhanced scrutiny at entry points. The government has intensified adherence to existing immigration laws under the justification of national security and border control.

Tricia McLaughlin, Assistant Secretary at the Department of Homeland Security, defended these actions, telling Newsweek, “The Trump administration is enforcing immigration laws—something the previous administration failed to do. Those who violate these laws will be processed, detained, and removed as required.”

Additionally, Vice President JD Vance stated in a Fox News interview, “A green card holder doesn’t have an indefinite right to be in the United States.”

Increased Inspections at Airports

This shift has led to more thorough inspections at airports and border checkpoints. Some green card holders have reported instances of detention and intensive questioning upon reentry into the U.S. Legal experts warn that permanent residents who spend more than 180 days outside the country risk facing additional scrutiny upon their return.

A widely discussed case last year involved Fabian Schmidt, a green card holder from New Hampshire, who expressed dissatisfaction with his treatment at Logan Airport after returning from Luxembourg. Reports indicate that he underwent a rigorous interrogation and felt coerced into relinquishing his green card status.

However, Hilton Beckham, Assistant Commissioner of Public Affairs at Customs and Border Protection (CBP), dismissed these allegations in a statement to Newsweek. “These claims [regarding Schmidt] are blatantly false with respect to CBP. When an individual is found with drug-related charges and tries to reenter the country, officers will take proper action.”

Seattle-based immigration attorney Kripa Upadhyay criticized the government’s approach, telling Newsweek, “The revocation of green cards and arrest and detention of individuals in the U.S. without giving them an opportunity to prove their lawful status is a violation of due process.”

Upadhyay also highlighted the case of an Indian executive who was denied entry after being suspected of unauthorized employment while holding a B-1 business visa. “It is not connected to criminal activity on their parts; rather, to the fear of being without status because of excessive delays in immigration processing,” she explained.

Stricter Oversight of H-1B Visa Holders

In addition to targeting green card holders, the administration has tightened enforcement measures against H-1B visa holders. Reports suggest that individuals returning from overseas trips are subject to more rigorous questioning regarding their employment status, job roles, and salary details.

Some H-1B workers have been asked to provide extensive documentation upon arrival, including employer verification letters and pay stubs, before being allowed back into the country. Immigration attorneys warn that even minor discrepancies between visa applications and actual job duties could lead to visa revocation.

One such case involved an IT consultant working for a U.S.-based firm who was detained upon returning from India. Immigration officers reportedly questioned whether his job duties aligned with the visa’s requirements. Despite holding valid work authorization, he was detained for hours before finally being allowed to enter the country.

“Even small inconsistencies in job descriptions can create major issues,” said New Jersey-based immigration lawyer Meera Patel. “Many H-1B holders now travel with a stack of documents just to avoid unnecessary complications.”

Growing Concerns Among Indian Immigrants

The heightened scrutiny has caused anxiety among Indian immigrants, particularly those awaiting permanent residency. Many fear that prolonged travel restrictions and administrative hurdles could disrupt their careers and families.

Some have even reconsidered international travel, worried that a routine trip abroad could lead to additional questioning or, in extreme cases, denial of reentry.

“I used to visit my family in India once a year, but now I think twice,” said Rahul Mehta, a software engineer in California. “The stories of people being harassed at airports make me nervous.”

Even Indian students and professionals on temporary visas have expressed concerns. Those on Optional Practical Training (OPT) worry that any administrative errors could jeopardize their chances of securing a more permanent status in the U.S.

“There is a real fear that even the smallest mistake could lead to deportation,” said immigration advocate Sunita Rao. “People feel like they are constantly walking on eggshells.”

Political and Legal Reactions

Legal experts and immigrant advocacy groups have criticized the administration’s policies, arguing that they create unnecessary obstacles for individuals who have followed legal pathways to live and work in the United States.

Several lawsuits have been filed challenging these policies, with attorneys arguing that enhanced scrutiny disproportionately affects legal immigrants rather than addressing undocumented immigration.

Lawmakers from both parties have also voiced concerns. While some Republicans have supported the measures as a means of enforcing existing laws, Democrats have accused the administration of targeting immigrants unfairly.

“The administration is creating an environment of fear,” said Representative Pramila Jayapal. “Green card holders and skilled workers who contribute to our economy shouldn’t be treated like criminals.”

Meanwhile, some immigration officials argue that the measures are necessary to close loopholes and prevent fraud in the visa and residency process.

Potential Long-Term Impacts

Experts suggest that if these policies remain in place, they could have long-term consequences for the U.S. economy, particularly in industries reliant on skilled foreign labor.

Technology firms, in particular, have expressed concerns that increased immigration enforcement could deter top talent from seeking opportunities in the U.S. Some companies have already started exploring alternative locations, such as Canada, where immigration policies are perceived as more favorable.

“Companies need predictability when hiring international talent,” said Paul Harrington, a senior analyst at a technology consulting firm. “If the U.S. becomes too difficult to navigate, businesses will simply relocate jobs elsewhere.”

Some economists also warn that the uncertainty surrounding immigration could discourage foreign investment. Industries that rely on a steady influx of highly skilled professionals—such as healthcare, engineering, and academia—may struggle to attract the best global talent.

“Immigration policies should be structured in a way that balances national security concerns with economic growth,” said Harvard economist David Lin. “Otherwise, the U.S. risks losing its competitive edge.”

Calls for Reform

As immigration policies continue to evolve, advocacy groups and legal experts are calling for clearer guidelines and greater transparency in enforcement practices.

Some have urged Congress to pass legislation that provides more protections for green card holders and skilled workers, ensuring that legal immigrants are not unfairly targeted.

“There needs to be a more balanced approach,” said immigration attorney William Keller. “People who have followed the law shouldn’t have to live in constant fear of losing their status.”

For now, immigrants affected by the policy shifts are advised to stay informed, maintain proper documentation, and seek legal counsel when necessary.

While debates over immigration enforcement continue, one thing is clear: the landscape for legal immigrants in the U.S. has changed significantly under the Trump administration, leaving many uncertain about their future.

Trump Organization Announces First Luxury Office Project in India

The Trump Organization, the American conglomerate privately owned by President Donald Trump, has announced its first real estate project in India—a luxury office space in Pune.

Trump World Center to Rise in Pune’s Koregaon Park

The Trump World Center will mark the brand’s entry into India’s high-end commercial real estate market. The project, in collaboration with Mumbai-based Tribeca Developers, will be located in Pune’s Koregaon Park, a prime business district.

The development will feature two 27-story towers covering 1.6 million square feet. According to Tribeca, a portion of the project will be strata-sold, while the rest will be leased to a diverse range of tenants. The project is expected to generate approximately $300 million in revenue.

Tribeca’s Role in Trump-Branded Projects

Tribeca, the exclusive licensor of the Trump brand in India, has previously partnered with developers like Lodha and Panchshil to construct Trump-branded residential towers in Mumbai and Pune. Over time, the company has expanded its role beyond licensing to include direct development of Trump properties in India.

For the Pune project, Tribeca has partnered with Kundan Spaces, a real estate firm based in Pune.

India’s First Trump Club and High-Street Retail

In addition to luxury office spaces, the Trump World Center will feature India’s first Trump Club, designed as a high-end networking hub for business leaders. The project will also include a high-street retail component, further enhancing the commercial appeal of the development.

The announcement highlights Trump’s continued interest in the Indian real estate market, following successful residential projects in key metropolitan cities.

Indian Researcher at US University Arrested, Faces Deportation

An Indian researcher at a U.S. university has been arrested by immigration officers and is now facing deportation, according to his lawyer.

Badar Khan Suri was detained on Monday, March 17, outside his home in a Washington suburb in Virginia by “masked” officers who informed him that his student visa had been revoked, Politico reported.

Suri, who earned a PhD from Jamia Millia Islamia University in New Delhi, was a postdoctoral fellow at Georgetown University, where he was teaching a course on “Majoritarianism and Minority Rights in South Asia.”

Links to Palestinian Heritage Under Scrutiny

Suri is married to Maphaz Ahmad Yousef, a U.S. citizen and daughter of Ahmed Yousef, who was described by Hindustan Times, as quoted by Politico, as “a senior political advisor to the Hamas leadership.”

His lawyer, Hassan Ahmad, stated that a habeas corpus petition has been filed in a federal court in Virginia. Ahmad alleged that Suri’s arrest was motivated by his wife’s Palestinian heritage and the suspicion that they both oppose U.S. support for Israel. The lawyer emphasized that Suri has no criminal record and it remains unclear if he had participated in any protests.

Crackdown on Pro-Palestinian Supporters

Suri is the second Indian academic to face deportation over alleged ties to pro-Palestinian activism. Earlier this month, Ranjani Srinivasan, a PhD student at Columbia University, fled to Canada after an immigration officer informed her that her student visa had been revoked.

The Department of Homeland Security accused her of being “involved in activities supporting Hamas, a terrorist organization.”

Unlike in Srinivasan’s case and those of two other individuals arrested for allegedly participating in campus protests, the Trump administration has not issued a statement on Suri’s arrest.

Defending the crackdown on visa holders, Secretary of State Marco Rubio wrote on X, “Coming to the United States on a visa is a privilege, not a right. The Trump Administration is determined to deny or revoke your visa if you’re here to support terrorists.”

University Affiliation and Research

Georgetown University, a Catholic institution, stated that Suri was affiliated with the Alwaleed Bin Talal Center for Muslim-Christian Understanding at the School of Foreign Service. His research focused on factors that hinder cooperation in religiously diverse societies and strategies to overcome those barriers. He had also traveled extensively in conflict zones, including India, Pakistan, and Iran’s Balochistan region.

Suri’s case is part of a broader crackdown on academics and students linked to pro-Palestinian activities on U.S. campuses.

Other Cases of Deportation and Detention

Several other foreign nationals have recently faced detention or deportation proceedings in connection with alleged pro-Palestinian activism:

  • Mahmoud Khalil, a recent graduate of Columbia University, was arrested and is currently held in a Louisiana detention center awaiting deportation, despite holding a green card. A judge has temporarily blocked his deportation pending appeal.
  • Leqaa Kordia, a Palestinian Columbia student, was arrested after being accused of overstaying her student visa.
  • Rasha Alawieh, a professor at Brown University, was denied re-entry into the U.S. after traveling to Lebanon and allegedly attending the funeral of Hezbollah leader Hassan Nasrallah.

As legal battles over these cases continue, advocates warn of increasing scrutiny on foreign nationals involved in pro-Palestinian activism.

Elon Musk Condemns “Extreme Domestic Terrorism” Amid Reports of Tesla Owners’ Data Leak

Tesla Inc. (NASDAQ: TSLA) CEO Elon Musk strongly criticized what he described as “extreme domestic terrorism” on Tuesday, responding to reports that a website had published personal details of Tesla owners across the United States.

What Happened?

Musk took to X (formerly Twitter) to denounce the situation after reports surfaced that a site called “Dogequest” had exposed Tesla owners’ names, addresses, and phone numbers. The website also featured an interactive map with a Molotov cocktail cursor.

“Encouraging destruction of Teslas throughout the country is extreme domestic terrorism!!” Musk wrote, expressing outrage over the potential targeting of Tesla customers.

Reports indicate that the site demands Tesla owners provide proof of selling their vehicles to have their personal details removed. The motive appears linked to Musk’s involvement in President Donald Trump’s administration.

Escalating Anti-Tesla Sentiment

This data leak is the latest development in a broader wave of hostility against Tesla. Incidents of vandalism and attacks on Tesla-related infrastructure have been increasing across the country.

Rep. Marjorie Taylor Greene (R-Ga.) recently called for a federal investigation into what she termed “organized attacks” against Tesla. In her letter to Attorney General Pam Bondi and FBI Director Kash Patel, Greene cited several alarming events, including:

  • Tesla charging stations in the Boston area being severely damaged.
  • A Portland dealership being targeted by gunfire.
  • Cybertrucks set on fire in Seattle in apparent acts of arson.

Greene also raised concerns about possible links between these attacks and organizations affiliated with the Democratic Party. She pointed to groups that “receive a significant amount of funding from ActBlue,” suggesting potential political motivations behind the attacks.

Why It Matters

Anti-Tesla demonstrations have become increasingly visible, further exacerbating tensions. Notable investor Ross Gerber recently shared footage of protests outside a Tesla store in Santa Monica.

Despite being a long-time Tesla investor, Gerber has become more critical of the company, particularly its stock valuation. He noted that Tesla shares remain overpriced “even after plunging nearly 50% since mid-December.”

Beyond public demonstrations, individual Tesla owners have also reported incidents of vandalism. One notable case involved a defaced Cybertruck in New York City. The vehicle’s owner, Avi Ben Hamo, shared his frustration with The New York Post, saying, “I feel myself burning inside.”

Tesla’s Brand Challenges and Musk’s Political Ties

The controversy surrounding Tesla coincides with Musk’s dual role as both the CEO of the automaker and the leader of the Department of Government Efficiency in the Trump administration.

Tesla has faced increasing business challenges in recent months. The company reported its first annual sales decline in 2024, raising concerns among analysts. On Wednesday, JPMorgan Chase analysts warned that Tesla has “lost too much brand value too quickly.”

Despite these struggles, Trump has continued to express strong support for Musk. During a recent White House event, the former president purchased a Tesla Model S Plaid, calling Musk a “patriot” who was being “unfairly maligned” for his role in government efficiency efforts.

The Growing Threat Against Tesla and Its Customers

The emergence of sites like Dogequest and the rise in anti-Tesla incidents point to an increasingly hostile environment for the company and its customers.

The website’s demand that Tesla owners sell their vehicles to remove their personal information has alarmed many. Critics argue that such tactics amount to intimidation, effectively pressuring owners to abandon their Tesla vehicles out of fear.

The fact that the website includes an interactive map with a Molotov cocktail cursor adds to concerns that Tesla customers could become targets of violence or harassment.

Political Implications and the Call for Federal Action

Rep. Greene’s call for a federal investigation underscores the seriousness of the situation. In her letter to Attorney General Bondi and FBI Director Patel, she urged authorities to determine whether coordinated efforts are driving attacks on Tesla.

She pointed to possible funding connections between groups engaged in anti-Tesla activities and ActBlue, a platform widely used for Democratic fundraising. While no direct evidence has been presented linking political organizations to the attacks, the claim has fueled partisan debates over Tesla’s challenges.

Musk’s Role and the Response from Tesla’s Leadership

Musk has remained vocal in his criticism of what he sees as politically motivated hostility against Tesla. His position within the Trump administration has made him a polarizing figure, drawing both praise and condemnation.

Tesla executives have not released an official statement regarding the Dogequest website, but sources within the company suggest that legal action is being considered to address the privacy violations.

Tesla security teams are reportedly monitoring threats against customers and facilities closely. The company has also encouraged Tesla owners to report any suspicious activity to law enforcement.

Broader Market Implications for Tesla

Beyond the immediate security concerns, Tesla’s stock performance has also been impacted by recent controversies. The 50% decline in Tesla shares since mid-December has raised questions about investor confidence in the company’s future.

JPMorgan Chase analysts warn that Tesla is facing a critical moment. The combination of brand damage, declining sales, and political controversies could have long-term effects on the company’s market position.

Tesla has historically been seen as a leader in the electric vehicle (EV) industry. However, competition from other automakers, shifting consumer sentiment, and Musk’s political associations have complicated its standing.

Protests and Vandalism—A New Reality for Tesla?

The rise in Tesla-related vandalism and attacks suggests that hostility toward the company is not an isolated trend. The protests in Santa Monica, arson cases in Seattle, and vandalism incidents in New York all point to a broader shift in public sentiment.

Ross Gerber’s comments about Tesla’s valuation reflect growing skepticism among investors. Despite the company’s past dominance in the EV market, its brand perception is under strain.

The question remains whether Tesla can effectively address these challenges and regain public trust.

What’s Next?

As Musk continues to speak out against what he sees as politically motivated attacks on Tesla, the company faces mounting pressure on multiple fronts.

  • Legal Action Against Dogequest – Tesla may pursue legal avenues to have the website taken down and hold those responsible accountable for doxxing Tesla owners.
  • Increased Security Measures – Given the rise in targeted vandalism and arson, Tesla may need to enhance security at its facilities and provide guidance to customers on protecting their vehicles.
  • Political Tensions – Musk’s involvement in the Trump administration could continue to fuel partisan debates surrounding Tesla. Whether this benefits or harms the company in the long run remains to be seen.

Conclusion

Elon Musk’s condemnation of the Dogequest website underscores the growing hostility Tesla and its customers are facing. Reports of doxxing, vandalism, and protests indicate a broader shift in public sentiment, with political divisions further complicating the company’s challenges.

With Tesla’s stock under pressure and brand reputation at risk, the company must navigate these turbulent times carefully. Whether through legal action, security enhancements, or public messaging, how Tesla responds to these threats could determine its trajectory in the coming months.

For now, the situation remains tense, with Tesla owners, investors, and executives closely watching the developments unfold.

Indian Green Card Holders Face Increased Scrutiny Amid Stricter US Immigration Policies

The US Department of State recently reaffirmed its commitment to stringent immigration enforcement through an official post on its ‘X’ account, emphasizing that visa screening remains an ongoing process even after issuance. The department stressed that visa holders are continuously monitored to ensure adherence to US laws and immigration regulations. Those found in violation risk having their visas revoked and facing deportation.

This heightened scrutiny has disproportionately impacted Indian Green Card holders, particularly elderly individuals who frequently spend extended periods in India during the winter months. Reports suggest that US Customs and Border Protection (CBP) officers have been targeting such individuals at airports, pressuring them to sign Form I-407, a document that voluntarily relinquishes their permanent residency. Allegedly, those who refuse to comply have faced threats of detention or deportation.

Enforcement Under the Trump Administration

The crackdown follows a series of executive orders on immigration issued by President Donald Trump after returning to the White House. Vice President JD Vance has reinforced this strict approach, asserting in a Fox News interview that holding a Green Card does not grant an individual indefinite residency in the US. He stated that even if he personally had a favorable opinion of a Green Card holder, it would not change the fact that permanent residency is not an absolute guarantee.

A Green Card, also known as a Permanent Resident Card, grants an individual the right to live and work in the US. However, the latest enforcement actions suggest that stricter conditions are being imposed on those failing to meet residency requirements. These changes have left many Indian Green Card holders uncertain about their future status in the country.

Increased Monitoring of Green Card Holders

The State Department has reiterated its tough stance on immigration compliance, warning that even those who already possess visas or Green Cards remain under continuous scrutiny. Officials have underscored that any violation of US laws or immigration policies could result in the revocation of residency and deportation.

This shift in enforcement has triggered widespread concern among Indian permanent residents, especially elderly individuals who frequently travel between India and the US. Reports indicate that CBP officers have intensified efforts to pressure returning Green Card holders to relinquish their status. Many travelers who resisted signing Form I-407 have allegedly faced coercive tactics, including threats of detention or forced removal, creating a climate of fear among Indian immigrants.

A Broader Immigration Crackdown

The intensified enforcement is part of a broader effort by the Trump administration to tighten immigration controls. Within weeks of reassuming office, President Trump signed multiple executive orders aimed at restricting immigration, extending policies from his first term. Vice President Vance has reiterated that permanent residents should not assume an indefinite right to remain in the US. His remarks have added to growing concerns that even lawful immigrants must now tread cautiously to maintain their status.

This escalation coincides with a broader trend of rising anti-immigration sentiment in Washington, where hardline conservatives are pushing for stricter policies. Proponents argue that tougher immigration laws are necessary for economic and national security reasons, while critics warn that such measures disproportionately target legal immigrants, including Indian professionals and their families.

Targeting Elderly Indian Green Card Holders

Although the new policies apply to all Green Card holders, elderly Indian immigrants appear to be disproportionately affected. Many in this demographic divide their time between the US and India, often spending winter months in their home country before returning. However, immigration officials have started interpreting extended stays abroad as a sign that these individuals no longer intend to reside permanently in the US.

Previously, Green Card holders who remained outside the country for more than six months risked additional scrutiny upon their return. Now, reports suggest that even those traveling for shorter periods have encountered difficulties. Several elderly Indian immigrants have claimed that CBP officers aggressively encouraged them to sign Form I-407, warning that failure to comply could result in immediate detention or deportation.

For many, this practice has created an unsettling dilemma—choosing between visiting their homeland and preserving their US residency. Individuals who have lived in the country for decades and contributed to society now face an unexpected challenge: maintaining ties to their birth country could lead to the loss of their Green Card.

Concerns Over Legal Overreach

Immigration attorneys have raised alarms over what they perceive as an overreach by CBP officers. While the law allows Green Card holders to spend limited time outside the US, recent enforcement trends suggest an unofficial policy shift aimed at compelling individuals to surrender their residency.

Legal experts emphasize that officers cannot force anyone to sign Form I-407. However, many elderly immigrants, unfamiliar with US immigration law and possibly limited in English proficiency, feel powerless in the face of official threats. Several advocacy organizations have urged Green Card holders to assert their rights, advising those pressured at the border to refuse to sign the form and request legal representation instead.

Despite these recommendations, many travelers remain vulnerable. Faced with aggressive questioning and threats, elderly immigrants are often left with little recourse, leading to an increase in reported cases of involuntary Green Card relinquishment.

A Chilling Effect on Indian Immigration

The intensified scrutiny has had a profound impact on the Indian American community, sending shockwaves through the diaspora. Many Green Card holders who previously planned to apply for US citizenship are now expediting the process, fearing that permanent residency no longer provides the security they once assumed. Others are reconsidering their long-term future in the US, questioning whether they will ever be fully accepted in the country.

India has historically been one of the largest sources of legal immigrants to the US, with many arriving on employment-based visas before transitioning to permanent residency. However, the uncertainty surrounding Green Card holders has cast a shadow over this pipeline. Prospective immigrants now face the reality that even achieving permanent residency does not guarantee stability in an increasingly restrictive immigration climate.

Political and Economic Consequences

The enforcement measures targeting Indian Green Card holders could have significant political and economic implications. The Indian American community, a key voting bloc, has historically played a crucial role in elections, particularly in swing states such as Georgia and Pennsylvania. If the perception grows that the Republican administration is actively targeting Indian immigrants, it could influence voter behavior in upcoming elections.

From an economic standpoint, Indian professionals have long been essential to the US technology and healthcare sectors. Many American companies depend on skilled workers from India, and increased immigration restrictions could deter talent from pursuing opportunities in the US. This, in turn, could impact innovation, economic growth, and the ability of industries already experiencing labor shortages to attract skilled professionals.

Uncertain Future for Green Card Holders

As US immigration enforcement tightens, the fate of many Indian Green Card holders remains uncertain. While some will choose to fight for their residency rights, others may opt to leave rather than endure the stress and uncertainty of navigating an increasingly restrictive system.

For now, the message from the US government is clear: Green Card holders must remain vigilant, fully informed of their legal rights, and prepared for heightened scrutiny. As immigration policies continue to evolve under the Trump administration, many fear this is only the beginning of a more challenging era for permanent residents.

With the future of US immigration policies hanging in the balance, Indian Green Card holders find themselves at a crossroads—facing the difficult choice of continuing their lives in the US under heightened surveillance or seeking stability elsewhere.

India at a Crossroads: Will Trump’s Tariff Wars Push Economic Reforms?

India has historically embraced economic reforms during crises, with the 1991 liberalization serving as a prime example. Today, with U.S. President Donald Trump’s tariff wars disrupting global trade, many believe India faces a similar turning point. The question remains: will the world’s fifth-largest economy use this moment to shed its protectionist policies and open up further, or will it retreat into economic isolation?

Trump has repeatedly criticized India as a “tariff king” and a “big abuser” of trade relations. India’s trade-weighted import duties—representing the average tariff across imported goods—are among the highest globally. The U.S. average stands at 2.2%, China’s at 3%, and Japan’s at 1.7%, while India’s is a steep 12%, according to World Trade Organization data.

High tariffs increase costs for businesses relying on global supply chains, reducing their ability to compete in international markets. Additionally, Indian consumers pay more for imported goods than their global counterparts. Despite steady export growth—mainly driven by the services sector—India runs a significant trade deficit. With the country’s share of global exports standing at just 1.5%, the urgency for change is clear.

The impact of Trump’s trade war on India remains uncertain. While it could serve as a catalyst for reform, there’s also a risk that India will entrench its protectionist stance. The Modi administration, often criticized for shielding domestic industries, appears to be reassessing its strategy.

Ahead of Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s meeting with Trump in Washington, India voluntarily reduced tariffs on several American products, including Bourbon whiskey and motorcycles. Commerce Minister Piyush Goyal has made two U.S. visits in response to Trump’s threats of retaliatory tariffs, which could take effect on April 2. Analysts at Citi Research estimate these tariffs could cost India up to $7 billion annually, particularly impacting metals, chemicals, and jewelry, while also affecting pharmaceuticals, automobiles, and food products.

In a shift from previous rhetoric, Goyal recently urged Indian exporters to abandon their “protectionist mindset,” encouraging them to compete globally with confidence. India is also actively negotiating free trade agreements with the U.K., New Zealand, and the European Union.

An unexpected development in U.S.-India economic ties has been the collaboration between Indian telecom giants Reliance Jio and Bharti Airtel with Elon Musk’s SpaceX. Together, they plan to launch Starlink satellite internet services in India. This partnership surprised analysts, given Musk’s past conflicts with both companies, and comes as the U.S. and India work toward a trade agreement.

India’s economic rise between the late 1990s and early 2000s was largely driven by its gradual integration into global markets. Between 2004 and 2009, the economy grew at an average of 8.1%, followed by 7.46% growth from 2009 to 2014. Pharmaceuticals, software, automobiles, textiles, and garment industries benefited from lower tariffs. However, in recent years, India has reversed this trend, adopting inward-looking policies.

Some economists argue that these protectionist policies have hindered the success of Modi’s “Make in India” initiative, which prioritizes capital- and technology-intensive industries over labor-intensive ones such as textiles. Consequently, manufacturing and exports have struggled to gain traction.

High tariffs have also fostered complacency among domestic industries, discouraging efficiency and innovation. Viral Acharya, an economics professor at New York University’s Stern School of Business, argues that this has led to a situation where “cosy incumbents” consolidate their market positions without facing genuine competition. In a Brookings Institution paper, Acharya suggested that reducing tariffs would boost India’s share of global trade and mitigate the negative effects of protectionism.

India’s already-high tariffs make any further increases potentially damaging. “We need to boost exports, and a tit-for-tat tariff war won’t help us,” says Rajeswari Sengupta, an associate professor of economics at Mumbai’s Indira Gandhi Institute of Development Research. “China can afford this strategy due to its massive export base, but we can’t, as we hold only a small share of the global market. A trade conflict could hurt us more than others.”

With shifting global trade dynamics, India has a unique opportunity to redefine its economic trajectory. Trade expert Aseema Sinha of Claremont McKenna College believes India could lead a new era of global commerce by lowering trade barriers within South Asia and strengthening ties with Southeast Asia and the Middle East.

“By reducing tariffs, India could become a regional and cross-regional magnet for trade and economic activity, drawing in varied powers in its orbit,” says Sinha, author of Globalising India.

Reducing trade barriers could also address India’s pressing employment crisis. Agriculture, which contributes only 15% of GDP, still employs 40% of the workforce, highlighting low productivity levels. Construction remains the second-largest employer, largely relying on informal labor.

India’s challenge is not in expanding its service sector, which already accounts for nearly half of total exports, but in absorbing its large, unskilled workforce. “While high-end services are thriving, the majority of the workforce remains uneducated and underemployed, often relegated to construction or informal jobs,” Sengupta explains. “To provide meaningful employment to millions entering the workforce each year, India must ramp up its manufacturing exports. Relying solely on services won’t solve the problem.”

A key concern with reducing tariffs is the potential for foreign dumping—where companies flood the market with cheap goods, threatening domestic industries.

Sengupta suggests that India adopt a “universal reduction” in import tariffs while using targeted non-tariff barriers against China in cases of proven dumping. “To protect against this, India can use non-tariff barriers against China but only against this one country and only in cases of proven dumping. Barring that, it is in India’s interest to do a wholesale slashing of tariffs,” she argues.

Some analysts worry that India is too eager to accommodate U.S. trade demands. Ajay Srivastava, founder of the Global Trade Research Initiative (GTRI), believes India’s tendency to adjust trade policies “based on rhetoric rather than economic pressure” weakens its negotiating position.

Compared to other major economies, India appears especially susceptible to external pressure. “India’s pre-emptive surrender on multiple trade fronts—without the U.S. imposing a single country-specific tariff—makes it appear exceptionally vulnerable to pressure tactics,” Srivastava warns.

Despite concerns over bargaining power, many experts believe Trump’s tariffs could unintentionally drive India toward much-needed reforms. HSBC’s chief India economist, Pranjul Bhandari, sees this as an opportunity. “Potential U.S. tariffs may have become a catalyst for reforms,” she writes.

If Trump’s second term leads to further supply chain disruptions, and global markets seek alternative production hubs, India could benefit. However, achieving this transformation won’t be easy. India has largely missed out on the era of low-end, unskilled factory work that helped China dominate global manufacturing for decades. With automation on the rise, the window for industrial expansion is closing.

Without deeper economic reforms, India risks being left behind. The path it chooses—embracing globalization or doubling down on protectionism—will shape its economic future for decades to come.

NASA Astronauts Return to Earth After Unexpected Nine-Month Stay on ISS

Two NASA astronauts who embarked on a short-term mission to the International Space Station (ISS) last summer but ended up staying for nine months have finally returned to Earth.

Suni Williams and Butch Wilmore splashed down in a SpaceX Dragon capsule off the Gulf Coast of Florida shortly before 6 p.m. EDT on Tuesday. Their spacecraft had undocked from the ISS at 1:05 a.m. EDT on Monday. They were accompanied by fellow NASA astronaut Nick Hague and Russian cosmonaut Aleksandr Gorbunov on their journey home.

Originally, Williams and Wilmore launched aboard a Boeing spacecraft last June for what was planned as an eight-day mission. However, technical problems with the Boeing Starliner capsule prevented their return, leading them to be incorporated into the station’s regular crew rotation.

Tuesday’s landing marked the end of a prolonged and politically charged space journey that raised concerns about Boeing’s reliability in fulfilling NASA contracts.

Williams and Wilmore’s mission began on June 5, when they lifted off aboard the new Boeing Starliner capsule as part of NASA’s commercial crew program. This initiative enlists private companies to transport astronauts and cargo to and from the ISS. SpaceX, the other contractor, has been successfully carrying out missions for NASA for years.

The Boeing Starliner’s launch was its first human-crewed flight, but the mission faced multiple setbacks. The spacecraft reached the ISS but suffered several technical issues, including multiple helium leaks and the failure of some thrusters.

Given these malfunctions, NASA opted not to use Starliner for the return trip, choosing instead to bring it back to Earth without a crew. As a result, Williams and Wilmore remained aboard the ISS until their replacements could arrive.

Their relief crew, consisting of two NASA astronauts, a Japanese astronaut, and a Russian cosmonaut, docked at the ISS early Sunday morning and were welcomed aboard by the station’s existing crew.

Beyond technical challenges, Williams and Wilmore’s extended stay became entangled in political debates.

After taking office in January, former President Donald Trump claimed he had asked his adviser and SpaceX founder Elon Musk to “go get” the stranded astronauts, alleging that the Biden administration had “virtually abandoned” them in space.

In reality, NASA had planned Williams and Wilmore’s return well in advance. The SpaceX Dragon capsule that transported them home had been docked at the ISS since September, with two vacant seats reserved for their return.

NASA stated that the astronauts were integrated into the station’s crew for logistical and budgetary reasons. During their extended stay, they conducted various experiments and participated in spacewalks.

Musk asserted in February that he had previously offered the Biden administration an earlier return using SpaceX but claimed the administration declined the offer for “political reasons.”

However, former NASA officials, including ex-NASA Administrator Bill Nelson, denied knowledge of such an offer.

Trump, in a post on his social media platform on Monday, thanked NASA’s acting Administrator Janet Petro and the agency’s staff for coordinating the astronauts’ return, while criticizing the Biden administration’s handling of the situation.

Putin Temporarily Halts Attacks on Ukraine After Call with Trump

Russian President Vladimir Putin has agreed to pause strikes on Ukraine’s energy and infrastructure facilities following a lengthy conversation with former U.S. President Donald Trump. However, Moscow has not committed to a broader ceasefire, keeping the overall conflict active.

In another development, the Trump administration has made public a set of records linked to the assassination of John F. Kennedy, which were previously classified. While a large portion of these files had already been disclosed in the past, many of the newly released 1,123 documents had been redacted in earlier versions. Researchers will need time to thoroughly examine and assess their contents.

Meanwhile, a federal judge ruled that billionaire Elon Musk had exceeded his executive authority concerning his Department of Government Efficiency. The judge’s decision indefinitely halted efforts to dismantle the United States Agency for International Development (USAID).

Additionally, Chief Justice John Roberts issued a rare statement countering Trump’s increasingly critical remarks against the federal judiciary. This response appeared to be directed at Trump’s recent calls to impeach judges who rule against him. Despite Roberts’ pushback, Trump dismissed the criticism without much reaction.

Trump Faces Widespread Disapproval Across Key Issues, Polls Show

President Donald Trump is facing significant disapproval across multiple issues, with a Fox News host stating Thursday that he is “underwater on everything” when it comes to his approval ratings.

Jessica Tarlov cited a new Quinnipiac poll released this week, which found that 53% of voters disapprove of Trump’s performance during his second term. Voters were surveyed on various topics, including trade policies with China and Canada, immigration, foreign relations, military affairs, the economy, and the federal workforce.

Since the start of his second term, the stock market has been experiencing a downturn, thousands of federal workers have lost their jobs, and Trump has created tension with some of the country’s strongest trade partners.

“The Democratic messaging actually has been going pretty well,” Tarlov said on Fox News’ The Five, despite a separate poll indicating that Democrats have struggled to respond effectively to Trump’s policies. She noted that Democrats have been emphasizing, “They’re trying to cut your healthcare while giving tax breaks to the rich.”

“There’s over 50% disapproval of Trump himself, how he’s handling the economy, how he’s handling the federal workforce, how he’s handling Ukraine-Russia, how he’s handling trade with Mexico, how he’s handling trade with Canada,” Tarlov added. “So basically, he’s underwater on everything.”

Trump’s approval ratings had already been struggling before his joint session of Congress address on March 4. Another Quinnipiac poll from last month showed that 45% of voters approved of his performance, while 49% disapproved.

A CNN poll released this week reported similar findings, with 54% of voters disapproving of Trump’s performance compared to 45% who approved. Additionally, a Reuters poll found that many voters viewed Trump’s economic policies as too “erratic.”

Tarlov attributed part of Trump’s declining approval ratings to recent town halls held by both Democratic and Republican congressional members. These events have drawn large crowds seeking clarification on the Trump administration’s policies, particularly regarding federal workforce reductions.

On the Republican side, social media footage has captured GOP lawmakers facing backlash for supporting the Department of Government Efficiency, which is overseeing these workforce cuts.

“And we know about the Republicans having town halls and then having to run away or asking questions like, ‘What do you think of DOGE?’ and expecting people to say something positive and then they are screaming,” Tarlov said.

House Speaker Mike Johnson has suggested, without evidence, that some of the outraged town hall attendees are “paid actors.”

This week, North Carolina Republican Representative Chuck Edwards faced an intense confrontation with constituents demanding explanations for his support of cuts to the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs. He was met with boos and was eventually escorted out of the meeting.

Trump Administration Releases Previously Classified JFK Assassination Files

President Donald Trump’s administration on Tuesday began declassifying all government files related to the 1963 assassination of President John F. Kennedy, making potentially tens of thousands of unredacted pages available to the public for the first time.

This release follows Trump’s executive order, signed on his first day in office in January, directing the full disclosure of government documents concerning the assassinations of Kennedy, his brother and presidential candidate Sen. Robert F. Kennedy, D-N.Y., and civil rights leader Martin Luther King Jr.

The specific contents of these newly available documents, and whether they contain any previously undisclosed information, remain unclear. Historians noted they would need time to analyze the files to determine whether they offer any significant new insights.

Thus far, the documents have not altered the longstanding conclusion that Lee Harvey Oswald acted alone in assassinating Kennedy on Nov. 22, 1963, as the president rode in a Dallas motorcade.

Public Access to the JFK Files

The newly released JFK files can be accessed on the National Archives’ website. Most are scanned documents, some of which have faded or become difficult to read over time. The collection also includes photographs and sound recordings, predominantly from the 1960s.

Report from Russia: Oswald’s Poor Marksmanship

One document dated Nov. 20, 1991, appears to summarize U.S. intelligence findings on Lee Harvey Oswald, detailing his time in the Soviet Union, his tumultuous marriage to his Soviet wife, and his reportedly poor shooting skills.

According to the document, KGB official Nikonov reviewed Soviet security service files to determine if Oswald had ever been a KGB agent.

“Nikonov is now confident that Oswald was at no time an agent controlled by the KGB,” the document states.

The report, citing American professor E.B. Smith, describes how Nikonov examined five extensive files on Oswald and doubted that anyone could control him. However, the KGB reportedly monitored him closely while he was in the USSR.

The files also document Oswald’s troubled relationship with his wife and suggest that his marksmanship was subpar. “The KGB files reflected that Oswald was a poor shot when he tried target firing in the USSR,” the document notes.

Some conspiracy theorists have pointed to inconsistencies in Oswald’s behavioral records in CIA files, arguing that they support theories suggesting he did not act alone or was not involved in Kennedy’s assassination.

References to Conspiracy Theories in the Files

The newly disclosed documents reference conspiracy theories suggesting that Oswald left the Soviet Union in 1962 with the intent to assassinate Kennedy.

Documents from the Department of Defense, dated 1963, focus on Cold War tensions and U.S. efforts to counter Cuban leader Fidel Castro’s support for communist movements in Latin America.

The records suggest Castro was unlikely to instigate a war with the U.S. but might “intensify his support of subversive forces in Latin America.”

Experts’ Initial Reactions

James Johnston, author of Murder, Inc.: The CIA under John F. Kennedy, told USA Today that he did not expect any major revelations, given that the CIA and other agencies had already transferred their records to the National Archives in 1988.

“If it was going to embarrass the agency or tell a different story, they wouldn’t have turned them over to the National Archives in the first place,” said Johnston, who was a congressional investigator on the 1975 Church Committee, which examined CIA activities.

Johnston cited one notable document missing from the release: a transcript of the first conversation between President Lyndon Johnson and CIA Director John McCone after Kennedy’s assassination.

McCone had long been suspected of withholding information from the Warren Commission, the investigative panel established by Johnson. According to Philip Shenon, author of A Cruel and Shocking Act: The Secret History of the Kennedy Assassination, McCone initially pledged full cooperation but later withheld certain details.

McCone testified that the CIA had no evidence linking Oswald to any conspiracy, foreign or domestic. His testimony aligned with the Warren Commission’s conclusion that Oswald, a former Marine and self-proclaimed Marxist, acted alone.

Years later, however, the CIA acknowledged that McCone had not been entirely forthcoming with the Warren Commission.

The Warren Commission’s Findings

Several of the newly released documents pertain to the Warren Commission, which was created by President Johnson to investigate Kennedy’s assassination.

The commission concluded that Oswald, who was arrested but later killed by nightclub owner Jack Ruby on live television, acted alone. However, Kennedy’s assassination has remained the subject of intense debate, with numerous theories challenging the official findings. Polls have consistently shown that many Americans believe the assassination was part of a broader conspiracy.

Trump’s Push for ‘Maximum Transparency’

Trump did not immediately comment on the document release, but Director of National Intelligence Tulsi Gabbard praised the move, calling it part of Trump’s pledge for “maximum transparency and a commitment to rebuild the trust of the American people in the Intelligence Community.”

For years, critics have accused the intelligence community, particularly the CIA, of withholding key information about Kennedy’s assassination. However, intelligence officials have insisted that all essential files have already been released and that any remaining redactions were necessary to protect intelligence sources and methods.

Gabbard stated that she issued a directive following Trump’s announcement, instructing all intelligence agencies to provide unredacted records for immediate public release.

Digital Release and Remaining Files

The newly released documents were made public just before 7 p.m. Tuesday. The National Archives and Records Administration, which manages the files, issued a statement confirming that all records previously withheld for classification were now released in accordance with Trump’s directive.

The National Archives noted that while some files are available online, others can only be accessed in person at the National Archives facility in College Park, Maryland.

“As the records continue to be digitized, they will be posted to this page,” the statement read, indicating that some documents are not yet available in digital form.

The agency also noted that certain information remains restricted under court seals or grand jury secrecy laws, while tax return records are protected under federal regulations.

Public Anticipation and Reaction

The document release followed Trump’s visit to the John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts, where he now serves as board chairman.

“People have been waiting for decades for this,” Trump told reporters. “We have a tremendous amount of paper. You’ve got a lot of reading. I don’t believe we’re going to redact anything.”

The CIA and FBI, both of which played roles in JFK assassination investigations, declined immediate comment.

Expert Analysis on the Newly Released Files

JFK scholar Jefferson Morley called the release “an encouraging start.”

“We now have complete versions of approximately a third of the redacted JFK documents held by the National Archives,” said Morley, vice president of the Mary Ferrell Foundation, a nonprofit organization that advocates for historical government transparency.

He added that seven out of ten JFK files sought by researchers are now fully public, providing new insights into Kennedy’s distrust of the CIA, attempts to assassinate Castro, surveillance of Oswald in Mexico City, and CIA propaganda efforts involving Oswald.

However, Morley noted that two-thirds of the promised files remain unreleased, including over 500 IRS records and 2,400 recently discovered FBI documents.

“Nonetheless, this is the most positive news on the declassification of JFK files since the 1990s,” Morley said.

The Justice Department’s Effort to Meet Trump’s Deadline

Trump’s order reportedly triggered a rush within the Justice Department to meet his deadline. ABC News and Reuters reported that a senior official in the DOJ’s Office of Intelligence sent an internal email just before 5 p.m. Monday, instructing attorneys to conduct a final review of the documents.

The push for full declassification began with Trump’s first executive order on Jan. 20, when he directed agencies to release files related to the assassinations of Kennedy, Robert F. Kennedy, and Martin Luther King Jr.

FBI Unveils Additional 2,400 JFK Records

Last month, the FBI announced the discovery of approximately 2,400 additional records connected to Kennedy’s assassination. These files are in the process of being transferred to the National Archives, but their contents remain unclear.

While previous investigations found no evidence of a government conspiracy, Robert F. Kennedy Jr., Trump’s Secretary of Health and Human Services, has advocated for releasing the files to examine whether U.S. officials were involved in a cover-up.

The National Archives continues to review and release documents in compliance with Trump’s directive.

Chief Justice Roberts Rebukes Trump’s Call to Impeach Federal Judges

Chief Justice John Roberts issued a rare public statement on Tuesday, pushing back against former President Donald Trump’s increasingly aggressive rhetoric targeting the federal judiciary. The statement appeared to be a direct response to Trump’s call for the impeachment of judges who have ruled against him.

“For more than two centuries, it has been established that impeachment is not an appropriate response to disagreement concerning a judicial decision,” Roberts said in a statement released by the Supreme Court. “The normal appellate review process exists for that purpose.”

Although Roberts did not mention Trump by name, his remarks came shortly after the former president escalated his attacks on federal judges. Earlier in the day, Trump had singled out U.S. District Judge James Boasberg, who temporarily blocked the deportation of alleged Venezuelan gang members, calling for his impeachment.

Trump’s allies, including Elon Musk, have for weeks been advocating for the impeachment of judges amid a series of unfavorable preliminary rulings against Trump’s administration. The former president’s criticism of the judiciary has become significantly more intense compared to his first term, sparking concerns over a constitutional crisis.

Some Republican lawmakers have taken action in response to Trump’s statements. Texas Representative Brandon Gill announced on social media that he had introduced articles of impeachment against Boasberg.

“This Radical Left Lunatic of a Judge, a troublemaker and agitator who was sadly appointed by Barack Hussein Obama, was not elected President—He didn’t WIN the popular VOTE (by a lot!), he didn’t WIN ALL SEVEN SWING STATES,” Trump wrote on Truth Social. “This judge, like many of the Crooked Judges I am forced to appear before, should be IMPEACHED!!!”

Later that evening, Trump addressed Roberts’ statement in an interview with Fox News’ Laura Ingraham.

“Well, (Roberts) didn’t mention my name in the statement, and I just saw it quickly,” Trump said. “He didn’t mention my name—but many people have called for (Boasberg’s) impeachment, the impeachment of this judge.”

However, Trump maintained that he had no intention of defying court orders.

“No, I never did defy a court order… you can’t do that,” Trump said. “However, we have bad judges, we have very bad judges, and these are judges that shouldn’t be allowed—I think at a certain point you have to start looking at, what do you do when you have a rogue judge?”

Roberts’ Complicated Relationship with Conservatives

Roberts has had a strained relationship with some conservatives, particularly after his 2012 vote to uphold the Affordable Care Act. Although he has frequently sided with conservatives on issues such as gun rights, abortion, affirmative action, and religious liberty, some on the right have never fully trusted him.

The Supreme Court currently has a 6-3 conservative majority, with three justices appointed by Trump. While the court has ruled in Trump’s favor on key issues, including a landmark decision last year granting broad immunity to former presidents for official acts, it has also ruled against him in a series of emergency cases since he returned to the White House.

Despite this, Trump appeared eager to gain Roberts’ favor. During his address to Congress earlier this month, Trump was overheard telling the chief justice, “Thank you again. I won’t forget it.” He later claimed on social media that he was simply thanking Roberts for swearing him in at his inauguration.

Gabe Roth, executive director of the watchdog group Fix the Court, acknowledged the significance of Roberts’ statement but criticized the chief justice’s past decisions.

“Roberts made an important point, but it’s a little rich coming from the guy that, by giving Donald Trump near-total immunity in a major decision last year, helped usher in the present era of lawlessness,” Roth said.

Impeachment Threats and Legal Fallout

Until now, Roberts and the Supreme Court have largely remained silent as Trump and his allies ramp up their attacks on the judiciary. Many of the recent rulings against Trump’s administration are expected to be appealed, with some cases potentially reaching the Supreme Court.

While Roberts’ statement did not directly reference a specific case, it coincided with an ongoing legal battle in Washington, D.C., where the Biden administration and the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) are disputing the deportation of Venezuelan nationals.

The Justice Department’s handling of the case has raised questions about whether the White House ignored a court order requiring it to halt deportations immediately. Boasberg’s order was a temporary measure intended to allow more time for legal arguments, but the administration has framed the judge’s actions as an overreach.

During a Monday hearing, Boasberg demanded to know what steps the administration had taken after his ruling. Justice Department lawyers initially refused to respond, citing national security concerns. On Tuesday, immigration officials submitted a sworn declaration asserting that the deported Venezuelans were subject to removal orders under laws other than the Alien Enemies Act.

Trump is invoking the Alien Enemies Act, a 1798 law that permits expedited deportations of foreign nationals from hostile countries during times of war or invasion. Critics argue that the U.S. is not formally at war and question whether the administration’s definition of “invasion” meets the law’s criteria.

The issue is likely to be resolved in the courts, including the Supreme Court.

Roberts’ Previous Defense of Judicial Independence

Roberts’ statement on Tuesday echoed his 2018 rebuke of Trump’s criticism of the judiciary. At the time, Trump had attacked a federal judge from California who issued an injunction against his asylum restrictions, calling him an “Obama judge.”

“It’s a disgrace when every case gets filed in the 9th Circuit,” Trump complained, referring to the historically liberal appeals court. “That’s not law. Every case in the 9th Circuit we get beaten and then we end up having to go to the Supreme Court, like the travel ban, and we won. Every case, no matter where it is, they file… they file it in what’s called the 9th Circuit. This was an Obama judge. I’ll tell you what, it’s not going to happen like this anymore.”

In response, Roberts issued a rare statement defending the judiciary’s independence.

“We do not have Obama judges or Trump judges, Bush judges or Clinton judges,” Roberts, who was nominated by President George W. Bush, said at the time. “What we have is an extraordinary group of dedicated judges doing their level best to do equal right to those appearing before them. That independent judiciary is something we should all be thankful for.”

Despite Roberts’ insistence on judicial neutrality, Trump and his allies continue to attack judges who rule against them. With impeachment articles already introduced in Congress, and legal battles mounting, the clash between the judiciary and the executive branch is unlikely to subside anytime soon.

Polls Show Declining Public Confidence in Trump’s Economic Management

Recent surveys indicate growing public dissatisfaction with President Donald Trump’s handling of the U.S. economy. For the first time, a majority of Americans disapprove of his economic policies, according to an NBC News poll. Conducted from March 7 to 11, the survey of 1,000 registered voters found that 54 percent disapprove of Trump’s economic management, while 44 percent approve. The poll has a margin of error of plus or minus 3.1 percentage points. NBC News noted this marks the first instance in its national polling where Trump’s economic approval rating has fallen into majority disapproval.

Why It Matters

Economic trust has been central to Trump’s appeal, especially in contrast to former Vice President Kamala Harris. His economic management was seen as crucial to securing a Republican victory in 2024. However, growing frustration among voters about unmet campaign promises, fears of a potential recession, and proposed tariffs on imports are contributing to declining support.

What to Know

Despite Trump achieving one of his highest overall approval ratings at 47 percent, concerns about the economy persist. The NBC poll shows that 55 percent disapprove of his approach to inflation and the cost of living, with only 42 percent approving. Additionally, just 18 percent of respondents describe the economy as “good” or “excellent,” while 43 percent view it as poor, and 39 percent rate it as “fair.”

A CNN poll conducted from March 6 to 9 by SSRS similarly found that 56 percent disapprove of Trump’s economic management. This represents the highest level of economic disapproval recorded during his presidency. The survey, which included 1,206 U.S. adults, has a margin of error of plus or minus 3.3 percentage points.

Another YouGov/Economist poll conducted from March 9 to 11 among 1,699 U.S. adults found that 47 percent disapprove of Trump’s handling of jobs and the economy, while 43 percent approve. This marks a shift from a late-January poll in which 49 percent approved, and 37 percent disapproved, indicating a 10-point rise in economic disapproval in just over a month. The margin of error for this poll is plus or minus 3.2 percentage points.

What People Are Saying

Kristen Hopewell, an economist and director at the University of British Columbia’s Liu Institute for Global Issues, commented on the potential impact of Trump’s tariff policies. She told Newsweek, “There’s no state that won’t be harmed by Trump’s tariffs—but some will be hit even harder than others. Tariffs on steel and aluminum will raise costs for manufacturers across the U.S., undermining their competitiveness. This will hurt the biggest hubs of American manufacturing—California, Texas, Illinois, Ohio, Michigan, Pennsylvania, New York, Indiana, Wisconsin, and North Carolina—hardest.”

Mark A. DiPlacido, a policy adviser at the conservative think tank American Compass, defended Trump’s tariff policies in a March 17 opinion piece for Newsweek. He wrote, “The tariffs President Trump levied under his first administration raised more than $230 billion in revenue while reducing U.S. dependence on tariffed goods and avoiding inflation. Given the persistence of the U.S. trade deficit, President Trump is right to take tariffs to the next level. Whether through a simple global tariff of 10-20 percent—which could raise as much as $2.2 trillion in revenue over 10 years—or a wider set of reciprocal tariffs based on our trade balance with each foreign nation, the United States must assert its economic interests against the unfair practices of our trading partners.”

Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent addressed recession concerns during an appearance on NBC News’ Meet the Press, stating, “There are no guarantees. Like, who would’ve predicted COVID? I can predict that we’re putting in robust policies that will be durable. And could there be an adjustment? Because I tell you that this massive government spending that we’ve had, if that had kept going, we would have to wean our country off of that.”

President Trump himself weighed in on economic concerns via Truth Social on February 2. He wrote, “THIS WILL BE THE GOLDEN AGE OF AMERICA! WILL THERE BE SOME PAIN? YES, MAYBE (AND MAYBE NOT!). BUT WE WILL MAKE AMERICA GREAT AGAIN, AND IT WILL ALL BE WORTH THE PRICE THAT MUST BE PAID. WE ARE A COUNTRY THAT IS NOW BEING RUN WITH COMMON SENSE — AND THE RESULTS WILL BE SPECTACULAR!!!”

What Happens Next

The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) has warned that Trump’s tariff policies against Canada and Mexico could negatively impact U.S. GDP growth. The OECD’s latest projections indicate that U.S. economic growth will be 2.2 percent in 2025 and 1.6 percent in 2026—both revised downward from previous estimates of 2.4 percent and 2.1 percent, respectively.

Approval Ratings Breakdown

Poll Approval Disapproval Margin of Error
NBC News 44% 54% ±3.1%
CNN 42% 56% ±3.3%
YouGov/Economist 43% 47% ±3.2%

With declining approval ratings on economic matters, Trump faces a crucial challenge in convincing voters that his policies will lead to long-term growth. The coming months will determine whether he can regain confidence or if economic concerns will become a liability in the 2024 election.

Immigration Lawyers Urge Indian Nationals to Reconsider Travel Amid Visa Delays and Scrutiny

Immigration attorneys across the United States are advising Indian nationals, including H-1B visa holders, international students, and even those with green cards, to reconsider traveling outside the country. While India is not currently listed in any proposed travel bans, legal experts warn that travelers are experiencing visa stamping delays, heightened security screenings, and, in some cases, even detention upon arrival at U.S. airports.

Seattle-based immigration attorney Kripa Upadhyay cautioned in an interview with TOI’s Lubna Kably, stating, “As heartless as this may seem, foreign nationals (especially those needing renewal of H-1B or F-1 visa stamps) really need to think twice about leaving the US right now.” This warning comes amid recent changes by the U.S. Department of State regarding interview waiver, commonly known as the “dropbox” process. Previously, non-immigrant visa holders, except for B visitor visas, could apply for a waiver if their visa had expired within the last 48 months. However, under the new rule, only those renewing the same visa category within 12 months of expiration are eligible for dropbox appointments.

According to Upadhyay, this adjustment has significant consequences for many Indian professionals and students. Those on an F-1 student visa transitioning to an H-1B work visa must now undergo the full visa interview process. Likewise, an H-1B visa holder whose previous visa expired more than a year ago is no longer eligible for dropbox renewal and must also schedule an interview.

Another immigration attorney, Snehal Batra, who serves as the managing attorney at NPZ Law Group, pointed out that delays in obtaining visa appointments are just one part of the issue. She elaborated, “Delays due to visa appointment availability is only part of the concern. We know of individuals who are stuck in administrative processing for no apparent reason other than additional scrutiny and security clearances. This should not have happened, if the individual has been previously approved for a visa multiple times. I think we can expect to see ‘extreme vetting’ similar to the tenure of the earlier Trump administration.”

Immigration experts are also highlighting a growing risk that even after a visa is approved by the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS), consular officers have the authority to reject the visa and send the application back for further review. Upadhyay explained the serious implications of such re-adjudication, warning, “In a situation like this, employees outside the country would be stuck for several months (4-6 months minimum) before they can return to the US.”

Rajiv S. Khanna, managing attorney at Immigration.com, suggested that if travel is absolutely necessary, visa applicants and their employers should develop alternative arrangements in case of delays. He advised, “If travel is unavoidable, visa applicants and their employers should also try to have contingency plans in case of delayed stamping such as continuing work from their home country.”

Even green card holders are facing increased scrutiny at U.S. ports of entry. Immigration attorneys are reporting a rising number of cases where lawful permanent residents, including Indian nationals, have been subjected to secondary inspections or even overnight detention by U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) officers. Some individuals have reportedly been pressured to voluntarily surrender their green cards.

Older Indian nationals who hold green cards and spend extended periods in India while visiting their families in the U.S. are particularly at risk. Given the heightened scrutiny, attorneys are now strongly urging green card holders who have yet to apply for U.S. citizenship to do so as soon as possible. For those who have lived in the U.S. for decades, securing American passports would eliminate the risk of facing such complications upon re-entry.

With the tightening of immigration policies and increased security measures, legal experts recommend that Indian nationals carefully assess their travel plans and take necessary precautions before deciding to leave the United States.

Gold Holds Steady Around $3,000 as Markets Eye Fed Policy, Trade Tariffs

Gold prices remained stable on Monday, hovering near the $3,000 level that was surpassed last week. Investors are closely watching trade tariff developments and the U.S. Federal Reserve’s upcoming policy meeting for further market direction.

Market Overview

Spot gold edged up 0.4% to $2,997.51 an ounce, after reaching a record high of $3,004.86 on Friday. Meanwhile, U.S. gold futures rose 0.2% to $3,005.60.

Traders are awaiting the Federal Reserve’s new economic projections this week, which will offer insight into how central bankers assess the economic effects of President Donald Trump’s policies. These policies have added uncertainty to an otherwise stable economic outlook.

Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent warned on Sunday that while a U.S. recession is not guaranteed, some economic adjustment may be necessary.

David Meger, director of metals trading at High Ridge Futures, noted, “I expect some consolidation in gold prices… Right now, the market is in a ‘wait-and-see’ mode ahead of the Fed’s decision.”

Interest Rates and Economic Signals

Markets widely anticipate that the Federal Reserve will keep interest rates unchanged on Wednesday, with a potential rate cut expected in June.

Gold, which does not yield interest, tends to perform well during economic uncertainty and in lower interest rate environments.

Recent data indicated that U.S. retail sales rebounded in February but at a slower pace than expected. Economic growth remains moderate, with trade tariffs and federal worker layoffs weighing on consumer sentiment.

Analysts at Heraeus Metals stated, “Should economic data continue to soften and the global tariff war escalate, gold will continue to benefit.”

Other Market Movements

  • Spot silver remained unchanged at $33.78 an ounce.
  • Palladium inched up 0.2% to $967.27.
  • Platinum gained 1% to reach $1,002.60.

Political Developments

President Trump announced plans to speak with Russian President Vladimir Putin on Tuesday regarding efforts to end the war in Ukraine.

With investors closely monitoring geopolitical developments, the Fed’s decision and economic data in the coming days will play a key role in shaping gold’s trajectory.

NOAA Layoffs Spark Concern Over Climate Science and Ocean Monitoring

Heather Welch’s work once involved safeguarding marine life by preventing ship collisions with whales off the U.S. West Coast. However, she was abruptly dismissed via an email that gave her only 90 minutes to pack her belongings and leave.

Welch, an ecologist who had served nearly a decade at the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), specialized in tracking marine animal movements. Her work was essential for guiding shipping routes and helping fisheries optimize their catches while minimizing harm to sea life like turtles and sea lions.

Welch is just one of over 1,000 NOAA employees who have lost their jobs in recent weeks due to sweeping layoffs at the country’s leading weather and climate agency. Some workers have since received emails stating that they are being reinstated due to a judge’s order and are now on administrative leave. However, their work remains stalled.

Even before President Donald Trump’s budget cuts, NOAA was understaffed, and now the agency faces even greater shortages. The team Welch was part of, which provided critical climate data to fisheries, was significantly affected. “Much of the work will have to be scaled back, if not stopped entirely,” Welch told CNN.

NOAA’s responsibilities are vast, but its ocean observation efforts are among the most crucial. Several scientists warned that the layoffs come at a dangerous time, as the world’s oceans undergo dramatic and poorly understood changes. These shifts have significant consequences for marine ecosystems, human populations, and the global economy.

In 2023 and 2024, global ocean temperatures broke heat records for an unprecedented 450 consecutive days. This extreme warming fueled stronger hurricanes, accelerated sea-level rise, devastated coral reefs, and led to mass marine life die-offs. Meanwhile, a key system of ocean currents is showing signs of instability, raising concerns about a potential collapse that could trigger drastic weather changes across the Northern Hemisphere.

The role NOAA plays in ocean science cannot be overstated. “If you’ve been to the ocean or experienced weather, NOAA has impacted you in some way,” said Tom Di Liberto, a climate scientist and former NOAA public affairs specialist who was also laid off in February.

NOAA’s extensive ocean monitoring system—consisting of satellites, research vessels, and robotic buoys—supplies real-time data for weather forecasts and ocean predictions. This information not only helps anticipate waves and tides but also supports long-term projections for critical issues such as reservoir water levels, snowpack, and hurricane activity.

The agency’s data, freely available to the public, is widely used by industries. With fewer experts available, the quality of these widely relied-upon services could deteriorate.

NOAA’s research also feeds into climate models that help scientists answer pressing questions, such as how much sea levels will rise over the next 50 years, how weather patterns will change, and what shifts will occur in agricultural production. “Scattershot” firings have now “created holes all over NOAA,” said Sarah Cooley, the former head of the agency’s ocean acidification program, warning that the risks could be severe.

The White House defended the layoffs, stating that “an extensive process was conducted to ensure that mission-critical functions to fulfill NOAA’s statutory responsibilities weren’t compromised.”

However, many experts worry that losing NOAA personnel could impact human safety. Warmer oceans lead to stronger storms, and without accurate predictions of storm intensity and landfall locations, more people could be at risk.

Another concern is the growing frequency of vibrio blooms—dangerous bacteria in seawater that can cause severe infections through cuts or contaminated shellfish. Without NOAA’s ability to track conditions that lead to these outbreaks, coastal populations and seafood consumers face higher health risks.

“What we’re talking about here is a wholesale decrease in NOAA’s ability to support communities,” Cooley emphasized.

Another major issue is the potential impact on NOAA’s ability to track and analyze El Niño and La Niña events. These natural climate cycles, which originate in the Pacific Ocean, significantly influence global weather patterns.

Other nations, such as Japan and Peru, also monitor these patterns, but the U.S. has long played a leading role in predicting them. NOAA’s forecasts “can literally move global markets,” Di Liberto said. He fears the layoffs will weaken international efforts to determine how climate change is affecting El Niño and La Niña, a question with profound implications for seasonal weather conditions worldwide.

NOAA’s work is also vital for the fishing industry. The United States boasts some of the most well-managed fisheries in the world, largely due to NOAA’s guidance. The agency provides data that helps the fishing industry optimize harvests while ensuring long-term sustainability.

The full consequences of the mass layoffs are not yet clear, but experts warn the first major test could come with an extreme weather event, such as a hurricane. “When you stress a system during extremes, that’s when things can break,” Di Liberto said.

One certainty, however, is that climate change-driven disasters affecting oceans and U.S. coastlines will only increase in the coming years.

A longer-term consequence of the layoffs is the loss of young scientists early in their careers. Allison Cluett, a research physical scientist at NOAA, was part of a team studying Pacific Ocean changes to assist fisheries in making informed long-term decisions. She described the layoffs as “heartbreaking,” saying, “The next generation of federal workers was just erased.”

The dismissal of young ocean scientists is a particularly damaging blow, given the growing economic opportunities tied to the ocean economy—including seafood, shipping, and renewable energy. Douglas McCauley, a professor of ocean science at the University of California, Santa Barbara, pointed out that many of these scientists could have taken lucrative private-sector jobs but instead chose NOAA because of their passion for marine research.

“By treating these scientists as if they are deadbeats, we risk losing them forever,” McCauley said. He warned that this could significantly hinder the U.S.’s ability to capitalize on the multitrillion-dollar ocean economy and maintain its status as a global leader in ocean research.

Meanwhile, other countries may take advantage of the U.S.’s weakened position in marine science. China, for example, is ramping up investments in ocean research. “Data is power, and that’s the same in the ocean as it is in any other domain,” McCauley said. “With these cuts and this downsizing, we’re ceding that power.”

U.S. Added to Watchlist for Faltering Civic Freedoms Amid Concerns Over Trump’s Actions

A global watchdog organization has placed the United States on a list of countries experiencing “faltering civic freedoms” following concerns over President Donald Trump’s recent actions and policies.

CIVICUS, a nonprofit that advocates for democracy and human rights, included the U.S. in its first watchlist of the year on Monday. The organization noted that America, previously regarded as “a global champion for democracy and human rights,” has drawn scrutiny due to Trump’s efforts to reshape the federal government to align with his vision while distancing the U.S. from global affairs.

The United States is now listed among 37 other nations, including the Democratic Republic of the Congo, Pakistan, Chile, and Slovakia, under the category of countries with “narrowed” civic freedoms.

“This is an unparalleled attack on the rule of law in the United States, not seen since the days of McCarthyism in the twentieth century,” said Mandeep Tiwana, the interim co-secretary-general of CIVICUS, in a statement.

Tiwana further elaborated, saying, “Restrictive executive orders, unjustifiable institutional cutbacks, and intimidation tactics through threatening pronouncements by senior officials in the administration are creating an atmosphere to chill democratic dissent, a cherished American ideal.”

The “narrowed” designation by CIVICUS signifies that while people in these countries can still exercise civil liberties, violations of these rights occur periodically. This is the second-highest rating level, following the “open” category.

One of the primary concerns cited by the organization is Trump’s decision to dismiss large numbers of federal employees and replace them with individuals who demonstrate unwavering loyalty to him, a move that CIVICUS warns could “severely impact constitutional freedoms.”

Trump has deliberately chosen appointees based on their personal allegiance to him rather than their qualifications or expertise.

Among those involved in restructuring the government is billionaire Elon Musk, who, despite lacking an official title, has served as a “special government employee.” Musk has played a role in identifying areas within the federal workforce for reduction, seeking to eliminate what the administration views as inefficient or wasteful expenditures.

This initiative has led to significant changes within key government agencies. The U.S. Agency for International Development has been stripped of much of its authority to provide humanitarian aid and assistance, while the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has seen a reduction in its ability to regulate and enforce protections against fraud and unfair business practices.

Additionally, Trump has employed executive orders to consolidate power within the executive branch, thereby increasing his administration’s ability to oversee and control federal agencies, ensuring they align with his policy priorities.

These measures have included halting all diversity, equity, and inclusion initiatives, suppressing pro-Palestinian student demonstrations, and promoting policies that reflect his administration’s ideological stance.

“The Trump administration seems hellbent on dismantling the system of checks and balances, which are the pillars of a democratic society,” Tiwana warned in the CIVICUS statement.

Monday’s designation is not the first time the U.S. has been downgraded on the watchdog’s list. In 2020, CIVICUS lowered the country’s status to “obstructed” after determining that the Trump administration had repressed mass protests.

Trump Invokes Alien Enemies Act to Deport Venezuelan Migrants, Faces Legal Hurdles

On Saturday, President Donald Trump invoked the Alien Enemies Act of 1798, asserting that the U.S. was under invasion by a Venezuelan gang. The law, originally designed for wartime, grants the president significant authority, enabling him to accelerate mass deportations of undocumented immigrants. This move signals a potential intensification of Trump’s immigration enforcement efforts.

Trump’s order specifically targets the Tren de Aragua gang, which he claims is operating as a hostile force under the Venezuelan government’s direction. “Over the years, Venezuelan national and local authorities have ceded ever-greater control over their territories to transnational criminal organizations, including TdA,” Trump stated, as reported by the Associated Press. He further argued, “The result is a hybrid criminal state that is perpetrating an invasion of and predatory incursion into the United States, and which poses a substantial danger to the United States.”

The declaration came on the same day that a federal judge in Washington blocked the administration from deporting five Venezuelans under the anticipated order, indicating potential legal resistance. Even before Trump’s official announcement, a federal judge had intervened to prevent these deportations using the Alien Enemies Act, signaling an immediate legal battle.

Legal Challenges and Court Rulings

Civil rights organizations, including the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) and Democracy Forward, quickly filed an urgent lawsuit in Washington’s federal court. They argued that Trump’s order classified Tren de Aragua as a “predatory incursion” orchestrated by a foreign government, a move that could lead to indiscriminate deportations of Venezuelans.

DC Circuit Chief Judge James E. Boasberg issued a temporary restraining order, valid for 14 days, to shield five Venezuelans in immigration custody who were at risk of imminent deportation under the act. Boasberg’s ruling sought to preserve the current situation while scheduling a hearing to determine whether broader protections should be extended to all Venezuelans in the U.S.

The Trump administration swiftly challenged the restraining order, arguing that blocking presidential action before its execution would significantly hinder executive operations. The Justice Department warned that allowing such judicial interventions could enable district courts to obstruct crucial national security measures, including intelligence operations, drone strikes, or counterterrorism efforts. The administration urged the court to prevent such a precedent from taking hold.

What Is the Alien Enemies Act?

The Alien Enemies Act, part of the Alien and Sedition Acts of 1798, is a law designed for use during wartime or when the U.S. faces an imminent invasion threat from a foreign nation. It grants the president the authority to detain or deport foreign nationals from enemy countries during conflicts, with a particular focus on recent immigrants who might be perceived as aligning with U.S. adversaries.

When Was the Alien Enemies Act Last Used?

According to CNN, legal experts believe invoking the act outside of wartime—especially in response to threats from criminal gangs or cartels—would present legal challenges unless the U.S. were under direct attack by a foreign government.

The Alien Enemies Act has been invoked three times in U.S. history, each instance occurring during wartime. As noted by the Brennan Center, it was used during World War I and World War II to detain and deport individuals from Germany, the Austro-Hungarian Empire, Italy, and Japan. Additionally, the act played a central role in the internment of Japanese Americans during World War II, a highly controversial episode in U.S. history.

Presidential Powers Under the Alien Enemies Act

The act grants the president broad authority, including:

  • Detention and Deportation: The president can detain or deport any male over the age of 14 from an enemy nation if they are deemed a potential threat.
  • National Security Measures: The act provides a legal framework for mitigating risks posed by foreign nationals from hostile nations to protect U.S. interests.
  • Restrictions on Movement and Property: The president can impose travel restrictions or require individuals to report regularly to authorities.
  • Expedited Mass Deportations: The act allows the president to bypass certain immigration and criminal law protections, facilitating rapid deportations of individuals designated as threats.

Key Implications of Trump’s Order

1. Legal Challenges and Constitutional Concerns

Civil rights organizations, including the ACLU, have already initiated lawsuits, arguing that Trump’s order violates due process and immigrants’ legal rights. A federal judge’s temporary block on some deportations suggests a prolonged legal battle is ahead.

2. Targeting of Venezuelan Migrants

Trump has justified his order by focusing on the Tren de Aragua gang, alleging that it has connections to Venezuela’s government. However, this designation could impact thousands of Venezuelan migrants in the U.S., many of whom fled economic hardship and political repression.

3. Potential Diplomatic Fallout

Trump’s move may strain U.S.-Venezuela relations, particularly if deported individuals face persecution under President Nicolás Maduro’s regime. Maduro’s government has long been at odds with the U.S., and mass deportations could heighten tensions.

4. Uncertainty for Undocumented Immigrants

The order has created widespread fear and uncertainty among undocumented Venezuelan migrants, who now face the possibility of detention or deportation without standard legal protections.

5. Use of Detention Centers and International Transfers

The Trump administration has announced plans to relocate approximately 300 suspected gang members to detention facilities in El Salvador. This decision has drawn criticism from human rights groups concerned about the treatment of detainees in these facilities.

6. Broader Immigration Crackdown

Trump’s move signals his commitment to aggressively pursuing stricter immigration policies, potentially laying the groundwork for more expansive crackdowns if he secures a second term. The use of the Alien Enemies Act in this context raises concerns about its future application beyond Venezuelan migrants.

A Test for Executive Power

Trump’s decision to invoke the Alien Enemies Act marks a significant escalation in his immigration policy. While his administration argues that this move is necessary for national security, legal experts caution that using a wartime law to target migrant groups could face substantial constitutional hurdles.

The federal court’s intervention suggests that judicial challenges will continue to shape the fate of Trump’s order. The restraining order issued by Judge Boasberg may be just the first of many legal barriers Trump faces in implementing this measure.

The Road Ahead

With ongoing court battles, diplomatic considerations, and human rights concerns, Trump’s use of the Alien Enemies Act remains a contentious issue. While supporters see it as a necessary tool to combat transnational crime, opponents view it as an overreach that could set a dangerous precedent for future immigration policies.

The coming weeks will be crucial as the administration seeks to defend its actions in court, while advocacy groups continue their efforts to challenge what they see as an unlawful and unconstitutional policy. The ultimate outcome of this legal battle could have lasting implications for immigration enforcement and executive authority in the U.S.

US Green Card Holders Facing Increased Scrutiny at Ports of Entry

Immigration attorneys are reporting a rise in the number of green card holders, including Indian nationals, being subjected to secondary inspections and even overnight detentions at U.S. airports by Customs and Border Protection (CBP) officers. In some instances, individuals are being pressured to voluntarily relinquish their green cards. Among those most vulnerable are elderly Indian immigrants who reside with their children in the United States but spend the winter months in India.

Legal experts emphasize a crucial piece of advice: never surrender a green card. Holders of this status have the right to present their case before an immigration judge.

Lawyers Warn Against Voluntarily Surrendering Green Cards

Under the Immigration and Nationality Act (INA), lawful permanent residents (LPRs), commonly known as green card holders, who remain outside the U.S. for more than 180 daysare considered to be seeking “re-admission” and are therefore subject to grounds of inadmissibility. Generally, concerns about the abandonment of green card status arise when a holder remains outside the U.S. for over a year. However, even shorter absences—such as seasonal stays in India—are now drawing heightened scrutiny.

Ashwin Sharma, an immigration attorney based in Florida, shared his experience with such cases. “I have personally handled cases recently where the CBP has targeted elderly Indian green card holders, particularly grandparents who happen to have spent a bit longer outside the U.S., and pressured them to sign Form I-407 to ‘voluntarily’ surrender their lawful permanent resident status (green card). And the moment they have tried to push back, they have been met with threats of detention or ‘removal’ by the CBP officers who have been emboldened by Trump to see themselves as judge, jury, and executioner,” he stated.

Seattle-based immigration attorney Kripa Upadhyay underscored the importance of resisting pressure to surrender the green card. “Generally, an individual’s green card cannot be revoked by the border unless the person ‘voluntarily’ surrenders (by signing Form I-407). If a green card holder has spent more than 365 days out of the U.S., they are deemed to have ‘abandoned’ their residence. Even if this is the allegation, the green card holder has the right to challenge this in court, but they lose this right if they ‘voluntarily’ surrender at the airport!”

The Importance of Documentation in Proving Permanent Residence

Snehal Batra, managing attorney at NPZ Law Group, emphasized that only an immigration judge has the authority to revoke a green card. “Only an immigration judge can take away a green card, so individuals should not sign this form. Unfortunately, people do not realize this because they are afraid, confused, or do not understand what they are signing due to language barriers. This is a particular problem for our elderly green card holders who spend winter months in India and may not have sufficient evidence to prove maintenance of permanent resident status. Through documentation such as ownership of property, tax returns, and employment, one can overcome a presumption of abandonment,” she explained.

Batra cited an example of a green card holder who faced secondary inspection because he had spent significant time in India since acquiring his lawful permanent resident status over six years ago. Although he never exceeded the six-month (180-day) absence threshold, CBP officers scrutinized his travel history, determining that he returned to the U.S. primarily to retain his green card status rather than to live permanently in the country. “He was lucky this time and was admitted into the country but warned by CBP to give up his green card if he was not living in the U.S. on a permanent basis,” she noted.

Misconceptions About Green Card Maintenance

Rajiv S. Khanna, an immigration attorney based in Arlington, issued a word of caution to those who believe that periodic visits to the U.S. are enough to retain their green card. “One of the common scenarios that I have provided consultations on is when green card holders are not living in the U.S. They may visit every few months and consider that to be sufficient. That is legally incorrect. Maintaining a green card requires establishing and maintaining a permanent home in the U.S. Anything short of that can be grounds for ‘lifting the green card’ for abandonment,” he warned.

Jesse Bless, another immigration attorney, echoed this sentiment. “Lawful permanent residents who are outside the U.S. for more than a year (without a re-entry permit) are getting a notice to appear in removal proceedings,” he said.

Increased Enforcement Under the Trump Administration

Greg Siskin, co-founder of the immigration law firm Siskin Susser, recalled instances during the previous Trump administration where CBP officials went to extreme lengths to encourage green card surrenders. “During the previous Trump administration, there were sky marshals who were passing forms out on planes asking people to surrender their green cards, and people were calling and texting from the planes asking what to do. People need to not surrender their cards. But they must be prepared to sit for a while in secondary inspection. It is possible a CBP officer could even detain a person overnight. But a person is entitled to a hearing in front of a judge, and most judges are not going to be happy about these cases going in front of them, so I suspect CBP will cave in if a person is adamant about not surrendering,” he explained.

Protecting Green Card Status: Steps to Take

Given the increased scrutiny faced by green card holders, particularly those who spend extended periods outside the U.S., immigration attorneys recommend taking proactive steps to demonstrate continued residency.

  1. Avoid Extended Absences: Whenever possible, green card holders should avoid remaining outside the U.S. for extended periods, particularly for more than 180 days. If travel is necessary, securing a re-entry permit before leaving can provide additional protection.
  2. Maintain U.S. Ties: Demonstrating strong ties to the U.S. can help counter claims of abandonment. This includes keeping a primary residence, filing U.S. tax returns as a resident, maintaining U.S. bank accounts, and having employment or business interests in the country.
  3. Keep Detailed Documentation: Green card holders should retain records that prove their commitment to residing in the U.S. This includes home ownership or lease agreements, utility bills, tax returns, and evidence of family ties in the country.
  4. Seek Legal Advice: If subjected to secondary inspection or pressured to surrender a green card, individuals should remain firm and request legal counsel. Signing Form I-407 voluntarily waives the right to a hearing before an immigration judge, a step that could be difficult to reverse later.
  5. Understand the Risks: Those who frequently travel abroad should be aware that merely returning to the U.S. at regular intervals is insufficient to maintain green card status. A pattern of long absences may prompt CBP officers to question residency intentions.

Conclusion

The growing number of green card holders, especially elderly Indian immigrants, facing scrutiny at U.S. ports of entry highlights the need for vigilance. With reports of CBP officers pressuring individuals to surrender their green cards, immigration attorneys stress that lawful permanent residents must not sign Form I-407 without fully understanding the consequences.

As immigration policies continue to be enforced strictly, it is crucial for green card holders to stay informed, document their residency, and seek legal assistance when necessary. In cases of secondary inspection or threats of removal, asserting the right to a hearing before an immigration judge can make a significant difference in protecting one’s lawful permanent resident status.

Trump Administration Moves to Silence Voice of America and Other Pro-Democracy Media

The administration of President Donald Trump began implementing significant reductions to Voice of America (VOA) and other government-run pro-democracy media on Saturday, placing all VOA employees on leave.

Late Friday, following the passage of Congress’s latest funding bill, Trump ordered his administration to minimize the functions of several federal agencies to the bare legal requirement. This directive affected the U.S. Agency for Global Media, the entity overseeing Voice of America, Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty, Radio Free Asia, and Radio Marti, which provides Spanish-language news broadcasts into Cuba.

On Saturday morning, Kari Lake, a former Arizona gubernatorial and U.S. Senate candidate whom Trump appointed as a senior adviser to the agency, made an announcement on X urging employees to check their emails. Shortly afterward, notices were distributed, informing Voice of America staff that they were being placed on paid administrative leave.

“For the first time in 83 years, the storied Voice of America is being silenced,” said Michael Abramowitz, VOA’s director, in a statement. He noted that nearly all of the agency’s 1,300 employees had been placed on leave.

“VOA promotes freedom and democracy around the world by telling America’s story and by providing objective and balanced news and information, especially for those living under tyranny,” Abramowitz stated.

One journalist, speaking anonymously due to restrictions on commenting publicly, remarked, “We expected something like this to happen, and it just happened to be today.”

The decision was strongly criticized by press advocacy group Reporters Without Borders, which released a statement saying it “condemns this decision as a departure from the U.S.’s historic role as a defender of free information and calls on the U.S. government to restore VOA and urges Congress and the international community to take action against this unprecedented move.”

Alongside Voice of America, the U.S. Agency for Global Media issued notices terminating grants for Radio Free Asia and other agency-funded programs. VOA serves as a conduit for U.S. news to international audiences, frequently translating content into local languages. Similarly, Radio Free Asia, Radio Free Europe, and Radio Marti provide news coverage to regions under authoritarian rule, such as China, North Korea, and Russia.

“The cancellation of Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty’s grant agreement would be a massive gift to America’s enemies,” stated Stephen Capus, the network’s President and CEO.

These government-backed networks collectively reach an estimated 427 million people. Established during the Cold War, they form part of a broader U.S. strategy to promote American influence and counter authoritarian narratives—a mission that also includes USAID, another agency facing cuts under Trump’s directive.

The reduction represents a significant shift in post-Cold War international media efforts, which have historically enjoyed bipartisan support. Previous directors of Voice of America have included figures like Dick Carlson, father of conservative commentator Tucker Carlson.

Thomas Kent, former president and CEO of Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty, acknowledged the uncertainty surrounding the administration’s plans for the agencies. He emphasized that without these news outlets, conveying U.S. perspectives to the world would become more challenging.

“Without the international broadcasting, the image of the United States and the Trump administration will be in the hands of others, including the administration’s opponents, (and) countries and people who consider the United States an enemy,” Kent, now an international media ethics consultant, stated.

Kari Lake, in a video posted on X on Saturday, framed the move as a cost-cutting initiative, omitting any mention of the employees affected or VOA’s mission. The video was recorded outside a building leased by VOA, which she described as an unnecessary expense. She indicated her intention to break the agency’s 15-year lease on the property.

“We’re doing everything we can to cancel contracts that can be cancelled, save more, downsize and make sure there’s no misuse of your dollars,” Lake stated.

The notification sent to employees formally placed them on administrative leave while ensuring continued pay and benefits “until otherwise notified.” It also instructed staff to refrain from using Agency for Global Media facilities and to return government-issued equipment, including phones and computers.

Trump’s administration had already been taking steps to assert greater control over Voice of America. Earlier this week, it terminated contracts that permitted VOA to access content from independent news providers like The Associated Press.

Additionally, the administration barred the AP from participating in White House press pools covering the president and moved to assume authority over which news outlets are included in such press groups. Furthermore, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) is currently investigating major news organizations, including CBS.

Trump’s order to scale back government functions extends beyond media agencies. Several other lesser-known entities are also affected, including the Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars, a nonpartisan think tank, the United States Interagency Council on Homelessness, and the Community Development Financial Institutions Fund.

Trump Administration Asks Supreme Court to Allow End of Birthright Citizenship

The administration of President Donald Trump filed a series of emergency appeals with the Supreme Court on Thursday, seeking approval to proceed with plans to end birthright citizenship. This move elevates a controversial legal theory that multiple lower courts have strongly rejected.

In its emergency appeals, the Trump administration argued that lower courts had overstepped their authority by issuing nationwide injunctions that blocked the policy. It urged the Supreme Court to limit the scope of these orders.

A federal judge in January ruled that Trump’s executive order was “blatantly unconstitutional” and halted its implementation. Shortly afterward, a Maryland judge stated that the order “runs counter to our nation’s 250-year history of citizenship by birth.” Despite appeals, courts have consistently declined to pause the lower court rulings, which imposed nationwide injunctions on Trump’s order issued on the first day of his second term.

For over 150 years, courts have interpreted the 14th Amendment to ensure citizenship to anyone “born or naturalized in the United States,” regardless of their parents’ immigration status. A landmark 1898 Supreme Court decision affirmed this interpretation, and the current Court has not indicated any intention to reconsider that precedent.

However, some conservative legal scholars argue that this long-standing interpretation is incorrect. They point to a phrase in the 14th Amendment that states citizenship applies only to those “subject to the jurisdiction” of the United States. According to this perspective, immigrants who are in the country illegally remain under the jurisdiction of their home nations and should not be granted U.S. citizenship at birth.

Federal courts in Maryland, Massachusetts, and Washington have all issued injunctions preventing the policy’s implementation. These rulings came in response to lawsuits filed by over 20 states, two immigrant rights organizations, and seven individual plaintiffs.

Cody Wofsy, deputy director of the ACLU Immigrants’ Rights Project and lead attorney in one of the lawsuits challenging the administration, criticized the executive order, saying, “The president’s executive order is outrageously illegal and cruel, and it should not be applied to a single baby in this country.” He added, “We are going to continue fighting to ensure that no child is denied their citizenship by this executive order.”

The Trump administration’s Supreme Court appeals do not directly address whether the executive order is constitutional. Instead, they make what the administration calls a “modest” request to narrow the scope of the injunctions. If granted, this request would allow the government to enforce the policy against individuals not currently covered by ongoing litigation.

The Justice Department, in its emergency appeals, expressed frustration with the increasing use of nationwide injunctions, arguing, “Universal injunctions have reached epidemic proportions since the start of the current administration.” It continued, “Those universal injunctions prohibit a Day 1 Executive Order from being enforced anywhere in the country, as to ‘hundreds of thousands’ of unspecified individuals who are ‘not before the court nor identified by the court.’”

As an alternative measure, the administration requested permission to issue guidance on how it would implement the policy, even if the Court did not fully lift the injunctions.

While the focus of the administration’s legal challenge is on lower court rulings that blocked the executive order, the Justice Department used its Supreme Court appeal to outline broader arguments against birthright citizenship.

“During the 20th century,” the administration argued, “the executive branch adopted the incorrect position that the citizenship clause extended birthright citizenship to almost everyone born in the United States – even children of illegal aliens or temporarily present aliens.” It further claimed, “That policy of near-universal birthright citizenship has created strong incentives for illegal immigration.”

With the Supreme Court now reviewing the case, it is expected to establish a briefing schedule that will require the parties challenging the executive order to submit their responses quickly, possibly within just a few days.

US Imposes 25% Tariff on Steel and Aluminum Imports, Prompting Global Retaliation

The United States has implemented a 25% tariff on steel and aluminum imports from across the globe.

In response, Canada and the European Union (EU) have introduced tariffs on American goods worth billions of dollars, heightening concerns about a potential global trade war.

President Donald Trump has threatened to impose a 200% tariff on alcohol imports from EU countries unless the bloc removes its “nasty 50% tariff on whisky.”

Additionally, Trump has already imposed 25% tariffs on various imports from Mexico and Canada, with some exceptions, as well as a 20% levy on goods from China.

Understanding Tariffs and Their Impact

Tariffs are taxes applied to goods imported from foreign countries.

Importing companies pay these taxes to the government.

Tariffs are usually calculated as a percentage of a product’s value. For example, a 20% tariff on Chinese goods means that an item valued at $10 (£7.76) incurs an additional $2 charge.

Businesses may choose to pass on some or all of the tariff costs to consumers.

Historically, the U.S. has maintained lower tariffs on imported goods than many other nations.

However, economists fear that Trump’s new tariffs, along with additional levies he has suggested could take effect on April 2, may drive up consumer prices both in the U.S. and globally.

Trump’s Justification for Tariffs

Tariffs play a key role in Trump’s economic strategy.

He argues that they will strengthen U.S. manufacturing, safeguard jobs, generate tax revenue, and stimulate domestic economic growth.

He also aims to correct America’s trade imbalance by reducing the gap between imports and exports with specific countries.

Despite this, Trump has not ruled out the possibility of a recession resulting from his trade policies, which led to a sharp decline in U.S. stock markets just before the metal tariffs took effect.

U.S. Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnick later defended the tariffs, stating that they were “worth it” even if they contributed to an economic downturn.

Trump initially targeted Chinese, Mexican, and Canadian imports with tariffs.

These three countries accounted for over 40% of all U.S. imports in 2024.

However, Trump has accused them of failing to do enough to curb the influx of migrants and illegal drugs, such as fentanyl, into the U.S.

All three nations have rejected these allegations.

How the Steel and Aluminum Tariffs Work

The U.S. implemented a 25% tariff on all steel and aluminum imports on March 12.

The U.S. is the world’s largest steel importer, with Canada, Brazil, and Mexico being its top suppliers.

Canada also supplies nearly 60% of all aluminum imported by the U.S.

Initially, Trump announced that there would be no exemptions to the steel and aluminum tariffs.

On March 11, he threatened to double tariffs on Canadian metals due to Canada’s decision to impose higher electricity charges on customers in three northern U.S. states in response to earlier U.S. tariffs.

However, Trump withdrew this plan just before it was set to take effect, as Canada agreed to suspend the extra energy charges.

During his first term in office, Trump had previously imposed 25% tariffs on steel and 10% on aluminum in 2018.

However, he later negotiated exemptions for several countries, including Australia, Canada, and Mexico.

Despite these exemptions, the U.S. International Trade Commission reported that tariffs raised the average price of steel and aluminum in the country by 2.4% and 1.6%, respectively.

Global Reactions to the Steel Tariffs

Within hours of the U.S. tariffs taking effect, Canada and the EU announced countermeasures.

Canada introduced a 25% tariff on an additional C$29.8 billion ($20 billion; £16 billion) worth of U.S. goods starting on March 13.

These tariffs include steel products valued at C$12.6 billion, along with sports equipment, computers, and cast iron items.

The EU’s retaliatory tariffs, set to take effect on April 1 and be fully implemented by April 13, target U.S. goods worth €26 billion (£22 billion).

The list of affected items includes “boats, bourbon, motorbikes,” as well as steel and aluminum products such as pipes, window frames, and tin foil.

European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen expressed regret over the measure, stating, “Tariffs are bad for business and worse for consumers.”

Trump, responding on his social media platform Truth Social, warned that if the EU did not remove its 50% tariff on American whiskey “immediately,” the U.S. would impose a 200% tariff on “all wines, Champagnes, and alcoholic products coming out of EU-represented countries.”

“This will be great for the Wine and Champagne businesses in the U.S.,” he added.

The UK, which exports significant amounts of steel to the U.S. each year, has taken a cautious stance.

Prime Minister Sir Keir Starmer told lawmakers that the UK would adopt a “pragmatic approach” but stated that it would “keep all options on the table.”

China’s foreign ministry vowed to take “all necessary measures” to protect its interests, asserting that the U.S. tariffs violated World Trade Organization rules.

Tariffs on Canadian and Mexican Goods

Trump has already implemented 25% tariffs on other goods from Canada and Mexico.

Originally set to take effect on February 4, these tariffs were delayed for a month to allow negotiations. They were officially implemented on March 4, alongside a 10% tariff on Canadian energy exports.

On March 5, Trump announced a one-month exemption for North American-made cars that comply with the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement (USMCA).

This trade pact, negotiated by Trump during his first term, establishes rules on how much of a vehicle must be produced within North America to qualify for tariff-free treatment.

The auto industry had warned that tariffs on Canadian and Mexican goods could have significant consequences, as vehicle components frequently cross borders multiple times before assembly.

After Trump’s exemption announcement, shares in major U.S. automakers surged.

On March 6, Trump expanded the exemption to cover other goods covered by USMCA, including televisions, air conditioners, avocados, and beef.

Additionally, Trump reduced tariffs on potash, a key fertilizer ingredient, from 25% to 10%.

Canada’s Response to the Additional Tariffs

Outgoing Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau accused Trump of attempting “a total collapse of the Canadian economy [to] make it easier to annex us.”

He announced immediate retaliatory tariffs on C$30 billion ($21 billion; £16 billion) worth of U.S. imports, with plans for further measures totaling C$125 billion within three weeks.

However, after Trump granted additional exemptions, Canada delayed the second phase of tariffs.

Trudeau’s successor, Mark Carney, also criticized the tariffs as “unjustified” and stated, “In trade, as in hockey, Canada will win.”

Ontario Premier Doug Ford initially planned to impose a 25% surcharge on electricity exports to three U.S. states—Michigan, New York, and Minnesota—in retaliation.

However, these plans were shelved after Trump threatened to double tariffs on Canadian steel and aluminum.

Mexico’s Response

Mexico postponed its retaliatory tariffs during the initial negotiation period.

President Claudia Sheinbaum urged calm, stating that “cooler heads will prevail” despite Trump’s actions.

She also agreed to deploy 10,000 troops along the U.S.-Mexico border to curb smuggling.

Following the implementation of tariffs on March 4, Sheinbaum declared them “unjustified” and promised a response involving “tariff and non-tariff measures.”

Before these countermeasures could be announced, Trump unveiled exemptions for carmakers and other goods, which Sheinbaum welcomed.

While Trump has been critical of Trudeau, he has praised Sheinbaum, describing their relationship as “very good.”

China’s Retaliatory Measures

A 10% tariff on all Chinese imports to the U.S. began on February 4.

Trump later announced an exemption for shipments valued under $800.

On February 10, China responded with tariffs of 10-15% on select U.S. agricultural products and imposed export controls on American aviation, defense, and tech firms.

The U.S. tariff doubled to 20% on March 4.

China urged the U.S. to resume negotiations, warning that if America continued a trade war, China would “fight them to the bitter end,” according to foreign ministry spokesperson Lin Jian.

Trump Signs Executive Order to Eliminate Seven Federal Agencies

President Trump signed an executive order on Friday aimed at dissolving seven federal agencies, including those overseeing media, libraries, museums, and homelessness initiatives.

The directive instructs these government entities to be “eliminated to the maximum extent consistent with applicable law,” asserting that they should “reduce the performance of their statutory functions and associated personnel.” Agency heads are required to submit a compliance report to the Office of Management and Budget within seven days.

Among the agencies targeted is the U.S. Agency for Global Media, which oversees Voice of America (VOA). The order also seeks to dismantle the Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars, a think tank within the Smithsonian Institution, and the Institute of Museum and Library Services, which provides support to libraries, archives, and museums nationwide.

Additionally, the executive action eliminates the United States Interagency Council on Homelessness, which works to prevent and address homelessness across the country. Other agencies affected include the Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service, which helps resolve labor disputes and work stoppages, the Community Development Financial Institutions Fund, which promotes economic opportunities in underserved communities, and the Minority Business Development Agency, which supports the growth of minority-owned businesses.

Trump’s decision has raised concerns about the future of VOA, particularly following his selection of former Arizona gubernatorial and Senate candidate Kari Lake to lead the outlet. Speaking at the Conservative Political Action Conference last month, Lake assured that under her leadership, the international broadcaster would not become “Trump TV.”

While the president does not directly appoint VOA’s leader, Trump has nominated conservative activist L. Brent Bozell III to head the U.S. Agency for Global Media. If confirmed by the Senate, Bozell would have the authority to appoint Lake to the position.

The U.S. Agency for Global Media also supervises Radio Free Asia, which broadcasts and publishes content for audiences in Asia, serving as a countermeasure against Chinese state propaganda.

The Trump administration has been pursuing a broad restructuring of the federal government, with tech billionaire Elon Musk leading efforts to cut spending and reduce the workforce. However, these efforts have faced legal challenges. On Thursday, federal judges in Maryland and Northern California issued rulings blocking mass dismissals of government employees.

In response, the White House announced on Friday that it would appeal the court decisions, which have required the administration to reinstate probationary federal workers.

Zelensky Accuses Russia of Stalling Ceasefire Talks to Prolong War

Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky has accused Russia of deliberately delaying negotiations on a Ukraine ceasefire, claiming that Moscow aims to ensure diplomacy collapses so that the conflict continues.

Meanwhile, Ukraine’s military has refuted claims that its forces are encircled in Russia’s Kursk region. This denial comes after former U.S. President Donald Trump appealed to Russian President Vladimir Putin to spare the lives of what he described as thousands of “surrounded” Ukrainian troops.

In response to Trump’s plea, Putin stated that Russia would allow Ukrainian soldiers in Kursk to live, provided they surrender and lay down their weapons.

During a press briefing following the G7 summit in Canada, U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio expressed cautious optimism regarding a potential Ukraine ceasefire but emphasized that further efforts are required to finalize an agreement.

Trump had earlier noted that discussions between the United States and Putin, held in Moscow on Thursday, had been “good and productive.”

The war in Ukraine began with Russia’s full-scale invasion three years ago. Since then, the conflict has evolved significantly, with ongoing military engagements and diplomatic efforts attempting to bring an end to the hostilities.

Judge Orders Reinstatement of Thousands of Federal Workers Fired by Trump Administration

A federal judge ruled Thursday night that thousands of federal employees dismissed under the Trump administration must be temporarily reinstated.

U.S. District Judge James Bredar in Maryland issued a temporary restraining order against multiple federal agencies, departments, and their leadership, which had terminated workers as part of a workforce reduction initiative.

“In this case, the government conducted massive layoffs, but it gave no advance notice. It claims it wasn’t required to because, it says, it dismissed each one of these thousands of probationary employees for ‘performance’ or other individualized reasons,” Bredar stated in his ruling.

“On the record before the Court, this isn’t true. There were no individualized assessments of employees. They were all just fired. Collectively,” he added.

Earlier that day, a separate federal judge in California directed several federal departments, including Veterans Affairs, Defense, Energy, Interior, Agriculture, and Treasury, to reinstate thousands of probationary employees who had been terminated the previous month. The Justice Department responded by filing a notice of appeal in that case.

Bredar’s order specifically applies to 12 federal departments that dismissed probationary workers. These include the Departments of Agriculture, Commerce, Education, Energy, Health and Human Services, Homeland Security, Housing and Urban Development, Interior, Labor, Transportation, Treasury, and Veterans Affairs.

Additionally, the ruling covers recently terminated probationary workers at several federal agencies, including the U.S. Agency for International Development, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, the Environmental Protection Agency, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the General Services Administration, and the Small Business Administration.

Bredar set a deadline of March 17 at 1 p.m. ET for these agencies to reinstate the affected employees.

The judge acknowledged the scale of his ruling, considering the government had dismissed approximately 200,000 probationary employees—workers who were either newly hired or had recently changed positions—since Donald Trump assumed office in January.

“The Court is not blind to the practical reality that the relief being ordered today will have far-reaching impacts on the federal workforce and will require the Government to expend considerable resources in an effort to undo the [reductions in force] that have been put into place,” Bredar noted.

“When, as is likely the case here, the Government has engaged in an illegal scheme spanning broad swaths of the federal workforce, it is inevitable that the remediation of that scheme will itself be a significant task,” he continued.

A coalition of Democratic attorneys general had initiated the lawsuit, seeking a temporary restraining order that would reinstate the terminated employees. They argued that the Trump administration had disregarded established protocols in executing mass terminations of federal workers.

However, Bredar ruled that certain federal entities, including the Defense Department, the Office of Personnel Management, and the National Archives, would not be subject to his order. He cited “insufficient evidence” that a workforce reduction had taken place at these agencies.

California Attorney General Rob Bonta expressed support for the ruling in a post on X, formerly known as Twitter.

“We’re pleased with the court’s decision to restrain the Trump Admin’s reckless directive and we’ll continue to monitor and ensure compliance,” he wrote.

The White House has yet to provide a response to the ruling.

Senate Passes GOP-Drafted Funding Bill, Averting Government Shutdown

The Senate voted primarily along party lines on Friday to pass the House Republican-drafted bill funding the government through September, narrowly avoiding a shutdown just hours before the deadline.

President Trump is expected to sign the measure into law.

The final vote stood at 54-46, with two Democratic caucus members—Sen. Jeanne Shaheen (D-N.H.), who is set to retire at the end of her term, and Sen. Angus King (I-Maine), who caucuses with Democrats—siding with Republicans. Meanwhile, Sen. Rand Paul (R-Ky.) voted against the bill.

With the passage of this legislation, Congress will not have to address government funding again until the fall. This clears the path for Republicans to focus on advancing Trump’s policy agenda, including securing funds for border security and extending the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.

The House narrowly approved the spending bill on Tuesday with a 217-213 vote, with only one Democrat supporting it.

The bill’s passage in the Senate followed intense internal debate among Senate Democrats, as the package had been crafted in the House without any Democratic input.

The legislation increases defense spending by $6 billion while boosting funds for border enforcement. However, it also includes a $13 billion cut to nondefense spending.

A key concern for many Democrats was the absence of language directing the Trump administration on how to allocate these funds. Some Democratic lawmakers feared this would enable Trump and his advisors to redirect money according to their own priorities, rather than congressional intent.

Senate Democrats, led by Sen. Patty Murray (D-Wash.), the top Democrat on the Senate Appropriations Committee, and Sen. Jeff Merkley (D-Ore.), the ranking member of the Senate Budget Committee, urged their colleagues to reject the House’s proposal in favor of a clean 30-day stopgap funding measure.

Merkley strongly opposed the House bill, telling CNN he was “hell no” on supporting it.

He argued that passing the Republican-crafted legislation would only serve to embolden Trump and Elon Musk, the head of the Department of Government Efficiency.

“You don’t stop a bully by handing over your lunch money, and you don’t stop a tyrant by giving him more power,” Merkley said.

Leading progressives, including Sens. Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass.) and Bernie Sanders (I-Vt.), joined the push to defeat the bill, rallying progressive activists against it.

Only centrist Sen. John Fetterman (D-Pa.) openly supported advancing the House bill early on, cautioning that a government shutdown could cause chaos and potentially push the country into a recession.

Throughout the week, Senate Democrats held lengthy lunch meetings to deliberate their approach to the funding impasse. The discussions became so heated that senators’ raised voices could be heard through the thick oak doors of the Lyndon Baines Johnson Room, located just off the Senate floor.

With Senate Republicans holding 53 seats, they needed at least eight Democratic votes to break a filibuster and proceed to a final vote—especially after Paul announced his opposition to the House bill.

Filibuster rules typically require 60 votes to advance controversial legislation.

House Republicans, after passing their funding bill on Tuesday, adjourned and made it clear they would not return to Washington before the Friday deadline.

This left Senate Democrats in a difficult position—if they blocked the House bill, a government shutdown was almost inevitable.

The bill’s fate remained uncertain until Thursday, when Senate Minority Leader Chuck Schumer (D-N.Y.) announced on the Senate floor that he would support advancing the measure.

Schumer acknowledged the bill was “very bad” but argued that a government shutdown would be “much, much worse.”

He warned that a shutdown would grant Trump and Musk “carte blanche to destroy vital government services at a significantly faster rate than they can right now.”

Schumer later told reporters that efforts to pass a clean 30-day stopgap funding bill failed to secure any Republican support.

Schumer’s decision prompted strong backlash from liberal Democrats, particularly Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez (D-N.Y.), who accused him of a “betrayal.”

“There is a deep sense of outrage and betrayal,” Ocasio-Cortez told reporters after learning of Schumer’s stance.

“And this is not just about progressive Democrats. This is across the board, the entire party,” she added.

Ocasio-Cortez expressed frustration that House Democrats in competitive districts, where Trump won in 2024, had taken politically risky votes against the bill earlier in the week—only for Senate Democrats to give in.

She argued those vulnerable House Democrats “took a tough vote to defend the American people, in order to defend Social Security, Medicaid and Medicare, just to see some Senate Democrats” give in to Musk’s demands.

“I think it is a huge slap in the face,” she said.

Fetterman, in response to Ocasio-Cortez’s criticism, dismissed her concerns and questioned whether she had a viable strategy to end a government shutdown.

“I hope you can relay how little I care about her views on this,” Fetterman said when asked about her comments.

“I’m going to stand on what I happen to believe is the right thing to do, but ask her, ‘What’s the exit plan once we shut the government down?’ What about all the millions of Americans who are going to have their lives damaged?”

He also noted that federal employees would be affected by a shutdown, pointing out that Ocasio-Cortez would still receive her paycheck.

With Schumer’s support providing political cover, eight other Democrats ultimately voted to advance the bill.

Along with Schumer, those voting in favor included Sens. Catherine Cortez Masto (D-Nev.), Dick Durbin (D-Ill.), Kirsten Gillibrand (D-N.Y.), Maggie Hassan (D-N.H.), Gary Peters (D-Mich.), Brian Schatz (D-Hawaii), Shaheen, and Fetterman. King, an Independent who caucuses with Democrats, also voted to bring the measure to a final vote.

Before final passage, the Senate debated and rejected several proposed amendments.

Sen. Tammy Duckworth (D-Ill.) sponsored an amendment seeking to reinstate veterans who had been dismissed from federal jobs under Trump.

Sen. Chris Van Hollen (D-Md.) introduced an amendment to dismantle the Department of Government Efficiency.

Merkley put forward an amendment that would have reversed the $20 billion reduction in IRS tax enforcement funding, a provision inserted by House Republicans.

Paul also proposed an amendment that would have codified the Department of Government Efficiency’s recommended cuts to foreign aid.

Ultimately, Senate Republicans successfully blocked all Democratic amendments, while a bipartisan majority defeated Paul’s proposal. Any modifications to the bill would have required it to return to the House for final approval, delaying its enactment beyond the funding deadline.

Trump Orders Airstrikes on Houthi-Held Areas in Yemen, Vows ‘Overwhelming Lethal Force’

President Donald Trump announced that he had ordered airstrikes targeting Houthi-controlled areas in Yemen on Saturday, vowing to continue using “overwhelming lethal force” until the Iran-backed rebels cease their attacks on ships navigating a crucial maritime route. According to the Houthis, the strikes resulted in the deaths of at least 18 civilians.

“Our brave Warfighters are right now carrying out aerial attacks on the terrorists’ bases, leaders, and missile defenses to protect American shipping, air, and naval assets, and to restore Navigational Freedom,” Trump stated in a social media post. “No terrorist force will stop American commercial and naval vessels from freely sailing the Waterways of the World.”

Trump also issued a stern warning to Iran, demanding that it stop providing support to the Houthi rebels. He promised to hold Iran “fully accountable” for its role in backing the group. His decision to take military action follows a recent attempt to engage Iran diplomatically. Two weeks earlier, he had sent a letter to Iranian leaders proposing renewed negotiations over Iran’s nuclear program, which he has repeatedly insisted he will not allow to become operational.

The airstrikes took place on Saturday evening, targeting multiple Houthi strongholds, including the capital Sanaa and Saada province in the north, which borders Saudi Arabia. Additional strikes were reported early Sunday in those regions, along with attacks in the provinces of Hodeida, Bayda, and Marib. Images circulating online depicted plumes of black smoke rising over the Sanaa airport complex, an area that includes a large military installation.

The Houthi-run health ministry reported that at least 18 people were killed in the attacks—13 in Sanaa and five in Saada. Additionally, 24 others sustained injuries, with nine wounded in Sanaa and 15 in Saada.

A U.S. official, speaking on condition of anonymity, indicated that these airstrikes were just the beginning of an ongoing military operation targeting Houthi positions. The official did not specify how long the campaign would last.

Despite the strikes, Houthi officials maintained that they would not back down. Nasruddin Amer, the deputy head of the group’s media office, stated that the airstrikes would not deter them and vowed retaliation against the United States. “Sanaa will remain Gaza’s shield and support and will not abandon it no matter the challenges,” Amer wrote in a social media post.

Mohamed Abdulsalam, another Houthi spokesman, dismissed Trump’s claims that the rebels posed a threat to international shipping routes, calling them “false and misleading” in a post on X.

The latest escalation follows a statement from the Houthis days earlier in which they declared their intent to resume targeting Israeli vessels sailing near Yemen. They cited Israel’s ongoing blockade of Gaza as their reason for renewing hostilities. Their warning covered a wide geographical area, including the Red Sea, the Gulf of Aden, the Bab el-Mandeb Strait, and the Arabian Sea.

However, no additional Houthi attacks have been reported since that announcement.

Earlier in the month, Israel had suspended the flow of aid into Gaza and warned of “additional consequences” for Hamas if the fragile ceasefire between the two sides was not extended. Talks are ongoing about entering a second phase of the ceasefire agreement.

Between late 2023—when the war between Israel and Hamas erupted—and January of this year, when the ceasefire was put in place, the Houthis had carried out attacks on over 100 merchant vessels. These assaults, which included the use of missiles and drones, led to the sinking of two ships and the deaths of four sailors. The Houthis targeted both military and civilian ships during this period.

The attacks have helped the group raise its international profile even as Yemen remains locked in a prolonged and devastating war. The country, the poorest in the Arab world, has faced years of conflict and humanitarian crises.

Following Saturday’s U.S. strikes, the Houthi media office claimed that a residential area in Sanaa’s northern Shouab district was among the targets. Residents described scenes of devastation, with at least four powerful explosions hitting the Eastern Geraf neighborhood. Women and children were reportedly terrified by the blasts.

“The explosions were very strong,” said Abdallah al-Alffi, a local resident. “It was like an earthquake.”

Eastern Geraf is known to house key Houthi military facilities as well as the group’s political headquarters. These sites are located within a densely populated part of the city.

Later on Saturday, the Houthis reported additional airstrikes in Yemen’s southwestern Dhamar province. According to their statements, the strikes hit areas on the outskirts of the provincial capital, also named Dhamar, as well as the district of Abs.

The U.S., along with Israel and the United Kingdom, has previously launched military strikes on Houthi-controlled areas in Yemen. However, Israel’s military declined to comment on Saturday’s operation.

A U.S. official confirmed that this latest strike campaign was conducted solely by the U.S. military. It marks the first time Trump has ordered an attack against the Yemen-based Houthis since the start of his second term.

Broad missile strikes like these were also carried out under the Biden administration. They were launched in response to repeated Houthi attacks on both commercial and military vessels operating in the region.

Saturday’s air operation was supported by the USS Harry S. Truman carrier strike group. The group, stationed in the Red Sea, consists of the aircraft carrier USS Harry S. Truman, three Navy destroyers, and one cruiser. The USS Georgia, a guided-missile submarine, has also been deployed in the region.

Trump revealed the military action while spending the day at his Trump International Golf Club in West Palm Beach, Florida.

“These relentless assaults have cost the U.S. and World Economy many BILLIONS of Dollars while, at the same time, putting innocent lives at risk,” he wrote in a social media post.

The situation remains fluid, with expectations that U.S. airstrikes will continue in an effort to suppress further Houthi attacks on international shipping. However, with the Houthis promising retaliation, the risk of further escalation in the region remains high.

Trump’s Approval Ratings Hold Steady Despite Chaotic Start and Tariff Wars

Donald Trump’s presidential approval ratings remained stable throughout his first month in office, despite a tumultuous beginning that involved mass government layoffs, surging egg prices, stock market volatility, and escalating global tariff conflicts.

On Wednesday, Trump implemented a sweeping 25% tariff on steel and aluminum, asserting that these measures were necessary to address trade imbalances and rejuvenate domestic industries. In response, Canada and Europe swiftly retaliated with billions in countertariffs.

In a recent address to Congress, Trump acknowledged that his presidency had begun at a rapid and intense pace. He defended many of his administration’s contentious policies, including substantial government spending cuts, widespread layoffs, the elimination of diversity and inclusion initiatives in workplaces and schools, the 25% tariffs levied on Canada and Mexico, and his stringent stance on immigration and border security. Trump described his approach as a “swift and unrelenting” start.

The latest Gallup poll showed that Trump’s job approval rating averaged 46% since the beginning of his second term. By comparison, his first-term average stood at 41%. Throughout both terms, his approval ratings have fluctuated between a low of 34% and a high of 49%.

A Reuters/Ipsos poll found that 44% of respondents approved of Trump’s first month in office. Reports also indicated that his current approval ratings surpass those from his first term and exceed those of his predecessor, former President Joe Biden.

Breaking down specific policies, the Reuters poll revealed that 47% of respondents approved of Trump’s immigration approach, while 42% disapproved.

According to the ABC News project538 poll, Trump’s approval rating as of Friday morning stood at 47.7%. The same poll indicated that 54.4% of Americans disapproved of Congress. Additionally, Vice President JD Vance had a slightly higher disapproval rating, with 42.8% viewing him unfavorably compared to 40.8% who held a favorable opinion.

The recently imposed tariffs and ongoing stock market instability were expected to influence Trump’s approval ratings. Here’s a look at how Americans currently perceive his performance based on recent polling data.

How Are Americans Reacting to Trump’s Presidency Amid Trade Conflicts?

A SSRS/CNN poll released Wednesday found that 45% of Americans approved of Trump’s overall job performance, while 54% disapproved. However, approval ratings varied depending on the issue. For instance, 51% of respondents approved of his immigration policies, 48% supported his management of the federal budget, and 45% approved of his economic policies.

Trump faced challenges in public perception regarding tariffs, as only 39% approved of his handling of trade policies, whereas 61% disapproved.

An Emerson College Polling survey conducted after Trump’s 50th day in office found that 47% of voters approved of his performance, while 45% disapproved. This represented a decline from the 49% approval and 41% disapproval ratings recorded at the start of his second term.

Federal Judges Facing Threats Amid Attacks on Judiciary Independence

Federal judges who have ruled against the Trump administration this year are experiencing a surge in threats, raising concerns about their personal safety and the broader independence of the judiciary.

Earlier this month, Supreme Court Justice Amy Coney Barrett’s sister received a bomb threat. Additionally, lower court judges who have temporarily halted aspects of President Trump’s efforts to dismantle federal agencies and programs have been targeted on social media.

Some Republican lawmakers aligned with Trump have even suggested impeachment proceedings against several of these judges, despite their lifetime appointments.

Elon Musk, who oversees the Department of Government Efficiency and has been instrumental in making cuts to federal agencies, has frequently posted on social media advocating for the impeachment of judges who obstruct or delay Trump’s initiatives.

These attempts to undermine the judiciary coincide with the administration’s moves to dismiss attorneys from the Justice Department and the Pentagon, penalize private law firms that have represented clients Trump opposes, and withdraw from engagement with the American Bar Association.

Judge Richard Sullivan of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit emphasized that in his lifetime, four federal judges have been murdered in retaliation for their judicial rulings.

“This is not hypothetical,” Sullivan stated during a news conference this week. As chair of a Judicial Conference panel on security matters, he underscored the gravity of the issue. “It’s real. It’s happened before. We have to be certain that it doesn’t happen again,” he added.

The Federal Judges Association, a voluntary organization representing over 1,000 judges nationwide, stressed the crucial role of the judiciary in upholding democracy and maintaining a lawful society.

“Judges must be able to do their jobs without fear of violence or undue influence,” the association asserted in a written statement to NPR.

Escalating Threats at an Early Stage

Legal experts have noted a disturbing trend: attacks on judges are occurring at a notably early stage in legal proceedings—sometimes even before the Supreme Court has had an opportunity to weigh in as the final arbiter.

“We have a system of justice that allows for appeals,” remarked Judge Jeffrey Sutton, chief judge of the Sixth Circuit Court of Appeals. “That’s typically the way it works. Impeachment is not and shouldn’t be a short-circuiting of that process. And so it is concerning if impeachment is used in a way that is designed to do just that.”

Historically, only 15 federal judges have been impeached over the past two centuries, mostly for serious offenses such as bribery, corruption, or perjury.

Georgetown University law professor Stephen Vladeck pointed out that the likelihood of a judge being successfully impeached is minimal since removing a judge requires a two-thirds majority vote in the Senate.

“The more that people like Elon Musk are putting on the wall the idea that it’s appropriate to attack these judges for nothing more than ruling against the federal government, the more that we’re normalizing what really are in the main very serious threats to judicial independence,” Vladeck said.

The Rule of Law at Risk

Paul Grimm, who served as a federal judge for 26 years, argued that even the mere suggestion of impeachment can serve as an intimidation tactic.

“And if you try to intimidate judges, if that’s your goal, so that they do not do their constitutional duty, then you jeopardize the rule of law,” said Grimm, now the director of the Bolch Judicial Institute at Duke Law School. “And without the rule of law, every liberty and every right that we cherish as Americans is vulnerable.”

Grimm expressed particular concern about online posts revealing the personal addresses of judges and their family members, describing this as a severe transgression.

Nearly five years ago, a disgruntled litigant murdered the son of U.S. District Judge Esther Salas at her home in New Jersey.

In 2022, a man armed with a gun and zip ties traveled to the residence of Justice Brett Kavanaugh. Upon noticing a security detail, he turned away. He later pleaded not guilty to attempted assassination charges and is awaiting trial this year.

Additionally, in 2023, a state court judge in Maryland was shot and killed in his driveway.

Threats Linked to Judicial Decisions

The U.S. Marshals Service has reported a sharp increase in threats against federal judges, with numbers having doubled in recent years, according to the latest data. These threats have targeted judges appointed by both Democratic and Republican administrations.

Justice Barrett faced intense criticism this month from right-wing political commentators after she joined Chief Justice John Roberts and the court’s liberal justices in ruling against Trump’s attempt to freeze foreign aid.

Meanwhile, lower court judges have been subjected to online attacks for their rulings on Musk’s Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) team, efforts to restore government web pages, and the freeze on foreign aid.

Although the U.S. Marshals are responsible for protecting federal judges, their oversight falls under the U.S. attorney general rather than the judiciary itself, a situation that has raised alarms in Congress.

“A judge’s security is dependent in many ways on the Marshals Service who the president appoints to protect the judges, and if a president doesn’t like a decision that’s coming from a judge, theoretically they could pull their security,” warned Rep. Eric Swalwell, a Democrat from California, during a congressional hearing this month.

This year, the Trump administration has already revoked security protections for former military and national security officials who had previously opposed Trump during his first term.

Swalwell suggested that Congress should explore the possibility of establishing an independent security force for judges, separate from the executive branch’s control.

Privatization of U.S. Postal Service Could Lead to Higher Rates and Reduced Service, Experts Say

If the U.S. Postal Service (USPS) were fully privatized, it would likely result in more frequent rate increases, reduced service days, and a restructured network resembling that of FedEx and UPS, according to industry experts.

Former President Donald Trump has proposed the idea of privatizing the nearly 250-year-old institution as part of efforts to address its financial losses. Elon Musk, CEO of Tesla and an influential figure in the Trump administration, also supported the idea during a recent Morgan Stanley conference, according to reports.

However, the prospect of privatization has drawn opposition from postal employees and lawmakers, who argue that it could jeopardize service in rural areas, raise costs, and threaten jobs within the agency. In a video message to USPS employees on February 25, Postmaster General Louis DeJoy acknowledged that any structural changes would ultimately be determined by Congress and the president.

“To the degree possible postal leadership will be involved, so that we ensure the nation’s leaders are aware of how future proposed changes may impact our organization’s ability to serve the American people,” DeJoy stated.

The State of USPS

USPS is already working toward financial stability through DeJoy’s 10-year “Delivering for America” plan, which involves various network adjustments aimed at reducing costs while increasing revenue from package deliveries. Despite these efforts, the agency continues to struggle.

In fiscal year 2024, USPS reported a loss of $9.5 billion, with 80% of the deficit attributed to factors beyond management’s control, such as unfunded pension liabilities. To address these challenges, DeJoy has advocated for administrative and legislative reforms, including changes to pension funding.

The Trump administration and lawmakers are now evaluating whether privatization—turning USPS into a profit-driven enterprise without regulatory constraints—would be beneficial for the country.

Despite its financial struggles, USPS remains a key component of the nation’s infrastructure. A 2018 report by a task force established during Trump’s first term emphasized that its delivery network “is a critical part of the nation’s infrastructure that cannot be replicated by private actors.”

Aaron Alpeter, founder of supply chain consultancy Izba, pointed out that defining USPS’s role is essential before making any structural changes.

“We have to really understand, what is the Post Office?” Alpeter said. “Is it meant to compete with commercial interests that are out there, or is meant to provide a safety net for things that commercial interests are not interested in?”

Currently, USPS faces operational constraints in its cost-cutting efforts. DeJoy noted last June that over half of its carrier routes operate at a loss. However, due to its universal service obligation, the agency cannot simply eliminate these routes, as it is legally required to deliver mail promptly and reliably across the country.

This obligation includes servicing costly-to-reach areas such as Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico. Anthony Pizza, Vice President of Growth and Innovation at SpeedX, a parcel carrier that also operates in Hawaii, highlighted the inherent cost challenges in reaching such locations.

“There’s a certain floor for the cost to move things there,” Pizza explained.

Unlike private courier companies, USPS does not receive tax funding to cover the added expenses associated with delivering to remote areas. Any changes to its universal service obligation would require oversight by Congress and the Postal Regulatory Commission.

Even if privatized, USPS could still be required to maintain certain service standards. For instance, the privatized Royal Mail in the United Kingdom is mandated to deliver and collect letters six days a week at affordable rates.

“If we’re going to keep the service standards as they are today, you have to be very realistic to think about what privatization can actually accomplish,” said Derek Lossing, founder of Cirrus Global Advisors and a former Amazon Logistics leader. “Again, if you look at the Royal Mail, I don’t think it’s accomplished nearly what they thought it could.”

Potential Changes Under Privatization

Experts predict that a privatized USPS would likely scale back its six-day-a-week delivery service in less profitable rural areas to cut costs. This would align with the agency’s existing cost-reduction efforts in remote regions.

Another major shift could involve significantly reducing USPS’s physical footprint of over 33,000 post offices. Lossing suggested that, like UPS, the agency could shift to using local businesses as pickup and drop-off locations instead of maintaining standalone post offices.

“Your footprint would look more like a UPS or FedEx,” Lossing noted.

Expected Rate Hikes

Privatization would also likely lead to more aggressive rate increases. Analysts at Wells Fargo estimated that USPS would need to raise parcel delivery prices by at least 30% to achieve financial independence. Their February 27 research report indicated that USPS’s pricing was 25% to 60% lower than FedEx and UPS in the fourth quarter of 2024, depending on the service.

“I don’t know how they would be able to sustain delivery with the current price structure,” said Helaine Rich, Vice President of Strategic Sales and Administration at ePost Global.

While raising prices and cutting service days might help USPS improve its financial outlook, experts warned that such measures carry significant risks, especially in package delivery. If USPS reduces delivery days in certain areas, businesses and consumers may increasingly turn to alternative carriers.

On the other hand, USPS’s ability to reliably deliver to rural communities remains a competitive advantage, particularly for e-commerce companies seeking nationwide coverage, according to Lossing.

The Wells Fargo report also pointed out that substantial rate hikes by a privatized USPS could benefit competitors like FedEx and UPS by “increasing the floor for” delivery rates. Additionally, higher postage costs could accelerate declines in mail volume as businesses and individuals seek digital alternatives.

The Road Ahead

Instead of fully privatizing USPS, the U.S. government could opt for a partial approach by keeping the mail business under federal control while privatizing the package delivery segment, which competes with private companies. Several experts believe such a model could limit disruptions to mail service while allowing for competitive efficiencies in package shipping.

“I don’t see it happening, obviously, on the letter mail side of things,” Rich said regarding privatization.

No matter the approach, transitioning to a privatized model would be a lengthy process. Mark Waverek, Managing Partner at PlaidMark Management and Consulting Services, compared it to the multi-year restructuring efforts seen in countries like Germany.

“You just can’t snap your fingers and turn it on tomorrow,” Waverek said. “This is going to take a well-thought-out process of what those cuts are going to be, what it’s going to mean to the people on the service side [and] what alternatives are going to be in place. It’s going to take time.”

Mark Carney Sworn in as Canada’s New Prime Minister, Vows to Keep Country Independent from U.S.

Economist and political newcomer Mark Carney has officially taken office as Canada’s new prime minister, delivering a strong message that Canada will “never” become part of the United States.

Carney assumed office on Friday, mere days after winning the leadership of the governing Liberal Party, amid escalating trade tensions with U.S. President Donald Trump.

“We know that by building together, we can give ourselves far more than anyone else can take away,” Carney stated after his swearing-in ceremony.

He replaces outgoing Prime Minister Justin Trudeau, who led Canada for nine years. Carney’s victory in last week’s Liberal leadership contest was decisive, marking a significant shift in the party’s direction.

During his first press conference as prime minister in Ottawa, Carney directly addressed Trump’s previous remarks suggesting Canada could become the 51st U.S. state. “We will never, in any shape or form, be part of the U.S.,” he asserted.

Emphasizing the distinctiveness of Canadian identity, he added, “We are very fundamentally a different country,” later dismissing Trump’s idea as “crazy.”

Carney did not confirm whether he would push for an early federal election, currently scheduled for October, but indicated he would act swiftly to secure “as strong a mandate that is needed for the time.”

One of Carney’s first acts as prime minister was ending a policy that had long been a target of opposition criticism. He repealed the consumer carbon pricing program, a significant environmental policy from Trudeau’s tenure that had become unpopular amid rising inflation.

The carbon tax had been widely criticized by Conservatives, who argued it increased the cost of goods and energy for Canadian households. However, at an afternoon cabinet meeting, Carney clarified that his government remains committed to addressing climate change, noting that the industrial carbon tax on large emitters would remain in place.

Canadians who have been paying into the carbon pricing system will receive their final rebate checks in April.

In recent months, Canadian politics have been largely shaped by Trump’s trade war, which began after he took office in January. With an election on the horizon, Carney is expected to position himself as the most capable leader to handle Trump’s economic policies.

Carney is no stranger to financial crises. He previously served as governor of both the Bank of Canada and the Bank of England, where he played key roles in stabilizing both economies during turbulent times.

Next week, Carney is scheduled to embark on his first international trip as prime minister, visiting the United Kingdom and France.

Despite tensions, Carney expressed a willingness to engage with Trump. “We respect the United States. We respect President Trump,” he stated.

Acknowledging Trump’s policy priorities, Carney added, “President Trump has put some very important issues at the top of his agenda.”

Carney has pledged to maintain Canada’s retaliatory tariffs on specific U.S. goods for as long as Trump upholds the 25% universal tariffs on Canadian products not covered under the Canada-United States-Mexico Agreement (CUSMA).

Given Canada’s economic dependence on trade with the U.S., economists warn that if Trump’s tariffs are fully implemented, Canada could face a recession.

Carney’s new cabinet includes several ministers from Trudeau’s administration, particularly those who have been actively involved in negotiations with the Trump administration.

Key figures retained in the new government include Mélanie Joly, who continues as foreign affairs minister; David McGuinty, who remains in charge of public safety; Jonathan Wilkinson, who stays on as energy minister; and Dominic LeBlanc, who moves from finance to trade. François-Philippe Champagne, formerly industry minister, has been appointed to the finance portfolio.

As Canada prepares for its next federal election, Carney’s primary political rival will be Conservative leader Pierre Poilievre.

Before Trump’s tariff threats, the Conservatives held a commanding 20-point lead in some election polls. However, recent polling suggests a much tighter race.

Speaking after Carney’s swearing-in, Poilievre criticized the Liberals’ tenure, arguing that after nine years in power, they had failed to address key economic challenges. “It will be the same Liberal results,” he remarked.

Poilievre also vowed to take a tougher stance against Trump’s trade policies if elected. “If I were to be elected prime minister, I would face off against President Trump directly, respond with counter tariffs, and take back control,” he declared.

In the upcoming election, the Liberals will not only face the Conservatives, who hold 120 seats in the House of Commons, but also the Bloc Québécois, with 33 seats, and the New Democratic Party (NDP), which currently has 24 seats.

NDP leader Jagmeet Singh reacted to Carney’s swearing-in by criticizing his cabinet selections, arguing that they signal a lack of space for progressive Liberals in the new government.

Singh noted that Carney did not create separate cabinet roles for ministers of women, youth, or people with disabilities. He accused the new prime minister of favoring the wealthy, stating that Carney has made billionaires “very rich at the cost of workers.”

Trump Administration Takes Birthright Citizenship Fight to Supreme Court

The Trump administration is escalating its legal battle to overturn birthright citizenship by bringing the matter before the U.S. Supreme Court. So far, every court that has reviewed Trump’s executive order—issued on his first day in office—has struck it down. Despite these setbacks, Trump remains determined to press forward.

The former president’s claim that birthright citizenship is unconstitutional is widely regarded as an extreme position, given that the Supreme Court ruled against such an argument 127 years ago, and that precedent has remained unchallenged ever since.

The 14th Amendment to the U.S. Constitution clearly states: “All persons born or naturalized in the United States, and subject to the jurisdiction thereof, are citizens of the United States.” However, Trump has repeatedly asserted that not all children born on U.S. soil automatically receive citizenship.

So far, three federal judges across different states have blocked Trump’s executive order attempting to nullify birthright citizenship. Furthermore, three separate appeals courts have refused to lift those rulings. Judge John Coughenour, who was appointed by President Reagan and serves in Washington state, was the first to strike down Trump’s executive order, describing it as “blatantly unconstitutional.”

Nevertheless, on Thursday, the Trump administration submitted three nearly identical petitions to the Supreme Court, seeking to limit the reach of lower court rulings. These nationwide injunctions currently prevent the administration from implementing its new policy on birthright citizenship. By narrowing these injunctions, the administration aims to begin planning for the policy’s potential enforcement.

Stephen Yale-Loehr, a retired Cornell University immigration law professor and co-author of a widely used legal treatise on immigration, believes the Court might be open to granting this temporary limitation. However, he warned, “I think that would cause chaos and confusion as to who was included in the court rulings and who is potentially subject to the birthright citizenship ban if the case goes in favor of the Trump administration on the merits.”

Interestingly, the Trump administration’s petition to the Supreme Court devotes more attention to challenging the ability of lower court judges to issue nationwide injunctions than to the question of birthright citizenship itself. This approach may stem from the fact that certain Supreme Court justices have previously voiced frustration over the broad use of such nationwide rulings. Given the legal difficulties of overturning birthright citizenship, the administration may believe it has a better chance of success by attacking the legitimacy of nationwide injunctions instead.

Ilya Somin, a professor at Antonin Scalia Law School, commented on this legal strategy, stating, “At the very least, they have an indication that they have a better chance on the injunction question than on the [constitutional question] of birthright citizenship.”

However, Republican-led states have frequently relied on nationwide injunctions when challenging policies introduced by the Biden and Obama administrations, yet the Supreme Court did not intervene in those cases. This raises questions about whether the Court would be willing to do so now in response to the Trump administration’s request.

Professor Yale-Loehr suggested that a middle-ground outcome might be likely, allowing the Trump administration to make progress on its efforts to dismantle birthright citizenship without fully achieving its objectives.

“The Supreme Court may well limit the injunctions partially, maybe not to the extent that the Trump Administration wants, but [to the extent] that will allow the Trump administration to claim a political victory,” he explained.

Before making any decision, the Supreme Court justices will first request a response from the opposing side.

White House Criticizes High Tariffs Imposed by India and Other Nations

The White House on Tuesday addressed concerns regarding tariffs imposed by various nations on American goods, specifically mentioning India’s high import duties. White House Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt pointed out that India has levied a 150 percent tariff on American alcohol and a 100 percent tariff on agricultural products. She reiterated that US President Donald Trump is committed to the principle of reciprocity and is advocating for fair and balanced trade practices. Additionally, she criticized Canada, asserting that the country has been unfairly exploiting the United States and American workers for years.

During the press briefing, Leavitt emphasized, “The president is again responding to the fact that Canada has been ripping off the United States of America and hardworking Americans for decades. If you look at the rates of tariffs across the board that Canadians have been imposing on the American people and our workers here, it is egregious.” Her remarks came in response to questions regarding Trump’s planned conversation with Canada’s Prime Minister-designate Mark Carney.

Leavitt went on to highlight the significant tariffs that India and Japan have placed on various American products. She stressed that President Trump’s primary focus remains on safeguarding American businesses and workers’ interests. Offering concrete examples, she stated, “In fact, I have a handy dandy chart here that shows not just Canada but the rate of tariffs across the board. If you look at Canada since you brought it up, American cheese and butter nearly 300 percent tariff. You look at India, 150 percent tariff on American alcohol. Do you think that’s helping Kentucky bourbon be exported into India? I don’t think so. 100 percent tariff on agricultural products from India.”

On Sunday, Trump hinted at the possibility of increasing tariffs against Mexico and Canada. According to Fox News, he expressed concerns that the international community has historically taken undue advantage of the United States.

In response to concerns from business leaders regarding tariff predictability, Trump indicated that future tariff hikes could be on the table. He emphasized the necessity of reversing what he perceives as years of unfair international trade practices. Trump has previously implemented tariffs on Mexico, Canada, and China, citing concerns about border security and fentanyl trafficking into the United States.

On March 7, Trump announced a temporary delay on certain product tariffs for Mexico and Canada, pushing their implementation to April 2. This decision followed discussions with Mexico’s President Claudia Sheinbaum, although he remained critical of Canada’s trade policies.

Recently, Trump also addressed the issue of India’s tariffs, asserting that trading with India is particularly challenging due to its high import duties. He acknowledged that India has agreed to lower some of its tariffs, attributing this development to heightened scrutiny of its trade policies.

Congress Avoids Government Shutdown, Exposing Democratic Divisions

Congress narrowly avoided a government shutdown Friday, mere hours before the deadline, as the Senate approved a spending bill that had already cleared the House. However, the passage of this stopgap measure revealed deep fractures within the Democratic Party.

The legislation, designed to keep the government funded into the fall, now awaits the signature of President Donald Trump, who is expected to approve it.

Senate Democrats faced mounting pressure to reject the Trump-backed bill, and Minority Leader Chuck Schumer, along with other Democrats who facilitated its passage, is now facing backlash from within his party.

The internal discord became increasingly apparent as lawmakers raced against the clock to prevent a shutdown that could have had significant consequences across federal agencies. The episode underscored the Democrats’ ongoing struggle to counter Trump and the Republican dominance in Washington.

Roughly 90 minutes before Senate Republicans averted the shutdown in a near party-line vote, Schumer and nine other Democrats crossed the aisle to advance the bill in a critical procedural vote. Despite mounting pressure from within their caucus to block it entirely, the bill required only a simple majority to pass, and nearly all Democrats who had initially supported the procedural step ultimately voted against it in the final tally.

Schumer defended his decision, arguing that the Democrats faced an impossible dilemma: either shut down the government for an indefinite period to challenge Trump or accept a Republican bill that they believed would slash spending on programs such as veterans’ health care and public services in Washington, DC.

“I believe it is the best way to minimize the harm that the Trump administration will do to the American people,” Schumer stated, explaining his reasoning for enabling the bill’s passage.

“Clearly, this is a Hobson’s choice. The CR is a bad bill, but as bad as the CR is, I believe allowing Donald Trump to take even much more power via a government shutdown is a far worse option,” he continued.

Trump, in turn, praised Schumer for his stance, telling reporters after the vote, “I appreciate Senator Schumer, and I think he did the right thing, really. I’m very impressed by that.”

Despite Schumer’s efforts, discontent within the Democratic Party was palpable. Many Senate and House Democrats viewed the move as a concession, squandering a crucial opportunity to exert leverage against Trump in his second term.

Democrats across the country closely followed the procedural vote, seeing it as a key test of their party’s resolve in standing up to the president.

In the end, the Senate passed the stopgap bill in a 54-46 vote, securing government funding through September 30. Among Democrats, Sen. Jeanne Shaheen of New Hampshire and independent Sen. Angus King of Maine, who caucuses with the party, supported the measure. The only Republican to vote against it was Sen. Rand Paul of Kentucky.

“Once I had voted for cloture, it was an opportunity to pass the bill, and I thought it was more honest to vote for it,” Shaheen told CNN. She added, “I thought, much as I didn’t like the CR, I thought a government shutdown would be worse and would give Trump and Elon Musk and the DOGE operation more of an opportunity to fire people, to shut down agencies and to close the work of the government.”

Following the passage of the stopgap measure, the Senate also approved a separate bill to allow Washington, DC, to maintain control over its funds. This move came after Democrats warned that the Republican funding plan would cut $1.1 billion from the city’s budget. The House must now approve this measure, but its fate remains uncertain.

Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez and other prominent Democrats had urged voters to pressure senators into blocking the bill and taking a stand against Trump’s attempts to dismantle federal agencies. Many within the party now believe Schumer failed this test.

The fallout from Schumer’s decision has reverberated throughout the Democratic Party, with critics emerging from various factions. However, no senators have publicly declared their intention to challenge his leadership.

Earlier in the week, House Minority Leader Hakeem Jeffries led an aggressive effort to whip votes against the bill. In the end, House Democrats lost only one member to the opposing side, but their efforts were insufficient to prevent the bill from passing in the House on Tuesday.

Jeffries declined to comment on whether he had lost confidence in Schumer due to their differing stances on the funding issue. When asked about it on Friday, he simply responded, “Next question.”

Democrats Reflect on Next Steps

In the aftermath of the vote, Senate Democrats are now grappling with how to move forward as a unified caucus, given the internal divisions exposed by the spending bill.

Schumer told CNN’s Jake Tapper on Friday evening that he had anticipated disagreements within his party but maintained that a government shutdown would have been the worse outcome.

“My job as leader is to lead the party and if there’s going to be danger in the near future, to protect the party. And I’m proud I did it, I knew I did the right thing, and I knew there would be some disagreements. That’s how it always is,” he said.

Schumer also defended his leadership position, asserting, “My caucus and I are in sync.”

Sen. Martin Heinrich, the top Democrat on the Senate Energy and Natural Resources Committee, refrained from commenting on whether the party needed new leadership, telling reporters, “That’s a conversation for inside the caucus. I’m not going to debate that out here.”

“I think that Leader Schumer has been very effective in a lot of battles, but we also need to — these are new times, and we need to all come together. And so, you know, second guessing Leader Schumer out here isn’t going to accomplish the kind of community that we’re going to need to be able to stand up to the president. So, we’ll have that conversation inside caucus,” Heinrich added.

Meanwhile, Sen. Mark Warner, the top Democrat on the Senate Intelligence Committee, expressed confidence in Schumer but acknowledged that the caucus had endured a turbulent week.

“I voted no on the CR. I heard that overwhelmingly from folks, and again, recognizing I got tons of federal workers. But I have total respect for the folks who reached another conclusion, and the idea that they would have had a shutdown that would have put us into the abyss with, unfortunately, parts of this administration, doesn’t follow the law,” Warner said.

He further emphasized the need for a broader vision for the party, stating, “I think the Democrats need to have a pro-growth agenda that recognizes fairness, and that is, frankly, not the debate though, that we just took place. That we just took place, it was two awful choices.”

As the Democratic Party regroups following this divisive episode, the long-term implications for party unity and strategy remain uncertain. With tensions still simmering, the coming months will test whether the party can reconcile internal disagreements while continuing to challenge the Republican-led government.

United States Added to CIVICUS Monitor Watchlist Amid Concerns Over Civil Liberties

The United States was added to the CIVICUS Monitor Watchlist on Sunday, a global research tool that tracks the status of freedoms and threats to civil liberties worldwide.

CIVICUS, a global alliance of civil society organizations that includes Amnesty International, cited President Donald Trump’s “assault on democratic norms and global cooperation” as a key reason for the U.S. being placed on the watchlist. In a press release, the organization highlighted the Administration’s decision to cut over 90% of its foreign aid contracts, as well as its executive actions against diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) initiatives, which Trump described as “illegal and immoral discrimination programs.”

“The Trump Administration seems hellbent on dismantling the system of checks and balances which are the pillars of a democratic society,” said Mandeep Tiwana, Interim Co-Secretary General of CIVICUS. He added, “Restrictive Executive Orders, unjustifiable institutional cutbacks, and intimidation tactics through threatening pronouncements by senior officials in the Administration are creating an atmosphere to chill democratic dissent, a cherished American ideal.”

Other nations currently on the watchlist include the Democratic Republic of Congo, Italy, Pakistan, and Serbia.

CIVICUS’ Civic Space Rankings

CIVICUS assesses civil liberties in countries through five categories: open, narrowed, obstructed, repressed, and closed. “Open” is the highest classification, indicating that people can freely exercise their civil liberties, while “closed” is the lowest ranking, where severe restrictions on freedoms exist.

The organization defines a decline in “open civic space” as instances where “repressive legislation curtails free speech and dialogue, obstacles to civil society activities and operations arise, and crackdowns on civil disobedience and peaceful demonstrations occur.”

According to CIVICUS, the U.S. falls under the “narrowed” category, meaning that while most citizens can exercise their rights to free speech, assembly, and expression, there are instances where the government attempts to curb these freedoms.

Crackdowns on Protests and Government Response

CIVICUS pointed to the Biden Administration’s response to pro-Palestinian protests as an example of how civil liberties in the U.S. are being challenged. Advocates took to the streets and staged encampments on college campuses to protest American military assistance and funding to Israel. Students involved in these demonstrations demanded that their universities divest from companies with ties to Israel.

“We urge the United States to uphold the rule of law and respect constitutional and international human rights norms,” Tiwana stated. “Americans across the political spectrum are appalled by the undemocratic actions of the current Administration.”

The White House has rejected CIVICUS’ characterization of the U.S. as a “narrowed” civic space. Deputy Press Secretary Anna Kelly dismissed the report, stating in an email on Tuesday, “This is nonsense: President Trump is leading the most transparent administration in history.”

Concerns About Press Freedom

CIVICUS’ “narrowed” label also reflects concerns about press freedom in the U.S. While a free press exists, the organization noted that regulatory policies and political pressure on media ownership could pose restrictions.

The issue of media independence has been widely debated following recent editorial decisions by major media organizations and regulatory actions. In February, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) launched an investigation into NPR and PBS over concerns that the organizations had violated federal law by airing commercials—an allegation both newsroom CEOs denied. The FCC chair also expressed opposition to public funding for these media outlets.

That same month, Jeff Bezos, the CEO of Amazon and owner of The Washington Post, directed the newspaper to shift the focus of its opinion pages. Bezos told his editorial team that they would be writing “in support and defense of two pillars: personal liberties and free markets.” He added, “We’ll cover other topics too of course, but viewpoints opposing those pillars will be left to be published by others.”

White House Press Access and Media Lawsuit

The White House’s handling of the press has also drawn criticism. In February, the administration announced that it would be selecting the reporters who participate in the press pool. White House Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt defended the decision, stating that it was about “restoring power back to the American people, who President Trump was elected to serve.” However, the move was met with backlash from journalism advocates.

“This move tears at the independence of a free press in the United States,” the White House Correspondents’ Association said in a statement on February 25. “It suggests the government will choose the journalists who cover the president. In a free country, leaders must not be able to choose their own press corps.”

Adding to the concerns over media freedom, the Associated Press has filed a lawsuit against three Trump Administration officials, including Leavitt. The lawsuit claims the news organization was barred from White House press briefings after it refused to comply with an Executive Order signed by Trump in January. The order required media outlets to refer to the Gulf of Mexico as the “Gulf of America,” a rebranding the AP declined to adopt.

Broader Implications

The addition of the United States to the CIVICUS Monitor Watchlist raises broader concerns about the state of democracy and civil liberties in the country. The organization’s assessment suggests that while the U.S. remains a functioning democracy, increasing governmental actions are raising alarms about the erosion of fundamental rights.

As political and legal battles over civil liberties continue to unfold, the U.S. remains under scrutiny from international organizations monitoring the state of democracy and press freedom worldwide.

Schumer Warns Against Government Shutdown, Citing Trump and Musk’s Influence

Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer has cautioned that shutting down the government would grant President Donald Trump and his senior adviser, Elon Musk, excessive authority to continue their workforce reductions unchecked.

“A shutdown would give Donald Trump and Elon Musk carte blanche to destroy vital government services at a significantly faster rate than they can right now,” Schumer warned. “Under a shutdown, the Trump administration would have full authority to deem whole agencies, programs, and personnel nonessential, furloughing staff with no promise they would ever be rehired.” He further emphasized, “In short: a shutdown would give Donald Trump, Elon Musk, and DOGE the keys to the city, state, and country.”

On Thursday, Schumer informed his Democratic colleagues during a closed-door lunch that he would support efforts to advance a House-GOP funding bill, according to sources who spoke with ABC News. This decision would enable Republicans to pass the bill with a simple majority.

Senate Democrats, however, remained reserved in their discussions, holding private meetings as the government funding deadline loomed.

“What happens in caucus, stays in caucus,” remarked Democratic Senator Tammy Baldwin as she exited the weekly lunch.

When pressed for a response, Democratic Senator Cory Booker curtly replied, “Ask somebody else.”

Senator Elizabeth Warren also declined to comment, stating, “I don’t have any comment.”

Some Democrats, speaking anonymously, acknowledged that they likely lacked the votes necessary to block the Republican proposal aimed at keeping the government funded through September. Multiple sources confirmed this to ABC News.

Tensions were high during the closed-door discussions. Senator Kirsten Gillibrand was reportedly so vocal about the repercussions of a government shutdown that her voice could be heard through the walls.

One Democratic senator, choosing to remain unnamed, told ABC News, “We lost this two weeks ago … we should’ve been beating this drum for a month.”

At that time, only Democratic Senator John Fetterman had publicly committed to voting in favor of keeping the government operational.

Fetterman made it clear that he would not be swayed by political maneuvering, maintaining his consistent stance against government shutdowns. He previously urged Republicans to keep the government running when Democrats held control of the Senate.

“Never, ever, ever, ever, ever shut the government down,” Fetterman stated firmly to reporters at the Capitol on Thursday afternoon. “Democrat, Republican, independents, anyone. Never shut the government down. That’s one of our core responsibilities.”

Acknowledging the mounting pressure within his party, Fetterman described the political climate as “spicy” but reiterated his commitment to his principles.

While recognizing that Republicans were challenging Democrats over the shutdown, Fetterman expressed concern about the consequences for furloughed workers and citizens relying on government services. He emphasized that those individuals would be the ones who suffer the most.

With Republicans successfully advancing their funding bill in the House, Fetterman indicated that he viewed the fight as essentially concluded.

Fetterman pointed out that Democrats only hold leverage when Republicans require their votes in the House.

“The GOP delivered, and that effectively iced this out,” he explained. “And that forces us to say, ‘Are you going to shut the government down, or are you going to vote for a flawed CR?’ And now for me, I refuse to shut the government down.”

Meanwhile, Schumer had announced on Wednesday that Senate Democrats would not provide the necessary votes for Republicans to push forward the House-approved measure funding the government through September. Instead, he proposed a temporary one-month funding extension to allow additional time for appropriators to negotiate and finalize long-term spending bills.

As the shutdown deadline approached, both Republicans and the White House shifted blame toward the Democrats.

“If it closes, it’s purely on the Democrats,” President Donald Trump asserted while addressing reporters during a meeting with NATO Secretary General Mark Rutte in the Oval Office on Thursday.

When asked whether he would personally intervene in negotiations with Democrats, Trump responded that he would step in if Republicans requested his involvement. “If they need me, I’m there 100%,” he assured.

Trump Expected to Invoke Wartime Law for Mass Deportations

As early as Friday, former President Donald Trump is anticipated to invoke the Alien Enemies Act—a wartime statute that grants the president the authority to detain or deport natives and citizens of an enemy nation—according to two U.S. officials familiar with the matter. This move would be part of broader efforts to implement mass deportations.

The Department of Defense is not expected to be involved in the execution of this authority, which may allow for the deportation of certain migrants without a hearing.

Discussions regarding the invocation of this act have taken place within the administration, according to multiple sources. Trump had previously indicated during his campaign that he intended to use this law.

The Alien Enemies Act has not been enforced since World War II when it was used to justify the detention of Japanese immigrants who had not obtained U.S. citizenship. However, the larger internment of Japanese Americans was conducted under executive orders issued by President Franklin D. Roosevelt rather than the Alien Enemies Act, as the law does not apply to U.S. citizens.

SpaceX Launches Crew-10, Paving the Way for Astronauts’ Return from Politically Charged Mission

SpaceX has successfully launched a team of astronauts to replace NASA’s Suni Williams and Butch Wilmore on the International Space Station (ISS), enabling the duo to finally return home. Their planned short mission turned into an extended nine-month stay, drawing political attention.

The Crew-10 mission, a routine rotation managed by NASA and SpaceX, lifted off at 7:03 p.m. ET on Friday from Florida’s Kennedy Space Center. A SpaceX Dragon capsule, mounted atop a Falcon 9 rocket, transported the four Crew-10 astronauts—NASA’s Anne McClain and Nichole Ayers, Japan Aerospace Exploration Agency’s Takuya Onishi, and Roscosmos cosmonaut Kirill Peskov—into orbit.

The new crew is scheduled to dock with the ISS around 11:30 p.m. ET on Saturday. Once aboard, they will spend a few days transitioning responsibilities with Williams, Wilmore, and their Crew-9 colleagues, NASA’s Nick Hague and Roscosmos’ Aleksandr Gorbunov.

Since September, the Crew-9 Dragon capsule has remained docked at the ISS. If all goes as planned, Williams, Wilmore, Hague, and Gorbunov will board the spacecraft and begin their journey back to Earth on March 19.

NASA initially planned for Crew-9 to return as soon as Sunday. However, their departure depends on Crew-10’s safe arrival. A scheduled Wednesday launch attempt was postponed due to SpaceX’s ground system issues, further delaying Crew-9’s return.

NASA had previously estimated a late March departure for Crew-9, but in an effort to expedite Williams and Wilmore’s return, SpaceX switched the Dragon capsule originally designated for Crew-10. While technical delays are common in spaceflight, this postponement has rekindled discussions about Williams and Wilmore being “stuck” or “stranded” in space—claims they strongly refute.

“That’s been the narrative from day one: stranded, abandoned, stuck—and I get it, we both get it,” Wilmore told CNN’s Anderson Cooper in February. “Help us change the narrative, let’s change it to: prepared and committed despite what you’ve been hearing. That’s what we prefer.”

Once Crew-10 takes over duties on the ISS, Crew-9 can undock and return to Earth, marking the final stage of Williams and Wilmore’s unexpectedly prolonged mission.

The situation has drawn political scrutiny, with SpaceX CEO Elon Musk and former President Donald Trump suggesting that the Biden administration abandoned the astronauts. However, Williams and Wilmore were aware since last summer that they would return with Crew-9 as part of standard staffing rotations.

During Friday’s launch webcast, NASA’s acting administrator, Janet Petro, mentioned speaking with Williams, Wilmore, and their crew last week.

She noted they likely have “mixed emotions.”

“Every time you get to go to space—which is what all astronauts want to do—you never know it might be your last time, because you might not be selected for another mission,” Petro explained. “So I bet they have mixed emotions leaving their colleagues up there at the space station. I’m sure they’re anxious to get home and put their feet on Earth and spend time with their family—but I think that they have enjoyed their time in space.”

Starliner’s Issues Led to Extended Stay

Williams and Wilmore’s extended mission stems from technical problems with Boeing’s Starliner capsule, which they piloted to the ISS in June during its inaugural crewed test flight. En route, they encountered propulsion malfunctions and helium leaks. These issues prompted NASA to extend their stay while teams assessed the spacecraft’s viability.

By last summer, NASA determined that returning Williams and Wilmore aboard Starliner was too risky. In August, the agency incorporated them into the ISS’s official crew rotation, ensuring their return with Crew-9.

Rather than launching a separate retrieval mission outside regular schedules—an operation that could have cost millions—NASA opted to integrate the astronauts into the standard rotation.

Steve Stich, NASA’s Commercial Crew Program manager, addressed this decision in August, stating, “It just didn’t make sense to go ahead and accelerate a (SpaceX) flight to return Butch and Suni earlier.” He also clarified, “NASA never considered that option”—referring to a dedicated SpaceX mission to bring them home separately.

Despite this, Musk claimed on X that SpaceX had offered to return the astronauts months earlier, but political reasons prevented it.

A former senior NASA official told CNN that no such offer was communicated to NASA leadership. Even if it had been, the agency was unlikely to approve it due to the high costs.

“If Musk had made the offer to someone outside NASA leadership,” the official noted, “I’m sure they would have responded and said, ‘Well, that would cost us several $100 million extra that we don’t have for a new Dragon capsule and Falcon 9.’”

Musk later said he bypassed NASA and presented the offer directly to the Biden White House, which allegedly “refused to allow it.”

It remains unclear why the White House would be involved in such a decision, as crew assignments and ISS operations are typically managed by NASA, not the executive branch. A former White House staffer declined to comment on the matter.

When asked about Musk’s claims, Sarah Walker, SpaceX’s director of Dragon mission management, stated she was not involved in those discussions.

“I’m grateful for the leaders in our nation in the spheres of politics and policy. My sphere is engineering,” Walker said. “What I do know from almost 15 years of working with this exact team, with commercial crew and ISS, is that NASA is always looking at multiple options—every option available for any operation that they may go do—and then many contingency options for when the unexpected inevitably happens.”

Astronauts Respond to Political Debate

Williams and Wilmore have consistently expressed that they are enjoying their time in space.

“This is my happy place,” Williams said in September. “I love being up here in space. It’s just fun. You know, every day you do something that’s work, quote, unquote, you can do it upside down. You can do it sideways, so it adds a little different perspective.”

They have also dismissed claims that they were abandoned.

While acknowledging the mission’s challenges, they have emphasized that they were well-prepared for an extended stay.

“We have plenty of clothes. We are well-fed,” Wilmore assured in January.

Williams added, “It’s just a great team and—no, it doesn’t feel like we’re castaways. Eventually, we want to go home because we left our families a little while ago, but we have a lot to do while we’re up here.”

Wilmore, however, fueled speculation about Musk’s claims in a March 4 news conference from the ISS.

“I can only say that Mr. Musk, what he says is absolutely factual,” Wilmore stated.

However, he clarified, “We have no information on (a deal SpaceX may have offered), though, whatsoever. What was offered, what was not offered, who was offered to, how that process went—that’s information that we simply don’t have.”

Crew-9’s Role in Bringing Williams and Wilmore Home

The SpaceX Dragon capsule designated for Williams and Wilmore’s return launched in September, carrying Hague and Gorbunov along with two empty seats for them.

Since then, the Crew-9 team has carried out routine ISS activities, including spacewalks, experiments, and maintenance. Williams even assumed command of the station.

Their return has always been dependent on Crew-10’s successful launch, as NASA insists on a transition period between crews to maintain station operations.

Returning Crew-9 before Crew-10’s arrival would have left only one U.S. astronaut, Don Pettit, aboard the ISS. Pettit traveled to the station in September on a Russian Soyuz spacecraft. Given that NASA operates the ISS in collaboration with Roscosmos, the European Space Agency, Japan Aerospace Exploration Agency, and the Canadian Space Agency, maintaining a steady U.S. presence is a priority.

Despite a looming government shutdown, NASA spokesperson Steve Siceloff confirmed that the Crew-10 mission remains unaffected, as it is classified as “mission critical.”

“You may see some changes to the broadcast channel if a shutdown does happen,” Siceloff explained regarding NASA TV. “It wouldn’t be a situation where there’s no signal, but you would just probably see less of it.”

Trump Escalates Attacks on Media, Accusing Outlets of Corruption and Illegal Behavior

President Donald Trump intensified his criticism of the media on Friday, delivering some of his most forceful accusations yet. Speaking at the Department of Justice, he baselessly claimed that major news organizations, including CNN, were engaging in corrupt and illegal activities.

During his speech, Trump praised Florida district court Judge Aileen Cannon, whom he had appointed in 2020. Cannon ruled in his favor in January, preventing the Department of Justice from sharing a report regarding Trump’s alleged mishandling of classified documents with Congress.

Trump alleged that the media had unfairly targeted Cannon for this ruling, though he provided no evidence to support his claim. “They do it all the time with judges,” he stated, adding that media outlets “will write whatever these people say.”

“The Washington Post, The Wall Street Journal and MSDNC, and the fake news, CNN and ABC, CBS and NBC, they’ll write whatever they say,” Trump asserted. “And what do you do to get rid of it? You convict Trump.”

Trump further declared that such reporting was illegal, addressing Justice Department employees directly. “It’s totally illegal what they do,” he said. “I just hope you can all watch for it, but it’s totally illegal.”

Although Trump did not initially clarify who he was referring to, he later accused CNN and MSNBC of being “political arms of the Democrat Party.” He added, “In my opinion, they’re really corrupt.”

Both CNN and MSNBC declined to comment on his remarks.

Trump opened his speech by lauding the Justice Department’s past efforts in fighting organized crime. He claimed that under his leadership, the agency would return to its core mission of pursuing “killers, kingpins and spies,” as well as tracking down “terrorists and traitors” and dismantling “corrupt political machines all across America.”

Trump’s insistence on using the Justice Department in this manner aligns with his belief that the Biden administration has unfairly weaponized the agency against him. He claimed, “They weaponized the vast powers of our intelligence and law enforcement agencies to try and thwart the will of the American people.”

However, reports indicate that Trump’s claims lack merit. His two federal indictments were brought by special counsel Jack Smith, who was appointed in November 2022 by then-Attorney General Merrick Garland. While Garland was appointed by President Joe Biden, there is no evidence to suggest Biden personally influenced or ordered the indictments against Trump.

In his speech, Trump cited alleged instances of the Justice Department’s supposed weaponization, but he only mentioned cases that directly impacted him or referenced conspiracy theories popular among far-right circles—many of which have been debunked or are misleading.

Trump’s rhetoric built on his long-standing efforts to frame the press as an adversary to both the people and the government. His message appeared to be that media organizations whose coverage he dislikes could face consequences under a Justice Department reshaped by his administration.

Trump’s willingness to target unfavorable media coverage is not new. He is currently engaged in a civil lawsuit against the Pulitzer Board over its decision to uphold the 2018 National Reporting Prize awarded to The Washington Post and The New York Times for their coverage of Russian interference in the 2016 election and its alleged links to his campaign.

In December, ABC News reached a $15 million settlement in a defamation case brought by Trump. Meanwhile, Paramount Global, which owns CBS News, is still dealing with a Trump lawsuit related to its “60 Minutes” interview with former Vice President Kamala Harris.

Additionally, Trump has imposed a ban on the Associated Press, barring it from the Oval Office and Air Force One over its continued use of the term “Gulf of Mexico.”

Certain government agencies under the Trump administration have also signaled their intent to sever ties with media outlets he disfavors. In February, White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt announced that the administration would cancel $8 million in Politico Pro subscriptions, citing a far-right conspiracy theory as justification.

On Friday, NPR reported that the U.S. Agency for Global Media had terminated its contracts with the Associated Press (AP) and Agence France-Presse (AFP). The agency also indicated it would allow its Reuters contract to expire on March 31.

Trump’s speech made clear that these actions are not isolated decisions but part of a broader campaign against the press—one that he appears intent on continuing and even escalating.

Putin Expresses Willingness for Ceasefire but Sets Tough Conditions

Russian President Vladimir Putin has expressed agreement with the concept of a ceasefire in Ukraine but highlighted the need for further discussions on its terms. He also outlined a series of strict conditions that must be met before peace can be achieved.

Putin was responding to a proposed 30-day ceasefire, which Ukraine accepted earlier this week after negotiations with the United States. However, Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky criticized Putin’s reaction, calling it “manipulative” and urging for additional sanctions against Russia.

Meanwhile, the U.S. imposed new sanctions on Russia’s oil, gas, and banking sectors, further increasing pressure on Moscow.

Russian authorities announced that Putin was scheduled to discuss the ceasefire on Thursday evening with Steve Witkoff, a special envoy of U.S. President Donald Trump, who had arrived in Moscow earlier that day. However, it remains unclear whether the meeting actually took place. On Friday, Russian state media cited air traffic monitoring service Flightradar, which reported that the aircraft believed to have transported Witkoff had already departed from Moscow. Neither Washington nor Moscow have provided any official statements on the matter.

On Thursday night and into Friday morning, both Russian and Ukrainian forces reported enemy drone attacks. Ukraine reported that seven people, including children, were wounded in the northeastern city of Kharkiv. In Russia, authorities confirmed a massive fire at an oil facility in the southern city of Tuapse.

At a news conference in Moscow on Thursday, Putin discussed the ceasefire plan, stating, “The idea is right—and we support it—but there are questions that we need to discuss.” He emphasized that any ceasefire must lead to “an enduring peace and remove the root causes of this crisis.”

“We need to negotiate with our American colleagues and partners,” Putin added. “Maybe I’ll have a call with Donald Trump.”

The Russian president acknowledged that a temporary truce could be beneficial for Ukraine, saying, “It will be good for the Ukrainian side to achieve a 30-day ceasefire. We are in favor of it, but there are nuances.”

One of the major points of contention for Russia is the situation in its western Kursk region. Putin pointed out that Ukrainian forces had launched an incursion there in August, capturing some areas. He claimed that Russia had regained full control of Kursk and that Ukrainian troops in the region were now “isolated.”

“They are trying to leave, but we are in control. Their equipment has been abandoned,” he stated. “There are two options for Ukrainians in Kursk—surrender or die.”

A day earlier, Ukraine’s top commander, Oleksandr Syrskyi, said Ukrainian troops would maintain defensive positions in Kursk as long as necessary, despite mounting pressure from Russian forces.

During his press conference, Putin also raised concerns about how the ceasefire would be implemented. “How will those 30 days be used? For Ukraine to mobilize? Rearm? Train people? Or none of that? Then a question—how will that be controlled?” he asked.

“Who will give the order to end the fighting? At what cost? Who decides who has broken any possible ceasefire, over 2,000km? All those questions need meticulous work from both sides. Who polices it?”

Zelensky, in his nightly video address, accused Putin of preparing to reject the ceasefire in practice, despite not explicitly saying so. “Putin, of course, is afraid to tell President Trump directly that he wants to continue this war, wants to kill Ukrainians,” he said.

He further argued that the Russian president had placed so many conditions on the ceasefire that it was unlikely to succeed. “The Russian leader has set so many preconditions that nothing will work out at all,” Zelensky said.

Putin’s comments and Zelensky’s response have highlighted the deep divisions between the two sides on how to proceed.

Ukraine advocates for a two-step approach: first, an immediate ceasefire, followed by discussions on a long-term peace agreement. However, Russia insists that both issues should be resolved together in a single, comprehensive deal. Neither side appears willing to compromise at this stage.

Ukraine hopes to pressure Russia into agreeing to a ceasefire by portraying it as an unwilling participant in peace talks. Meanwhile, Russia views the situation as an opportunity to raise its broader concerns, including NATO expansion and Ukraine’s sovereignty.

This situation presents a challenge for Donald Trump, who has stated that he wants a swift resolution to the war. He has repeatedly indicated that he aims to bring the conflict to an end in a matter of days.

However, Putin does not appear inclined to cooperate with Trump’s timeline.

Speaking at the White House after Putin’s remarks, Trump said he would “love” to meet the Russian president and expressed hope that Russia would “do the right thing” by agreeing to the proposed 30-day ceasefire.

“We’d like to see a ceasefire from Russia,” Trump stated.

Earlier in the day, during a meeting in the Oval Office with NATO Secretary General Mark Rutte, Trump told reporters that he had already discussed specific details with Ukraine regarding a potential peace agreement.

“We’ve been discussing with Ukraine land and pieces of land that would be kept and lost, and all of the other elements of a final agreement,” Trump explained. “A lot of the details of a final agreement have actually been discussed.”

Regarding Ukraine’s possible NATO membership, Trump remarked, “Everybody knows what the answer to that is.”

In response to Russia’s continued aggression, the U.S. expanded sanctions on Russian oil and gas, making it harder for other countries to purchase Russian energy by restricting access to U.S. payment systems.

Earlier on Thursday, Kremlin aide Yuri Ushakov had already dismissed the U.S.-backed ceasefire proposal.

Meanwhile, on Wednesday, the Kremlin released a video purportedly showing Putin visiting Russia’s Kursk region, wearing military fatigues. Later, Russian officials announced they had recaptured the key town of Sudzha.

The war, which began with Russia’s full-scale invasion of Ukraine in February 2022, has resulted in Russia occupying approximately 20% of Ukrainian territory.

According to data analyzed by the BBC, more than 95,000 Russian soldiers have been killed in the conflict. However, experts believe the actual number is significantly higher.

The Russian military has not officially disclosed its casualty figures since September 2022, when it reported 5,937 deaths.

Ukraine last provided an official death toll in December 2024, when Zelensky stated that 43,000 Ukrainian soldiers and officers had been killed. However, Western analysts consider this figure to be an underestimation.

Trump Threatens 200% Tariff on EU Alcohol Over Whisky Dispute

President Donald Trump has issued a warning that he will impose a 200% tariff on alcohol imports from European Union countries unless the EU removes what he described as a “nasty 50% tariff on whisky.”

Some European alcohol producers have raised concerns, stating that such a tariff would have “devastating” effects on the industry. Meanwhile, a U.S. trade group representing distilleries has expressed its disapproval, stating, “we want toasts, not tariffs.”

This marks another escalation in the ongoing global trade war, which intensified when the U.S. implemented a 25% tariff on all steel and aluminum imports.

In response to these steel and aluminum tariffs, the EU announced plans to increase its own tariffs on up to €26 billion ($28 billion; £22 billion) worth of U.S. goods. This includes higher levies on products such as boats, bourbon, and motorbikes, with the changes set to take effect on April 1.

Amid these tensions, Canada’s Finance Minister, Dominic LeBlanc, and Ontario Premier, Doug Ford, met with U.S. Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnick to discuss ongoing trade disputes between the two neighboring countries.

Following the meeting, Ford expressed optimism, stating that he felt “very positive” about the discussions.

Tariffs remain a key component of Trump’s broader economic strategy. He believes they will strengthen U.S. manufacturing and safeguard American jobs. However, critics argue that, in the short term, these tariffs will lead to higher prices for American consumers.

Tariffs function as taxes imposed on goods imported from foreign countries. The companies responsible for bringing these goods into the country are required to pay the tax to the government.

Trump Expresses Confidence in U.S. Annexing Greenland, Suggests NATO Role

On Thursday, former President Donald Trump voiced confidence that the United States would eventually annex Greenland, even hinting that NATO’s leadership could play a role in making the acquisition possible.

“I think it will happen,” Trump told reporters in the Oval Office during a discussion with NATO Secretary-General Mark Rutte.

Trump further elaborated on the idea, stating that he had not given it much consideration before but saw Rutte as someone who could be instrumental in the process. “And I’m just thinking, I didn’t give it much thought before but I’m sitting with a man that could be very instrumental. You know, Mark, we need that for international security,” Trump said, gesturing toward Rutte.

Rutte acknowledged the strategic importance of Greenland and the Arctic region, particularly given the increasing presence of China and Russia. However, he made it clear that the issue of Trump’s efforts to acquire Greenland was beyond his scope.

“I don’t want to drag NATO in that,” Rutte stated.

Trump’s remarks came shortly after Greenland’s recent parliamentary elections, in which the center-right Demokraatit party emerged victorious. The party advocates for a gradual path toward independence from Denmark.

For months, Trump has been vocal about his interest in the United States acquiring Greenland, which remains a territory of Denmark, a NATO ally. The U.S. already maintains a military base on the island.

Even before assuming office, Trump had refused to rule out military action as a potential means to annex the Arctic territory. Earlier this year, his son, Donald Trump Jr., along with a group of allies, visited Greenland in what was seen as part of the broader push toward acquisition.

US Judges Order Reinstatement of Fired Federal Workers, Call Dismissals a “Sham”

Two U.S. judges have ordered multiple federal agencies to restore the jobs of probationary employees who were dismissed en masse by the Trump administration last month.

In California, District Judge William Alsup described the mass firings as part of a “sham” strategy designed to bypass proper protocols for reducing the federal workforce.

His ruling—followed by a similar one from a judge in Maryland—affects thousands of probationary workers dismissed from various departments, including defense, energy, treasury, and veterans affairs.

The Department of Justice (DOJ) has maintained that the terminations were based on guidance rather than a direct order from the Office of Personnel Management (OPM). The BBC has reached out to OPM for comment.

OPM, traditionally a low-profile agency overseeing the federal government’s civil service, has come under scrutiny as President Donald Trump has moved to shrink the size of the federal workforce.

During a hearing in San Francisco, California, on Thursday, Judge Alsup countered the DOJ lawyer’s arguments, citing termination letters that explicitly stated the firings were carried out under OPM’s instructions.

“That should not have been done in our country,” Judge Alsup stated. “It was a sham in order to avoid statutory requirements.”

Danielle Leonard, an attorney representing a coalition of government employee unions, argued that probationary employees had been specifically targeted because they lacked the right to appeal their dismissals.

Judge Alsup also expressed concern over the firing of a government worker in Albuquerque, New Mexico, who had received top performance ratings yet was dismissed under the pretense of poor performance.

“I just want to say it is a sad day when our government would fire a good employee and say it’s for performance when they know good and well that’s a lie,” Judge Alsup said.

Following Alsup’s ruling, District Judge James Bredar in Baltimore, Maryland, issued a similar order, concluding that the Trump administration had violated regulations and casting doubt on claims that employees had been individually terminated for unsatisfactory performance.

Reacting to the initial ruling, White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt accused Judge Alsup of “attempting to unconstitutionally seize the power of hiring and firing from the executive branch.”

She emphasized that the authority to make such decisions rested with the president, arguing that “singular district court judges cannot abuse the power of the entire judiciary to thwart the president’s agenda.”

“The Trump administration will immediately fight back against this absurd and unconstitutional order,” Leavitt added.

Elon Musk’s name was not explicitly mentioned in the California hearing, but he has been entrusted by President Trump with leading efforts to reduce the federal workforce through the newly formed Department of Government Efficiency, informally referred to as Doge.

“He was on everybody’s mind,” said Luz Fuller, president of a Sacramento branch of the American Federation of Government Employees, which represents over 4,500 workers in Northern California.

The White House has denied that Musk is officially heading the agency, though Trump referred to him as such during his Congressional address last week.

Trump’s Economic Policies Stir Recession Concerns Amid Market Turbulence

During his election campaign last year, Donald Trump assured Americans that he would bring in a new wave of economic prosperity. However, two months into his presidency, his messaging has shifted. He has now warned that lowering prices will be challenging and has advised the public to brace for a “little disturbance” before he can restore wealth to the U.S. economy.

Despite recent data indicating that inflation is cooling, analysts suggest that the likelihood of an economic downturn is rising, with many pointing to his policies as a contributing factor. This raises the question: Is Trump steering the world’s largest economy toward a recession?

Markets React as Recession Risks Escalate

In the U.S., a recession is defined as a prolonged and widespread decline in economic activity, often accompanied by rising unemployment and falling incomes. Recently, several economic analysts have sounded the alarm that the risks of such a scenario are mounting.

A report from JP Morgan has raised the probability of a recession to 40%, up from 30% at the beginning of the year, cautioning that U.S. policies are now “tilting away from growth.” Similarly, Mark Zandi, chief economist at Moody’s Analytics, has increased his estimate of recession odds from 15% to 35%, citing the impact of tariffs.

These warnings have coincided with a significant decline in the S&P 500, which tracks 500 of the largest U.S. companies. The index has now dropped to its lowest point since September, signaling growing fears about the economic future.

Market instability has been partially fueled by concerns over new import taxes, known as tariffs, that Trump has imposed since taking office. His administration has targeted imports from America’s three largest trading partners with these tariffs and has threatened to expand them further. Analysts believe these actions will drive up prices and slow economic growth.

Meanwhile, official data from the U.S. Labor Department shows that inflation eased slightly in February, with prices rising 2.8% over the past year compared to 3% in January. Despite this, Trump and his economic advisors continue to caution the public to expect economic challenges. This marks a stark departure from his first term, when he frequently touted the stock market as a measure of his success.

“There will always be changes and adjustments,” Trump said last week in response to business leaders calling for more economic stability.

His stance has intensified investor concerns regarding his economic strategy. Goldman Sachs recently raised its own recession risk estimate from 15% to 20%, identifying policy changes as the primary threat to economic stability. However, the investment firm also noted that the White House could still “pull back if the downside risks begin to look more serious.”

“If the White House remained committed to its policies even in the face of much worse data, recession risk would rise further,” analysts at Goldman Sachs warned.

Impact of Tariffs, Uncertainty, and Economic Slowdown

For many businesses, the greatest uncertainty stems from Trump’s tariffs, which have increased costs for American companies by imposing taxes on imports. As the administration continues to roll out its tariff plans, many firms are seeing their profit margins shrink. In response, some companies are holding back on new investments and hiring as they try to navigate an unpredictable future.

Investors are also worried about deep cuts to the government workforce and federal spending reductions.

Brian Gardner, chief of Washington policy strategy at the investment bank Stifel, explained that businesses and investors initially assumed Trump was using tariffs as a bargaining tool.

“But what the president and his cabinet are signaling is actually a bigger deal. It’s a restructuring of the American economy,” he said. “And that’s what’s been driving markets in the last couple of weeks.”

Even before these developments, the U.S. economy was experiencing a slowdown, partly due to actions taken by the Federal Reserve, which has kept interest rates elevated to cool economic activity and stabilize prices.

Recently, some economic data has pointed to a more pronounced weakening. Retail sales declined in February, and consumer and business confidence—which had surged following Trump’s election—has since fallen. Major corporations, including airlines, retailers like Walmart and Target, and manufacturers, have all issued warnings about reduced spending.

Some analysts fear that a continued decline in the stock market could lead to even tighter consumer spending, particularly among wealthier households. Since the U.S. economy is heavily dependent on consumer spending, and higher-income households play an increasingly significant role, such a shift could have major repercussions—especially as lower-income families continue to struggle with inflation.

Federal Reserve Chair Jerome Powell attempted to reassure the public in a speech last week, arguing that economic sentiment has not always been a reliable indicator of actual behavior.

“Despite elevated levels of uncertainty, the U.S. economy continues to be in a good place,” Powell stated.

However, the U.S. economy is deeply interconnected with global markets, a reality that adds another layer of complexity to the situation. Kathleen Brooks, research director at XTB, pointed out that these tariffs could create significant disruptions at a time when signs of economic weakness are already emerging.

“The fact that tariffs could disrupt that at the same time that there were signs that the U.S. economy was weakening anyway … is really fueling recession fears,” she said.

Tech Stock Market Correction and AI Bubble Concerns

Not all of the turmoil in the stock market can be attributed to Trump’s policies. Investors were already on edge about the possibility of a market correction, particularly after the substantial gains recorded over the last two years. Much of this growth has been fueled by enthusiasm surrounding artificial intelligence (AI) and the tech sector.

For instance, chipmaker Nvidia saw its share price skyrocket from under $15 at the start of 2023 to nearly $150 by November of last year. Such dramatic increases have sparked debate over whether an “AI bubble” has formed. Many investors are now closely watching for signs that the bubble may burst, which could have significant consequences for the broader market—regardless of what’s happening in the wider economy.

As concerns about the U.S. economy intensify, sustaining the optimism surrounding AI has become even more challenging.

Tech analyst Gene Munster of Deepwater Asset Management expressed his growing doubts on social media this week, admitting that his confidence had “taken a step back” due to the rising likelihood of a recession.

“The bottom line is that if we enter a recession, it will be extremely difficult for the AI trade to continue,” he said.

With the combination of Trump’s economic policies, stock market volatility, and uncertainty in the tech sector, investors and analysts remain on high alert. Whether the administration chooses to adjust its approach in response to mounting risks could determine whether the U.S. economy avoids a full-blown recession or slides into one in the months ahead.

Ukraine Accepts US-Proposed 30-Day Ceasefire, Awaits Russia’s Response

Ukraine has announced its willingness to accept an immediate 30-day ceasefire with Russia, a proposal put forth by the United States following discussions between the two nations in Saudi Arabia.

US Secretary of State Marco Rubio stated that he would present the proposal to Moscow, emphasizing that “the ball is in their court.” However, Russia has yet to issue a public response to the offer.

Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky expressed optimism about the proposal, asserting that it is now Washington’s responsibility to persuade Russia to agree to the “positive” plan.

The meeting in Jeddah on Tuesday marked the first formal engagement between Ukraine and the US since the heated confrontation between Zelensky and US President Donald Trump at the Oval Office on February 28.

In a joint statement, the US declared its commitment to resuming intelligence-sharing and security assistance to Ukraine, which had been previously halted due to the public dispute at the White House.

“Both delegations agreed to name their negotiating teams and immediately begin negotiations toward an enduring peace that provides for Ukraine’s long-term security,” the statement read.
During a press conference in Jeddah late Tuesday, Rubio expressed hope that Russia would accept the ceasefire proposal.
Ukraine, he stated, was “ready to stop shooting and start talking,” adding that if Russia were to reject the proposal, “then we’ll unfortunately know what the impediment is to peace here.”

“Today we made an offer that the Ukrainians have accepted, which is to enter into a ceasefire and into immediate negotiations,” Rubio said.

“We’ll take this offer now to the Russians, and we hope they’ll say yes to peace. The ball is now in their court,” he added.

Trump’s special envoy, Steve Witkoff, who was present at the Jeddah talks, is expected to travel to Russia in the coming days, a source with knowledge of the planning told the BBC. However, this plan remains subject to change.
The proposed ceasefire extends beyond Zelensky’s initial call for a partial truce, which had been limited to air and naval conflicts.

Following the meeting, Zelensky expressed gratitude toward Trump, acknowledging “the constructiveness” of the discussions in Jeddah.

In a video message, he urged Russia to demonstrate its willingness to “stop the war or continue the war.”
“It is time for the full truth,” he declared.

The Kremlin has yet to provide an official reaction. However, on Tuesday, Moscow indicated that it would release a statement after Washington briefed it on the outcome of the discussions.
Prominent Russian lawmaker Kostantin Kosachev remarked that any agreements would be made “on our terms, not American.”

Kosachev, chairman of the Federation Council’s international affairs committee, further stated that “real agreements are still being written… at the front,” underscoring that Russian forces were continuing their advance in Ukraine.
Since launching its full-scale invasion of Ukraine in February 2022, Russia has seized control of approximately 20% of Ukrainian territory.

Meanwhile, at the White House, Trump told reporters that he planned to engage in discussions with Russian President Vladimir Putin, expressing hope that he would agree to the ceasefire.
“It takes two to tango, as they say,” Trump remarked, voicing optimism that the deal could be reached in the coming days.

“We have a big meeting with Russia tomorrow, and some great conversations hopefully will ensue,” he said.
Trump also mentioned that he was open to inviting Zelensky back to Washington.
Maria Zakharova, the Russian Foreign Ministry’s spokeswoman, indicated that Moscow had not ruled out further discussions with US representatives in the coming days, according to Russia’s state-owned news agency Tass.
Asked about whether Trump and Zelensky’s relationship was “back on track,” Rubio dismissed the notion, instead emphasizing that “peace” was the true priority.

“This is not Mean Girls, this is not some episode of some television show,” Rubio stated.

“Today people will die in this war, they died yesterday and—sadly—unless there’s a ceasefire, they will die tomorrow.”
The US and Ukrainian teams convened in Jeddah following a series of overnight drone strikes near Moscow, which left at least three people dead. Russian officials argued that these attacks demonstrated Ukraine’s unwillingness to pursue a diplomatic resolution to the war.

As tensions continue, questions remain about the origins of the conflict.
Why did Putin’s Russia invade Ukraine?

In a significant escalation, the Moscow region suffered its largest drone attack since the start of the full-scale war.
Additionally, Ukraine hopes that an agreement with the US regarding critical minerals will help secure Washington’s continued support.

During the talks, Trump and Zelensky reaffirmed their commitment to finalizing a key minerals agreement “as soon as possible,” according to their joint statement.

Ukraine has proposed granting the US access to its rare earth mineral reserves in exchange for American security guarantees. However, this arrangement was previously disrupted by tensions at the White House.
Rubio clarified that the minerals agreement was not a primary focus of Tuesday’s discussions, but had instead been negotiated separately by the US and Ukrainian treasuries.

Also present at the Jeddah meeting was US National Security Adviser Mike Waltz.
The joint US-Ukraine statement emphasized Kyiv’s stance that Europe must play a role in any future peace process.
Washington’s evolving approach to the conflict—including efforts to sideline European nations in negotiations—has sparked emergency meetings among European leaders in recent weeks.

European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen welcomed the “positive development” emerging from Tuesday’s discussions.

The pursuit of a swift resolution to the war in Ukraine has been a major policy objective for the US president.
Trump has increasingly pressured Zelensky to accept a ceasefire, though he has refrained from providing the immediate security guarantees that the Ukrainian leader has insisted upon.

On Friday, Trump issued an unusual warning of additional sanctions against Moscow as part of his efforts to broker a deal. Russia is already heavily sanctioned by the US over the war.

Trump justified the potential new measures by stating that “Russia is absolutely ‘pounding’ Ukraine on the battlefield right now.”

Meanwhile, hostilities continued on the ground on Tuesday.

In the Moscow region, three men were killed in what Russian officials described as the most extensive drone assault on the Russian capital since the beginning of the full-scale war.

Health authorities reported that an additional 18 people, including three children, sustained injuries in the attacks.
According to Russia’s defense ministry, a total of 337 drones were intercepted across Russian territory, with 91 of them being shot down over the Moscow region.

Ukraine also faced continued bombardment, with officials reporting Russian drone strikes on Kyiv and multiple other regions.

Ukraine’s air force claimed to have intercepted 79 of the 126 drones launched by Russia, along with an Iskander-M ballistic missile.

At the time of reporting, there were no immediate details on casualties resulting from the Ukrainian strikes.

Immigration Drove All U.S. Population Growth in 2022-23 for the First Time Since 1850

For the first time since the U.S. Census Bureau began tracking nativity data in 1850, all population growth in the country during the 2022-23 period was due to immigration rather than births, a migration research institute reported Wednesday.

The Migration Policy Institute (MPI) attributed this trend to declining birth rates in the U.S., noting that immigration was the sole driver of population growth. The findings were part of MPI’s latest edition of “Frequently Requested Statistics on Immigrants and Immigration in the United States.”

Between 2022 and 2023, the immigrant population expanded by 1.6 million, reaching a record 47.8 million by 2023. This marked a 3.6% increase in the foreign-born population, the highest annual growth since 2010, according to the institute’s analysis.

Despite the increase in numbers, the proportion of foreign-born individuals in the U.S. stood at 14.3% of the total population. This remains slightly below the historical peak of 14.8% recorded in 1890, MPI noted.

MPI’s report highlighted that nearly three-quarters, or 73%, of immigrants residing in the U.S. have legal status. Almost half of them are naturalized citizens. Other legally present individuals include green-card holders (permanent residents), refugees, and individuals granted asylum. Additionally, those with long-term visas, such as students, temporary workers, and individuals in other visa categories, are also considered legally present.

Meanwhile, birth rates in the U.S. declined to an all-time low in 2023, dropping 2% from the previous year, according to data from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). The country’s fertility rate decreased from 56 births per 1,000 females aged 15-44 in 2022 to 54.5 births per 1,000 in 2023.

The Census Bureau initially collected nativity data in 1850, when immigrants numbered 2.2 million and comprised 10% of the total U.S. population.

This demographic shift comes at a time when U.S. immigration policy is undergoing significant changes. The Trump administration has introduced several measures aimed at restricting immigration, primarily targeting unauthorized entries. However, some legal immigration and naturalization pathways have also been affected by these policy shifts.

Americans Disapprove of Trump’s Economic Stewardship, CNN Poll Shows

A new CNN poll conducted by SSRS reveals that a majority of Americans are dissatisfied with President Donald Trump’s handling of the economy, despite his approval ratings on other key issues reaching some of their highest levels during his presidency.

With financial markets experiencing declines and investors expressing concerns over Trump’s trade policies, 56% of Americans disapprove of his economic management—the worst rating he has received on this issue during his presidency. In contrast, 51% of respondents approve of his immigration policies, particularly his stricter enforcement measures, marking a 7-point increase from previous approval levels during his tenure.

Public opinion is divided regarding Trump’s management of the federal budget and government operations, with 48% approving and about half disapproving in both areas. His approval ratings are even lower for health care policy (43%), foreign affairs (42%), and tariffs (39%).

Currently, Trump’s overall job approval stands at 45%, while 54% disapprove. These figures align with his ratings from March 2017 and match the highest approval ratings of his presidency. Meanwhile, 35% of Americans believe the country is on the right track—an increase from 29% in January, driven largely by a surge in optimism among Republicans. However, Trump’s approval remains highly polarized, with Republicans being roughly ten times more likely than Democrats to view his performance favorably.

A broad consensus exists across party lines that Trump has taken a unique approach to presidential power. An overwhelming 86% of Americans, including more than three-quarters of both Democrats and Republicans, believe his exercise of presidential authority differs significantly from past presidents. Nearly half (49%) consider this a negative shift, while 37% see it as a positive change. Only 14% believe his governing style aligns with historical presidential norms.

Economic Concerns Dominate Voter Priorities

Economic issues remain the primary concern for Americans, with 42% ranking the economy as the top issue out of a list of seven. This is more than twice the percentage who identified any other issue as their biggest concern, including democracy (19%), the functioning of the federal government (14%), immigration (12%), health care (6%), foreign policy (3%), and climate change (2%).

Across party lines, the economy remains a key focus. Among Democrats, concerns about democracy slightly outweigh economic worries (36% versus 33%). However, among Republicans and independents, the economy is the dominant concern, with 45% in both groups selecting it as the top issue.

Trump’s perceived ability to deliver change and effectively manage the government has improved since his first term. Currently, 50% of Americans believe he can bring necessary change, and 49% think he can manage the government efficiently. Both figures have risen from 43% and 42%, respectively, in November 2019. Additionally, 51% believe Trump possesses the stamina and mental sharpness required for the job, though fewer consider him an effective world leader (46%) or believe he respects the rule of law (38%).

Concerns Over Musk’s Role and Government Downsizing

Trump’s return to office has been marked by efforts to cut federal spending and reduce the government workforce. However, the public’s reaction to these initiatives—and to the prominent role Trump has given tech billionaire Elon Musk—has been largely negative.

Only 35% of Americans hold a favorable view of Musk, compared to 53% who view him negatively, with 11% expressing no opinion. This makes Musk both more recognizable and more unpopular than Vice President JD Vance, whom 33% view positively and 44% unfavorably, with 23% undecided.

Skepticism about Musk’s role in government is widespread. About 60% of Americans believe he lacks the necessary experience and judgment to influence government operations. Even among Trump supporters who back government reform, 28% doubt Musk’s ability to carry out such changes effectively.

Public opinion is also split on Trump’s government reforms. A majority (55%) believe his administration’s changes are primarily intended to advance his political agenda, while 45% see them as necessary for improving government efficiency.

When asked about the potential impact of Trump’s federal budget cuts, 62% express concern that the reductions could go too far and result in the elimination of essential programs. Meanwhile, 37% worry that the cuts do not go far enough in eliminating fraud and waste. Partisan divisions are stark: 90% of Democrats and 69% of independents fear the loss of crucial government programs, while 73% of Republicans are more concerned about the persistence of government inefficiencies.

Lingering Doubts From Trump’s First Term

Many of the opinions surrounding Trump’s second presidency mirror those from his first term. Only 40% of Americans believe he genuinely cares about people like them, and just 34% think he can unite the country—figures that remain largely unchanged since 2019.

Strong disapproval of Trump’s presidency continues to surpass strong approval. In this latest survey, 41% of Americans say they strongly disapprove of Trump, compared to 26% who strongly approve.

A consistent trend throughout Trump’s political career has been the public’s skepticism about whether he has the right priorities. In the latest poll, 57% say he has not focused on the country’s most pressing issues. Furthermore, 59% of respondents consider Trump’s views and policies to be too extreme, up slightly from 54% of registered voters who held this view last September, just before his reelection.

Despite widespread criticism, some Americans express nuanced opinions about Trump’s policies and leadership. For instance, 12% approve of his handling of immigration but disapprove of his economic management. Similarly, 15% believe Trump fails to respect the rule of law but still think he can bring necessary change to the country.

Methodology and Survey Details

The CNN poll, conducted by SSRS, surveyed a random national sample of 1,206 U.S. adults from March 6-9. The participants were selected from a probability-based panel, with interviews conducted online or by telephone with a live interviewer. The margin of error for the overall results is ±3.3 percentage points.

Recession Fears Grip Markets Amid Policy Uncertainty

Just 20 days ago, the U.S. stock market was at record highs, the economy was expanding steadily, and a recession seemed far from reality. However, in a dramatic turnaround, concerns about an economic downturn are now widespread.

Worries about a potential recession are rattling the stock market, leading to downward revisions in GDP forecasts. Meanwhile, President Donald Trump and his economic advisors are facing increased scrutiny regarding the possibility of a recession but have so far failed to calm growing unease.

On Tuesday, U.S. stocks declined again, unable to recover from Monday’s sharp losses. The Dow fell by approximately 400 points (about 1%), and the Nasdaq continued its slide after suffering its worst day in two and a half years.

Selling pressure intensified following Trump’s announcement of a 50% tariff on steel and aluminum imports from Canada, with warnings that additional tariffs might follow.

The swift shift in investor sentiment is striking. Just a few months ago, there were concerns that the economy was performing too strongly, yet now, fears of a serious downturn have taken hold.

Despite the market’s turbulence, the U.S. economy does not appear to be on the verge of an imminent recession. Economic growth remained solid at the end of last year, and the first quarter has yet to conclude. Furthermore, the job market remained on an upward trajectory in January and February.

It is far too soon to declare that a recession—a prolonged economic slump marked by widespread job losses, bankruptcies, and foreclosures—is inevitable.

Previous recession alarms have, in hindsight, been overblown. The 2022 panic, for instance, included predictions that placed the likelihood of a recession at 99%.

However, economists now acknowledge that the risk of a recession has increased, even if it remains relatively low.

Uncertainty surrounding Trump’s economic policies—particularly his tariff strategies—is a significant factor fueling market instability.

“This is a very resilient economy. It can take a licking and keep on ticking. But it doesn’t like this uncertainty,” said David Kelly, chief global strategist at JPMorgan Asset Management.

On Monday, former Treasury Secretary Larry Summers expressed concern, telling CNN that a recession is a “real possibility.”

“We’ve got a real possibility of a vicious cycle where a weakening economy leads to weaker markets, and then weaker markets lead to a weakening economy,” Summers said during an interview.

Business Community Faces Uncertainty

Kelly described the economy and financial markets as suffering from an “uncertainty tax” stemming from questions about Trump’s tariffs, federal spending reductions, and widespread federal job cuts.

“Right now, a lot of businesspeople are like deer in headlights. That’sa very dangerous place to be,” he warned.

Bill Dudley, former president of the New York Federal Reserve, echoed these concerns in an interview with CNN on Monday. While he called it “premature” to predict a recession, he acknowledged that the risk has “definitely gone up.” Dudley attributed this to confusion surrounding trade policy.

“Tariffs have two effects: One, they push up prices. And two, they push down growth,” he explained. “The Trump administration is making things worse with this on-again, off-again approach. The uncertainty level is higher than it needs to be.”

Summers emphasized the importance of stability in financial markets, noting that they have instead experienced “surprise after surprise after surprise.”

“All of this emphasis on tariffs and all of the ambiguity and uncertainty created about tariffs has, ironically, both chilled demand, made businesses not invest, made consumers think they should hold off before making big spending commitments,” he said.

Market Declines Intensify

The market turmoil has continued to escalate.

Following its worst week in six months, the S&P 500 declined nearly 3% on Monday. The index has now fallen about 9% since reaching its all-time high on February 19.

“The stock market is losing confidence in the Trump 2.0 policies,” Ed Yardeni, president of investment advisory Yardeni Research, said in a phone interview with CNN. “Everything is at risk now, mostly because of the administration’s rush to establish so many objectives in a very short period of time — with unintended consequences.”

CNN’s Fear & Greed Index, which measures market sentiment, plunged further into “extreme fear” territory on Monday, a sharp shift from the “neutral” rating of just a few weeks prior.

Tech stocks have been particularly hard hit as investors flee from riskier assets in favor of defensive sectors such as utilities, healthcare, and consumer staples.

On Monday, the Nasdaq tumbled 4%—its biggest one-day drop since September 2022. The losses were led by the “Magnificent 7,” a group of seven high-growth tech stocks that previously seemed unstoppable. Tesla saw its stock price plunge 13%, while Nvidia, Apple, and Alphabet each dropped by more than 5%.

Potential Real-World Economic Impact

It is important to note that stock market fluctuations do not always directly reflect economic conditions.

Unemployment remains low at 4.1%, and the U.S. economy continued adding jobs in February, marking the 50th consecutive month of employment growth—the second-longest uninterrupted job growth period in modern history.

However, there is a risk that ongoing market instability could spill over into the broader economy.

Consumer confidence, which has already been declining in recent months, may fall further as Americans become increasingly aware of the market turmoil. A decline in consumer sentiment could negatively impact spending, which serves as the primary driver of the U.S. economy.

Delta Air Lines revised its profit outlook downward on Monday, citing deteriorating corporate and consumer confidence as factors dampening travel demand.

Yardeni raised concerns about the “negative wealth effects” that could arise if market losses continue.

“Trump is going to have to rethink his notion that it’s okay to let the market go down while he is experimenting with tariffs and slashing federal payrolls,” he said.

Another troubling sign is the growing number of corporate bankruptcies.

According to S&P Global Market Intelligence, there were 129 U.S. corporate bankruptcies in the first two months of 2025—the highest figure for this period since 2010, when the country was still reeling from the Great Recession.

Goldman Sachs Raises Recession Odds

Concerns over heightened tariffs prompted Goldman Sachs to increase its recession probability estimate on Friday, though the revision was modest. The investment bank now projects a 20% chance of a recession within the next 12 months, up from its previous 15% estimate.

“We raised it by only a limited amount at this point because we see policy changes as the key risk, and the White House has the option to pull back if the downside risks begin to look more serious,” Goldman Sachs economists wrote in a note to clients.

Essentially, Goldman Sachs is betting that Trump will reverse course on tariffs if a recession becomes more likely.

However, if Trump refuses to change course, the risk of a downturn will increase.

“If the White House remained committed to its policies even in the face of much worse data,” the Goldman Sachs economists cautioned, “recession risk would rise further.”

Another major question is how the Federal Reserve will respond to these economic uncertainties.

Dudley, the former New York Fed president, pointed out that Trump’s tariff policies complicate the Fed’s decision-making by simultaneously pushing prices higher while slowing economic growth.

This could leave the Fed in a difficult position, making it reluctant to either raise or lower interest rates.

“I wouldn’t be surprised if the Fed is locked on hold for many, many months,” Dudley said. He added that while some Wall Street analysts expect a rate cut in May, he believes that timeline is “way too soon.”

The U.S. economy has demonstrated significant resilience in recent years.

It has weathered COVID-19 variants, supply chain disruptions, a 40-year high in inflation, and the Federal Reserve’s aggressive efforts to combat inflation.

However, it now faces a fresh challenge—one largely driven by policy uncertainty in Washington.

Tulsi Gabbard Set to Visit India as Part of Indo-Pacific Tour

Tulsi Gabbard, who served as the Director of National Intelligence during Donald Trump’s administration, is preparing to visit India as part of a broader multi-nation tour across the Indo-Pacific.

Providing insights into her trip, Gabbard stated that her visit is intended to bolster ties and encourage transparent communication to further President Trump’s objectives of promoting peace and freedom.

“I am wheels up on a multi-nation trip to the Indo-Pacific, a region I know very well having grown up as a child of the Pacific. I’ll be going to Japan, Thailand, and India, with a brief stop in France enroute back to DC (sic),” Gabbard shared on Twitter.

This marks Gabbard’s first trip to India since she took office as the Director of National Intelligence. Additionally, she is the first female combat veteran to assume the role in Trump’s second administration.

Back in February, Prime Minister Narendra Modi had a meeting with Gabbard in Washington during his U.S. visit. Notably, she was the first U.S. official to meet Modi at Blair House.

Following the meeting, PM Modi tweeted about their discussion on different aspects of India-U.S. relations.

“Met USA’s Director of National Intelligence, Tulsi Gabbard in Washington DC. Congratulated her on her confirmation. Discussed various aspects of the India-USA friendship, of which she’s always been a strong votary,” PM Modi wrote on X.

Gabbard’s Indo-Pacific tour will commence in Honolulu, where she will meet Intelligence Community partners, senior officials of the U.S. Indo-Pacific Command, and U.S. troops undergoing training. However, she has not yet disclosed when she will be arriving in India.

A former representative of Hawaii’s 2nd Congressional District in the U.S. House of Representatives, Gabbard holds the distinction of being the first Hindu elected to the U.S. Congress.

US Secretary of State Sees Promise in Ukraine’s Partial Ceasefire Proposal Ahead of Saudi Talks

The United States’ top diplomat has expressed optimism about Ukraine’s proposal for a partial ceasefire with Russia, viewing it as a potential step toward ending the ongoing war. This statement comes just before scheduled discussions in Saudi Arabia on Tuesday between US and Ukrainian officials.

“I’m not saying that alone is enough, but it’s the kind of concession you would need to see in order to end the conflict,” said US Secretary of State Marco Rubio on Monday.

During the upcoming negotiations in Jeddah, Kyiv is expected to put forward a proposal for an aerial and naval ceasefire with Russia. However, Moscow has previously dismissed such ideas, arguing that any temporary truce would merely serve as a stalling tactic to prevent Ukraine’s military from collapsing.

In a separate event, at least three individuals lost their lives in what was described as a “massive” overnight drone assault on Moscow and its surrounding areas, according to Governor Andrei Vorobyev. The attack damaged seven apartments in a residential complex.

Moscow Mayor Sergei Sobyanin reported that 74 drones aimed at the city were intercepted and shot down. He further stated that debris from a downed drone damaged the roof of one building.

The drone strike led to temporary disruptions in one of Moscow’s district train networks and imposed flight restrictions at the city’s airports.

Meanwhile, Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky arrived in Saudi Arabia on Monday to meet Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman. However, he is not expected to take a formal role in the negotiations between US and Ukrainian representatives.

In a video message late on Monday, Zelensky expressed his hopes for “a practical result” from the discussions, stating that Ukraine’s stance would be “absolutely constructive.”

The Ukrainian delegation at the talks will include Andriy Yermak, Zelensky’s chief of staff, along with the country’s national security adviser and several foreign and defense ministers.

On the US side, Rubio will lead the delegation alongside National Security Adviser Mike Waltz and US Middle East envoy Steve Witkoff.

Speaking before his arrival in Jeddah, Rubio emphasized the importance of clarifying Ukraine’s stance on a potential peace agreement. He noted that both sides must prepare for tough compromises if the conflict is to be resolved.

“I’m not going to set any conditions on what they have to or need to do,” he said. “We want to listen to see how far they’re willing to go, and compare that to what the Russians want, and then see how far apart we truly are.”

Rubio stressed that both Ukraine and Russia must acknowledge that “there’s no military solution” to the war and that diplomacy is the only viable path forward.

Meanwhile, reports from Bloomberg and Axios suggest that Witkoff is scheduled to meet Russian President Vladimir Putin in Moscow later this week, though the Kremlin has not officially commented on the matter.

The discussions in Jeddah coincide with increased pressure from US President Donald Trump on Zelensky to agree to a ceasefire with Russia. Notably, this push comes without any firm commitments from the US regarding security guarantees for Ukraine.

This meeting marks the first official encounter between US and Ukrainian officials since Zelensky’s contentious visit to the White House last month. That meeting reportedly ended in frustration, leading the US to suspend military aid and intelligence sharing with Ukraine—a move seen as an attempt to push Kyiv toward negotiations.

Rubio suggested that the suspension of aid could be reversed depending on the outcomes of Tuesday’s discussions.

“The pause came about because we felt that they [Ukraine] were not committed to any sort of peace process,” he explained. “If that changes, obviously our posture can change.”

He added, “The president is going to use whatever tools he has at his disposal to try to get both sides to that table so this war will end.”

Earlier on Monday, Trump’s special envoy, Steve Witkoff, expressed optimism about the upcoming negotiations, saying he expected “substantial progress.”

When asked if he believed Zelensky would return to the US later in the week to sign a minerals agreement, Witkoff told Fox News, “I am really hopeful. All the signs are very, very positive.”

Zelensky has previously signaled willingness to sign a minerals deal with the US, which would create a joint fund derived from the sale of Ukrainian minerals.

According to Witkoff, the Saudi Arabia talks will cover multiple topics, including security protocols for Ukraine and territorial issues.

He emphasized that, despite the suspension of military aid, the US had not cut off intelligence sharing for any defensive needs that Ukraine might have. Trump also told Fox News on Sunday that he had “just about” lifted the intelligence-sharing freeze on Ukraine.

UK Prime Minister Sir Keir Starmer also spoke with Trump ahead of the Jeddah talks. According to a statement from Downing Street, Starmer conveyed that “he hoped there would be a positive outcome to the talks that would enable US aid and intelligence-sharing to be restarted.”

Russia launched its full-scale invasion of Ukraine in February 2022 and currently controls roughly one-fifth of Ukraine’s territory, including Crimea, which it annexed in 2014.

Markets Plunge Amid Tariff Concerns as Spending and Ukraine Talks Take Center Stage

President Donald Trump remained off-camera today, an unusual move for him, as the U.S. stock market experienced a sharp decline. This drop followed Trump’s reluctance to rule out the possibility of a recession. When questioned about the market downturn, the White House attributed the president’s economic policies to increased investment and emphasized his first-term economic track record. However, the primary factor behind the market selloff was growing uncertainty over the impact of Trump’s tariffs.

As a deadline looms, a potential government shutdown is becoming a pressing concern. The president has urged Republican lawmakers to maintain unity and support a temporary funding measure before Friday’s cutoff to prevent a shutdown. Meanwhile, House Democratic Leader Hakeem Jeffries has advised his party members to oppose the proposal. This opposition puts Republican Speaker Mike Johnson in a precarious position, as his slim majority in the House leaves little margin for error.

On the international stage, discussions about the Ukraine war are gaining momentum. U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio stated that the U.S. wants to understand what compromises Ukraine might be willing to consider in negotiations with Russia. His remarks came just ahead of a crucial meeting between U.S. and Ukrainian officials in Saudi Arabia, where these potential concessions will be discussed.

Judge Rules DOGE Likely Subject to FOIA Requests

A federal judge determined Monday that the U.S. Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) is likely subject to the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), a law designed to promote transparency by allowing the public to access government records.

The decision, issued by U.S. District Court Judge Casey Cooper, represents a significant victory for watchdog organizations and others seeking insight into DOGE’s operations. The department, which has been instrumental in President Trump’s efforts to revamp federal bureaucracy, is spearheaded by Elon Musk.

Despite the ruling, the immediate release of DOGE records remains uncertain. The government has the option to appeal Cooper’s decision, which could delay the disclosure of documents requested by the Citizens for Responsibility and Ethics in Washington (CREW), the group that filed the lawsuit.

In the meantime, Cooper has issued a preservation order requiring the administration to safeguard the records CREW has requested. Should DOGE fail to take proper measures to retain its documents, it could face legal consequences, including contempt charges.

The judge found that the Trump administration failed to counter the argument that DOGE possesses “substantial independent authority,” thereby making it subject to FOIA regulations. He pointed out that Trump’s executive orders related to DOGE appeared to “endow USDS with substantial authority independent of the President.” Additionally, public statements from both Trump and Musk suggested that DOGE was actively exercising significant decision-making power.

Rejecting claims that DOGE merely serves in an advisory capacity, Cooper noted Musk’s frequent social media posts boasting about the agency’s sweeping changes. “These statements and reports suggest that the President and USDS leadership view the department as wielding decision-making authority to make cuts across the federal government,” Cooper stated.

GOP Faces Internal Divide Over Stopgap Spending Bill

Two conservative Republican lawmakers informed CNN on Monday that they currently oppose a House GOP proposal to fund the government through September. Their opposition signals a potential hurdle for Speaker Mike Johnson and President Trump, who must rally enough support within their own party to pass the bill and avert a shutdown.

With House Democrats expected to vote against the legislation, Johnson can only afford one Republican defection. However, GOP Representative Thomas Massie has already stated his opposition, making the margin for error even smaller. If Congress fails to approve funding legislation by the end of the week, the government will shut down after 11:59 p.m. ET on Friday.

Republican Representatives Tim Burchett and Rich McCormick expressed reservations about the bill, although they have not yet spoken with Trump directly. “Currently, but I’d like to talk some more,” Burchett remarked when asked about his stance. He emphasized his concern about military spending and called for greater oversight.

The Tennessee lawmaker acknowledged that he appreciates aspects of Johnson’s proposal, which includes $13 billion in domestic spending cuts and an additional $6 billion allocated for defense. However, he took issue with “the fact that they push it over to the war pimps at the Pentagon, once again.”

McCormick, representing Georgia, was more direct in his opposition. When asked if he would support the bill, he replied, “Nope.” He argued that extending current funding levels until the fiscal year’s end while postponing decisions on federal cuts gives excessive power to the executive branch, circumventing the constitutional appropriations process.

When pressed on whether he was firmly against the bill, McCormick remained noncommittal. “No, I refuse to paint myself into the corner,” he said.

Kennedy Moves to Close FDA Loophole on Food Safety

Robert F. Kennedy Jr., who serves as the U.S. Secretary of Health and Human Services, announced Monday that he has instructed the acting commissioner of the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) to take steps toward eliminating a controversial regulation known as Generally Recognized As Safe (GRAS).

This rule, part of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, allows certain food additives to bypass premarket approval requirements if experts have determined them to be safe for consumption. The FDA states that substances intentionally used as food additives must receive approval “unless the substance is generally recognized, among qualified experts, as having been adequately shown to be safe under the conditions of its intended use.”

Initially, the GRAS designation was intended for common ingredients such as sugar, vinegar, and baking soda. However, in the late 1990s, the FDA found itself overwhelmed by an increasing number of requests for additive approvals. To manage this, the agency implemented a voluntary GRAS notification program to ensure that these ingredients remained safe for their intended use.

The voluntary nature of this system, however, has led to concerns about regulatory oversight. The FDA itself has acknowledged that this guidance “does not establish legally enforceable responsibilities.” Critics argue that manufacturers can exploit this loophole by introducing new additives into food products without formally notifying regulators.

A 2022 study by the Environmental Working Group revealed that since 2000, nearly 99% of newly approved food-contact chemicals were cleared by the food and chemical industries rather than the FDA. Over this 22-year period, food manufacturers requested FDA approval for a new chemical only 10 times, according to the analysis.

“By 1997, FDA had tentatively concluded that it could no longer devote substantial resources to the GRAS affirmation petition process,” the agency states on its website. This led to the establishment of the voluntary notification program, which has since been criticized for lacking sufficient regulatory enforcement.

Kennedy’s move to eliminate GRAS could mark a significant shift in food safety policy, closing a loophole that has allowed manufacturers to introduce additives with minimal oversight.

Trump Claims India Agrees to Cut Tariffs “Way Down” Amid Trade Talks

US President Donald Trump asserted on Friday, February 7, that India had agreed to significantly lower its tariffs, attributing the decision to increased scrutiny of the country’s trade practices. “Somebody is finally exposing them for what they’ve done,” Trump remarked.

His comments came shortly after New Delhi, in response to Trump’s earlier threat of reciprocal tariffs, stated that negotiations for a trade deal remained ongoing. The discussions were initially announced during Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s visit to Washington.

Speaking to the media from the Oval Office, Trump criticized India’s trade barriers, calling them excessive. “India charges massive tariffs on American goods. You can’t even sell anything into India, it’s almost restrictive—it is restrictive. You know, we do very little business inside,” he said.

Trump continued: “They’ve agreed—by the way, they want to cut their tariffs way down now because somebody’s finally exposing them for what they’ve done.”

This was one of many instances where Trump had expressed frustration over Indian tariffs since taking office. Earlier in the week, he had threatened to impose reciprocal tariffs, including non-monetary measures, starting April 2.

When asked to comment on Trump’s Tuesday remarks, Randhir Jaiswal, spokesperson for India’s Ministry of External Affairs, reiterated that both countries were focused on finalizing a trade deal that would be beneficial for both sides.

“I would like to repeat what we had mentioned there. Our objective through the BTA [bilateral trade agreement] is to strengthen and deepen India-US two-way trade across goods and services, increase market access, reduce tariff and non-tariff barriers, and deepen supply chain integration between the two countries,” Jaiswal stated.

He added, “So, that is how we look at the issue of tariffs as far as India-US is concerned.”

When asked whether Washington had assured India against reciprocal tariffs or if Trump’s comments were viewed as an “act of bad faith” amid ongoing talks, Jaiswal gave a similar response, emphasizing the ongoing negotiations.

He also noted that Union Commerce and Industry Minister Piyush Goyal was in the US from Tuesday to Thursday, where he engaged in discussions with his American counterparts on trade, tariffs, and other issues.

Meanwhile, Howard Lutnick, who serves as the US Commerce Secretary, spoke at the India Today Conclave via videoconference on Friday, arguing that India should lower tariffs on American goods.

“It’s time to do something big, something grand, something that connects India and the United States together but does it on a broad scale, not product by product, but rather the whole thing. Let’s bring India’s tariff policy towards America down, and America will invite India in to have really an extraordinary opportunity and relationship with us,” Lutnick said.

In response, India Today journalist Rahul Kanwal pointed out that reducing tariffs on agricultural imports could be politically damaging for the Modi government. Lutnick, however, maintained that India’s agricultural market needed to open up.

“It has to open up, it can’t just stay closed,” he stated. “Now, how you do that and the scale by which you do that—maybe you do quotas, maybe you do limits, you can be smarter when you have your most important trading partner on the other side of the table.”

He further argued, “You can’t just say, as you said, ‘Oh, it’s off the table’; that’s just not an attractive way of doing business.”

India has long maintained high tariffs to protect its agricultural sector, which supports millions of small farmers.

Lutnick described India’s tariffs as “some of the highest in the world” and suggested that reassessing the trade relationship with the US would be necessary to strengthen the “special relationship” between the two nations.

He also emphasized the need for India to reduce its dependence on Russia for military supplies.

During Modi’s visit to Washington last month, both countries agreed to finalize a trade deal addressing mutual concerns, with the first phase set to be negotiated before the fall of this year.

Trump also announced that India would significantly increase its purchases of American weapons this year, amounting to “billions of dollars.”

“We’re also paving the way to ultimately provide India with the F-35 stealth fighters,” Trump stated. However, New Delhi later downplayed the significance of this claim.

Reflecting on his discussions with Modi, Trump described their exchange regarding tariffs: “And I said, ‘You know what we do?’ I told Prime Minister Modi yesterday—he was here. I said, ‘Here’s what you do. We’re going to do—be very fair with you.’ They charge the highest tariffs in the world, just about.”

He continued, “I said, ‘Here’s what we’re going to do: reciprocal. Whatever you charge, I’m charging.’ He [Modi] goes, ‘No, no, I don’t like that.’ ‘No, no, whatever you charge, I’m going to charge.’ I’m doing that with every country.”

As negotiations continue, the US remains firm on its demand for India to reduce tariffs, while India seeks to maintain trade protections, especially in sensitive sectors like agriculture.

Bernie Sanders Leads the Charge Against Trump’s Second Term

Bernie Sanders stands on the back of a pickup truck, using a bullhorn to address an enthusiastic crowd outside a suburban Detroit high school. Several hundred supporters, unable to fit inside the packed gymnasium and overflow rooms, eagerly listen as he shares a remarkable turnout figure.

“What all of this tells me, is not just in Michigan or in Vermont, the people of this country will not allow us to move toward oligarchy. They will not allow Trump to take us into authoritarianism,” Sanders declared, prompting cheers. “We’re prepared to fight. And we’re going to win.”

At 83, Sanders is not seeking the presidency again, but the seasoned democratic socialist has positioned himself at the forefront of the movement resisting Donald Trump’s return to power. By openly challenging Trump’s governance and condemning his plans to dismiss tens of thousands of government workers, Sanders is defying those who want Democrats to focus on economic issues or remain passive.

For now, Sanders stands alone as the only progressive leader actively mobilizing national opposition to Trump.

His rally in Kenosha, Wisconsin, attracted 4,000 attendees. The following morning, he addressed about 2,600 in Altoona, a small town of under 10,000 people. The Detroit rally exceeded expectations, drawing 9,000 supporters. Each event was strategically held in a swing congressional district represented by a Republican.

Newly reelected for a fourth Senate term from Vermont, Sanders acknowledges that this is not the role he expected at this stage in his career.

His team initially delayed launching what they now call the “stop oligarchy tour” to see if a prominent Democrat would take on the role. But as no one stepped up, Sanders—who is not officially a Democrat despite his close ties to Senate Democrats and past presidential bids—found himself at the center of speculation about another White House run.

“This is like presidential campaign rallies, isn’t it? But I’m not running for president, and this is not a campaign,” Sanders told The Associated Press. “You gotta do what you gotta do. The country’s in trouble and I want to play my role.”

A Fractured Democratic Opposition

Since losing the White House, Democrats have struggled to form a unified strategy or rally behind a single leader to counter Trump’s aggressive policies, including his efforts to reduce government oversight and strengthen the influence of billionaire Elon Musk.

No coordinated effort has emerged to organize the anti-Trump resistance.

“You look around—who else is doing it? No one,” said Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, D-N.Y., when asked about Sanders’ efforts. “My hope is that the dam will break in terms of Democrats going on the offense … We need to take the argument directly to the people.”

Ocasio-Cortez, a longtime Sanders ally, plans to join him on the road and make independent appearances in Republican-held districts in Pennsylvania and New York, particularly where GOP lawmakers have avoided in-person town halls.

“It’s not about whether Bernie should or shouldn’t be doing this. It’s about that we all should,” she said. “But he is unique in this country, and so long as we are blessed to have that capacity on our side, I think we should be thankful for it.”

Apart from Sanders, much of the organizing has fallen to grassroots groups like Indivisible, which have successfully pressured some House Republicans. In response to public outcry, some GOP lawmakers have distanced themselves from Musk or questioned the policies being pushed by his allies.

Ezra Levin, co-founder of Indivisible, who has frequently criticized Democratic leadership, praised Sanders’ activism.

“I wish more Democrats were traveling the country, including to red states, to rally the majority against Musk and Project 2025,” Levin said. “Sure as hell beats (House Democratic leader Hakeem) Jeffries traveling the country for his children’s book tour during a constitutional crisis.”

Jeffries, during the last congressional recess, made two appearances promoting a children’s book on democracy. He also traveled in support of House Democrats and was recently in Selma, Alabama, to mark the 60th anniversary of Bloody Sunday.

The reality is that few Democratic leaders can draw large crowds on short notice or manage a national-scale operation. Rising Democratic figures with 2028 presidential potential, such as California Gov. Gavin Newsom, Michigan Gov. Gretchen Whitmer, and Pennsylvania Gov. Josh Shapiro, have yet to establish strong national presences.

Connecticut Sen. Chris Murphy, one of Trump’s more vocal critics in Congress, said Democrats must improve their organization.

“People are desperate to be plugged into action right now. People see the threat. They are anxious and angry and motivated and they want to be sent in a direction to help,” he said.

Murphy acknowledged that Sanders still faces resistance from many Democrats who see his progressive proposals—such as Medicare for All, free public college, and the Green New Deal—as too extreme.

Five years ago, Democrats united around Joe Biden to prevent Sanders from securing the 2020 presidential nomination.

“There still are a lot of folks who view Bernie as a danger to the party,” Murphy admitted. “Whereas I see his message as the core of what we need to build on.”

Sanders’ Focus on the Working Class

While Sanders was a staunch Biden supporter over the past four years, he criticized the Democratic Party after Kamala Harris’ defeat, arguing that Trump’s win was possible only because Democrats had “abandoned” the working class.

United Auto Workers President Shawn Fain, who introduced Sanders in Michigan, urged Democrats to follow Sanders’ example.

“They’ve got to take a hard look in the mirror, in my opinion, and decide who the hell they want to represent,” Fain said. “We’ve been clear as a union, if they aren’t looking out for working-class people, we’re not going to be there for them.”

Voices from the Crowd

The diverse crowds attending Sanders’ rallies included some who had never supported his previous campaigns but now see him as the strongest opposition to Trump.

“I’m here because I’m afraid for our country. The last six weeks have been horrible,” said Diana Schack, a 72-year-old retired lawyer at her first Sanders rally. “I am becoming a more avid Bernie fan, especially in light of the work he’s doing traveling around the country. These are not normal times.”

In Kenosha, Amber Schulz, a 50-year-old medical worker, demanded more action from Democrats.

“Bernie is the only politician I trust,” she said.

Tony Gonzales, a 56-year-old independent voter from Pleasant Prairie, Wisconsin, expressed concern that Trump might try to extend his presidency beyond two terms, despite constitutional limits.

“It’s a dangerous time right now,” Gonzales said. “What Bernie has to say—and the turnout—is important. His voice is still being heard.”

Over the weekend, Sanders continued to push his long-standing populist message, calling for expanded social programs, free health care, and free public higher education. He especially criticized Trump’s administration, which he said is dominated by billionaires like Musk.

“They want to dismantle the federal government and cut programs that working people desperately need,” Sanders warned.

“Yes, the oligarchs are enormously powerful. They have endless amounts of money. They control our economy. They own much of the media, and they have enormous influence over our political system,” he continued. “But from the bottom of my heart, I believe that if we stand together, we can beat them.”

Sanders’ Future in the Fight

At 83, with a history of heart issues, Sanders’ long-term role in the movement remains uncertain. However, his spokesperson confirmed he has not had health concerns since his 2019 hospitalization.

For now, Sanders shows no signs of slowing down. His 2020 campaign manager, Faiz Shakir, is helping coordinate his stops, backed by a team of former campaign staffers working on a contract basis.

Shakir, who unsuccessfully ran for chair of the Democratic National Committee, acknowledged differing strategies within the party on how to confront Trump.

Last month, veteran political strategist James Carville suggested Democrats should “roll over and play dead,” hoping that Trump’s actions would lead to a backlash.

“One theory is you can play dead; you can strategically retreat,” Shakir said. “Or, you play alive, and you go out to people and you talk to them with conviction and integrity.”

China Calls for Stronger Ties with India Amid US Trade Tensions

As tensions escalate between China and the United States due to US President Donald Trump’s broad tariffs on Chinese goods, Beijing is now advocating for stronger cooperation with India to “oppose hegemonism and power politics” while upholding global norms.

During a press conference on the sidelines of China’s annual parliamentary session in Beijing, Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi emphasized the need for India and China to work together. “China and India should be partners that contribute to each other’s success. A cooperative pas de deux (dance involving two people) of the dragon and the elephant is the only right choice for both sides,” he stated.

“To support each other rather than undercut each other, work with each other rather than guard against each other — this is the path that truly serves the fundamental interests of both China and India and their peoples. When China and India join hands, the prospects for greater democracy in international relations and a stronger Global South will improve greatly,” he added.

Wang stressed that the only way forward for both nations is a cooperative partnership, which aligns with their fundamental interests and helps protect global norms. “China stands ready to work with India to sum up past experience and forge a fast forward and advance China-India relations on the track of sound and stable development,” he affirmed.

Wang Highlights ‘Positive Strides’ in India-China Relations

Wang also noted that India-China relations have made “positive strides” and achieved significant progress following a successful meeting between Prime Minister Narendra Modi and Chinese President Xi Jinping last year. The discussions aimed at resolving the four-year-long military standoff in eastern Ladakh.

According to Wang, the leaders of both nations provided strategic direction to enhance bilateral ties during their meeting in Kazan in October 2023. He pointed out that both sides acted upon their leaders’ shared vision by “strengthening exchanges and practical cooperation at all levels.”

Following extensive negotiations, India and China completed the disengagement process by finalizing a withdrawal agreement for troops stationed at Depsang and Demchok, the last two contentious areas in eastern Ladakh. Two days after this agreement was reached, Prime Minister Modi and President Xi held discussions in Kazan on October 23. During this meeting, both leaders agreed to revive multiple dialogue mechanisms to strengthen diplomatic and strategic communication.

Boundary Issues Should Not Define India-China Ties

Additionally, Wang emphasized that as each other’s largest neighbors, India and China share a common goal of advancing their development and revitalization. He insisted that their bilateral relationship should not be overshadowed by border disputes.

“As two ancient civilizations, we have enough wisdom and capability to maintain peace and tranquility in the border areas pending a fair and reasonable solution. We should never allow bilateral relations to be defined by the boundary question, or let specific differences affect the overall picture of our bilateral ties,” he remarked.

This year marks the 75th anniversary of diplomatic relations between India and China. Earlier, Beijing had conveyed its willingness to collaborate with New Delhi to commemorate this milestone and inject fresh momentum into bilateral ties.

Last month, Wang met Indian External Affairs Minister S Jaishankar at the G20 Foreign Ministers’ Meeting in Johannesburg, South Africa. During their discussion, he underscored that restoring mutual trust and achieving win-win cooperation align with the aspirations of both nations.

Jaishankar, in turn, acknowledged the progress made in improving bilateral relations and expressed India’s willingness to strengthen ties. “India values the hard-won progress in improving bilateral relations and is willing to work with China to accelerate the restoration of cooperative mechanisms, enhance cultural exchanges, facilitate people-to-people ties, and jointly maintain peace and stability in the border regions,” he stated.

Jaishankar’s remarks followed Trump’s offer to mediate the longstanding border issue between India and China during Prime Minister Modi’s visit to the White House earlier that month. However, India reiterated that such matters should be “resolved bilaterally.”

Mark Carney Takes Charge Amid Canada-U.S. Trade War, Vows Retaliation Against Trump’s Tariffs

Mark Carney has secured a landslide victory to become Canada’s next prime minister, replacing Justin Trudeau. In his first major statement, he has committed to winning the ongoing trade war with U.S. President Donald Trump, vowing to impose retaliatory tariffs on American goods until, in his words, “Americans show us respect.”

Meanwhile, Ontario Premier Doug Ford has announced plans to impose retaliatory electricity tariffs on the U.S. He is set to discuss these measures in a live address, emphasizing that Canada will take firm action in response to U.S. economic pressures.

Canada to Launch Advertising Campaign in U.S.

Ford addressed questions regarding a marketing and advertising campaign in the U.S., stating, “We need to inform the American people.” He emphasized the importance of delivering a strong message to Americans, calling them Canada’s “greatest allies in the fight against these tariffs.”

Tariff Impact Will ‘Reverberate’ Across U.S., Says Energy Minister

Stephen Lecce, Minister of Energy and Electrification, highlighted Canada’s role as a major power exporter to the U.S., stating, “They need our power.” He explained that the objective is to “maximize pressure on America and minimize the impacts on Ontario.” Lecce warned that the repercussions of these tariffs will “reverberate” across the U.S., affecting states that rely on and profit from reselling Canadian power.

Ford: Tariffs Could Add $100 to U.S. Utility Bills

Ford outlined the potential consequences of Ontario’s countermeasures, estimating that 1.5 million homes and businesses in Minnesota, Michigan, and New York would be affected. According to Ford, these states could face a surcharge of up to $400,000 per day, potentially increasing bills for American consumers by approximately $100.

While acknowledging the difficulties this would create, Ford stated he “will not hesitate” to raise the charge further or even halt electricity exports entirely. However, he also expressed regret for the impact on American citizens, stating, “I feel terrible for the American people who did not start this trade war.”

‘We Will Apply Maximum Pressure,’ Says Ford

Ford described the situation as an escalating conflict, noting that President Trump is now targeting steel and aluminum with additional tariffs. He asserted that these trade policies are detrimental to families on both sides of the border and affirmed Ontario’s determination to resist. “We will apply maximum pressure to maximize leverage,” he stated, confirming that Ontario will proceed with a 25% surcharge on electricity exports.

Ford Congratulates Carney, Praises His Leadership

Doug Ford, in his public remarks, congratulated Mark Carney on his victory, expressing optimism about the country’s new leadership. He emphasized the need for decisive action, stating, “It’s never been more important to build big things.” Ford also took a moment to thank Justin Trudeau for his service to the country.

‘Every Tool in the Toolbox’ Will Be Used in Response to U.S. Tariffs

Stephen Lecce, addressing the media, stated that Ontario has been a critical energy supplier to the U.S. for years, helping to “keep the lights on” in American homes, factories, and farms. However, he made it clear that Canada would not stand by idly. “When under attack, we will use every tool in the toolbox,” he declared.

Ontario’s Retaliatory Tariffs to Be Unveiled Soon

Ford is scheduled to present a detailed plan for retaliatory tariffs against the U.S., reinforcing his stance from last week, when he warned that Canada could cut off electricity supplies if President Trump’s tariff policies persisted. Around 1.5 million Americans in Michigan, New York, and Minnesota rely on electricity imported from Canada.

Ford’s statements align with his recent post on X, in which he congratulated Carney and declared, “Together, let’s unleash the Canadian economy and make our country more secure by building big, bold projects—starting with the Ring of Fire.”

U.S. Stock Markets React to Trump’s Tariff Strategy

As U.S. markets opened for trading, investor concerns over Trump’s economic policies intensified. Fears of increased costs, business uncertainty, and economic disruption have contributed to a market downturn.

The S&P 500 dropped by approximately 1.7%, while the Dow Jones Industrial Average declined by 0.7%. The tech-heavy Nasdaq took the biggest hit, falling by 2.8%. The market turbulence comes as optimism about artificial intelligence-driven growth fades and fears of a recession rise, particularly after Trump declined to rule out an economic downturn.

The Meaning Behind Canada’s ‘Elbows Up’ Slogan

In his farewell address, Justin Trudeau drew loud applause when he declared, “Elbows up!” The phrase has gained traction as a rallying cry against Trump’s tariff threats and his recent suggestion that Canada could become the 51st U.S. state.

Canadian actor Mike Myers recently echoed the phrase on Saturday Night Live, mouthing the words while pointing to his elbow. The slogan originates from ice hockey, symbolizing readiness to fight back—a sentiment many Canadians now embrace in response to Trump’s trade policies.

Ford Calls Carney’s Leadership Critical Amid Tariff Conflict

Shortly after Carney’s landslide victory in the Liberal leadership race, Doug Ford extended his congratulations, describing the moment as pivotal. “Your election comes at a critical time as our country continues to stare down the ongoing threat of President Trump’s tariffs,” Ford stated.

The Ontario Premier is expected to further elaborate on his plan to impose a 25% surcharge on electricity exports to Michigan, New York, and Minnesota. He has also indicated that, if necessary, he may completely cut off power exports to these states.

What’s Next?

As Canada undergoes a significant political transition, here’s a summary of recent developments and upcoming steps:

  • Mark Carney’s Victory: The former Bank of England governor won 85.9% of the vote in the Liberal leadership race and will be sworn in as prime minister in the coming days.
  • Justin Trudeau’s Departure: Trudeau must formally resign before Carney can take office. He will remain in position until he meets with Governor General Mary Simon.
  • Upcoming Election: A general election must take place by October 20, but it is widely expected to be called sooner.
  • Carney’s First Address: In his victory speech, Carney declared, “Americans should make no mistake… in trade, as in hockey, Canada will win.”
  • International Reactions: UK Prime Minister Keir Starmer and French President Emmanuel Macron have extended their congratulations to Carney, signaling strong international support for Canada’s new leadership.

Carney’s Background: A Banker Turned Prime Minister

Mark Carney, Canada’s 24th prime minister, has an extensive background in economics and finance.

  • Early Life: Born in Fort Smith, Northwest Territories, Carney grew up in a politically engaged family, with his father once running as a Liberal candidate in Edmonton-South.
  • Education: He studied at Harvard University on a scholarship and later earned a PhD in economics from Oxford University.
  • Career in Banking: Carney served as governor of both the Bank of Canada and the Bank of England.
  • Political Entry: Despite previous dismissals of a political career—once joking, “Why don’t I become a circus clown?”—Carney’s expertise in financial crises has now positioned him as Canada’s leader during a tense economic standoff with the U.S.
  • International Influence: He has participated in G20 meetings alongside Trump and chaired the Financial Stability Board. Recalling a past encounter, he remarked, “Trump only respects power… Good luck with that” when discussing efforts to appease the former U.S. president.

Liberal Party Gathers Momentum for Snap Election

Following months of poor polling, Liberals now sense an opportunity for a political resurgence. Carney’s resounding victory—securing more votes than Trudeau did in 2013—has energized the party.

“There’s no sense that we should delay,” said David McGuinty, the federal public safety minister. “I’m really, really excited for what’s coming. And frankly, it’s time for an election.”

Although no official date has been set for the transfer of power from Trudeau to Carney, political insiders anticipate a swift transition, with an election announcement likely to follow shortly after.

As Canada braces for a new chapter under Carney’s leadership, the nation prepares for an intensified trade battle with the U.S., setting the stage for one of the most consequential political and economic showdowns in recent history.

Trump’s NIH Nominee Jay Bhattacharya Pledges to Address Chronic Disease Crisis and Reform Scientific Integrity

Dr. Jay Bhattacharya, President Donald Trump’s nominee for Director of the National Institutes of Health (NIH), emphasized his commitment to tackling the chronic disease crisis in the United States. If confirmed, he pledged to leverage cutting-edge science and innovation to address the nation’s pressing health concerns.

During his confirmation hearing before the Senate Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions Committee on March 5, Bhattacharya underscored the need for NIH funding to focus on studying population aging, chronic diseases, and obesity.

“The NIH can and must solve the crisis of scientific data reliability, under my leadership if confirmed it will do so,” he stated. “Third, if confirmed, I will establish a culture of respect for free speech in science and scientific descent at the NIH. Over the last few years, top NIH officials oversaw a culture of cover-up and a lack of tolerance for ideas that differed from theirs. I’ll foster a culture where NIH leadership will actively encourage different perspectives and create an environment where scientists who disagree with me can express disagreement respectfully.”

Bhattacharya also outlined his broader agenda for NIH reforms. “Fourth on my agenda is that the NIH must recommit to its mission to fund the most Innovative biomedical research agenda possible to improve American Health. I plan to ensure that the NIH invests in cutting-edge research in every field to make big advances rather than just small incremental progress over the years,” he explained.

He further emphasized the importance of transparency and regulation in high-risk research. “Fifth, the NIH must embrace and vigorously regulate risky research that has the possibility of causing a pandemic. It should embrace transparency in all its operations. While the vast majority of biomedical research poses no risk of harm to research subjects or the public, the NIH must ensure that it never supports work that might cause harm. If confirmed, I will work with Congress and the administration to guarantee that happens,” he asserted.

Bhattacharya acknowledged existing challenges within public scientific institutions and vowed to align NIH operations with Trump’s agenda. “While I believe there are real problems to be addressed, if confirmed, I’ll carry out President Trump’s agenda of making the public science institutions of this country worthy of trust and serve to make America healthy again,” he said.

He referenced a November 2024 Pew Research Center study highlighting a decline in public confidence in scientists, with only 26% expressing a high degree of trust in scientists to act in the public’s best interest, while 23% expressed little to no confidence. “Post-pandemic American biomedical sciences are at a crossroads,” he remarked.

He elaborated on his professional background and connection to the NIH. “The NIH has played a pivotal role in my career. I served for a decade as a standing member of NIH grant committees and helped train many trainees for scientific careers with NIH support. I want NIH funding to study population aging chronic disease and obesity. I’ve made the study of scientific institutions, including the NIH itself, a focus of my own scientific work. The NIH is the crown jewel of American Biomedical Sciences with a long and illustrious history of supporting breakthroughs in biology and medicine,” he noted.

Bhattacharya laid out five key priorities for his tenure if confirmed as NIH director. “First, NIH should focus on research that solves the American chronic disease crisis. American Health is going backwards. Life expectancy flatlined between 2012 and 2019 and plummeted during the pandemic and still has not bounced back to pre-pandemic levels,” he said.

He stressed the urgency of addressing chronic diseases, noting that “the chronic disease crisis is severe, with hundreds of millions of Americans, children and adults suffering from obesity, heart disease, cancer, and more.” He reiterated his commitment to Trump and Secretary Kennedy’s agenda of prioritizing chronic health issues with rigorous science and innovation.

He also raised concerns about the reliability of biomedical research. “NIH-supported science should be replicable, reproducible, and generalizable. Unfortunately, much of our modern biomedical science fails this basic test,” he said. He pointed to a research integrity scandal related to Alzheimer’s disease, which put the credibility of hundreds of research papers into question.

“If the data generated by scientists is not reliable, the products of such science cannot help anyone. It is no stretch to think that the slow progress on Alzheimer’s disease is linked to this problem,” Bhattacharya added.

Despite decades of research debunking claims of a connection between vaccines and autism, Bhattacharya did not rule out funding additional studies on the subject. “I don’t generally believe there’s a link between vaccines and autism,” he said during his confirmation hearing. However, he acknowledged public skepticism regarding vaccines and the ongoing lack of clarity surrounding the increasing autism rates.

“I would support a broad scientific agenda, based on data, to get an answer to that,” he stated.

The discussion over NIH resources was a focal point of Bhattacharya’s hearing. NIH currently operates with a budget of nearly $50 billion, making it the world’s largest funder of biomedical research. However, a policy change by the Trump administration in February suspended NIH reviews of new grant applications, effectively halting funding for new research. Additionally, a policy was introduced to reduce indirect funding to universities, a move that has raised concerns among experts who fear it could hinder the development of life-saving treatments.

“I am deeply concerned about the funding and the research that has been stopped,” said Sen. Patty Murray, D-Wash. She pressed Bhattacharya for assurances, stating, “I want strong assurances that you would get that moving again.”

Similarly, Sen. Maggie Hassan, D-N.H., asked, “If confirmed, will you commit to reversing funding freezes at NIH?”

Bhattacharya avoided a direct answer, citing his pending confirmation. However, he promised to evaluate the situation. “I’m going to assess it Day 1. I’m going to understand the resources the whole NIH needs and make sure that the scientists working at NIH have resources to do the lifesaving work that they do and that the scientists that are supported by the NIH also have that,” he assured.

Another contentious issue was the potential for job cuts at NIH. Bhattacharya was questioned about billionaire Elon Musk’s Department of Government Efficiency initiative, which aims to reduce federal spending across agencies. When asked about possible staff reductions at NIH, Bhattacharya dismissed the idea.

“I don’t have any intention to cut anyone at the NIH,” he asserted.

As his confirmation process moves forward, Bhattacharya’s leadership approach at NIH will be closely scrutinized, particularly regarding his handling of research funding, chronic disease priorities, and scientific integrity reforms.

Race to Replace Trudeau: Who Will Lead Canada’s Liberals?

The competition to succeed Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau is in full swing. Leading candidates for the leadership of Trudeau’s ruling Liberal Party, including the globally recognized Chrystia Freeland and Mark Carney, are vying to steer Canada through pressing domestic and international challenges, such as escalating trade disputes with the United States.

After a tumultuous year marked by political crises, Trudeau announced in January that he would resign as Liberal leader once his successor was chosen, eventually stepping down as prime minister.

This Sunday, the Liberals will finally count the votes and declare their new leader, a decision that comes as Canada gears up for a general election later this year.

Why is Trudeau stepping down?

Trudeau has led the Liberal Party for more than a decade. He first brought the Liberals to power in 2015, promising “sunny ways” for Canada. Since then, he has been re-elected twice, most recently in 2021, though that victory cost him his governing majority.

During his tenure, he championed progressive causes, including tackling climate change and addressing historic injustices against Indigenous communities. However, economic dissatisfaction has increasingly overshadowed his leadership in recent years. His administration was further shaken when Freeland, who was serving as deputy prime minister and finance minister, unexpectedly resigned just hours before delivering her annual fiscal update.

Trudeau is stepping down as the Liberal Party faces a significant challenge in the upcoming general elections, expected by October. The party has been trailing in polls against the Conservatives, led by right-wing politician Pierre Poilievre. However, recent weeks have seen the gap narrow as Trudeau’s potential successors, such as Carney, take assertive stances on trade tensions with the United States.

Though Trudeau will relinquish his role as Liberal leader after Sunday’s vote, he has not specified a timeline for stepping down as prime minister. His successor will have the authority to request new federal elections at any time—whether within days, weeks, or months.

What role does the US play?

Relations between Canada and the United States have deteriorated under President Donald Trump. Over the past three months, Trump has blamed Canada for illegal immigration into the U.S., threatened to annex Canada as the U.S.’s 51st state, and imposed steep tariffs on Canadian imports. The White House justifies these tariffs as necessary to curb fentanyl smuggling into the U.S.

The heated rhetoric between Trump and Trudeau has stirred nationalist sentiments in Canada. At NHL and NBA games in the country, some Canadian fans have even taken to booing the U.S. national anthem.

These cross-border tensions may have provided an unexpected boost to the Liberal Party, as Conservative leader Poilievre—often compared to Trump—has sought to distance himself from the U.S. president. At a press conference on Tuesday, Poilievre emphasized, “I am not MAGA.”

“Canadian politics is being convulsed by the Trump government’s assertions about Canada’s future as he saw it, and secondly by the tariffs that were very puzzling to a lot of people given the depth of interdependence between the Canadian and American economies,” said Allan Tupper, a political science professor at the University of British Columbia.

Tupper added that Trudeau’s successor would need to be a skilled negotiator, particularly regarding tariffs. “It just may be a different kind of Canada to deal with. It’s going to be more assertive, more nationalistic, and more in charge of its destiny.”

Who are the leading candidates?

Mark Carney

One of the frontrunners in the race, Carney is a former governor of both the Bank of England and the Bank of Canada. His campaign has focused on clean energy, climate policies, and fostering economic growth.

Carney has emphasized his role in helping Canada manage its debt during the 2008 financial crisis and in navigating the British economy through Brexit. He has also advocated leveraging Canada’s natural resources to drive prosperity while positioning the country as a leader in clean energy.

Experts suggest Carney enjoys significant support from Liberal lawmakers and members of Trudeau’s cabinet. His financial expertise makes him a compelling candidate at a time when economic concerns are at the forefront.

“He’s very competent in economics, so with these tariffs, this economic war, a lot of people are supporting him,” said Charles-Etienne Beaudy, a political science professor at the University of Ottawa and author of Radio Trump: How he won the first time.

Carney has not shied away from addressing tensions with the Trump administration. Speaking to CNN in February, he stated, “Despite being insulted on multiple occasions by senior members of the administration, we are not going to reciprocate in those insults.”

Following the announcement of U.S. tariffs last month, Carney has strongly advocated for dollar-for-dollar retaliatory tariffs that would hurt the U.S. while minimizing the impact on Canada.

Chrystia Freeland

Freeland, a former journalist and another leading contender in the race, was one of Trudeau’s most high-profile cabinet ministers before her resignation.

Born to a Ukrainian mother in Alberta, Freeland studied at Harvard University and later worked as a journalist covering Russia and Ukraine. Entering politics in 2013, she quickly rose through the ranks of the Liberal Party, securing key cabinet positions under Trudeau.

She has prior experience negotiating with Trump on trade. As Canada’s foreign minister in 2018, she played a crucial role in renegotiating the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) with the U.S. and Mexico—a deal that Trump has expressed interest in revisiting. She also clashed with the U.S. administration when it imposed tariffs on Canadian steel and aluminum imports.

Trump has personally targeted Freeland, calling her “totally toxic and not at all conducive to making deals.”

Her resignation in December signaled the beginning of Trudeau’s political decline.

On the campaign trail, Freeland has indicated support for a stricter immigration stance and has backed targeted retaliatory tariffs against the U.S.

Karina Gould

Gould, the youngest woman to ever serve as a Canadian minister, has branded herself as a candidate representing a generational shift in leadership. Launching her campaign in January, she stated that the Liberal Party “needs to embrace this shift too.”

Gould has proposed increasing corporate taxes on large businesses earning over $500 million annually. She argues that this policy would incentivize corporations to reinvest in productivity and business development, or else face higher taxes.

Her top priority, if elected, is resolving Canada’s trade dispute with the U.S. before calling for a general election. Like her competitors, she has taken a tough stance against Trump.

Frank Baylis

A businessman from Montreal, Baylis previously served as a lawmaker from 2015 to 2019. In February, he proposed constructing two pipelines to transport natural gas to Europe and Asia, reducing Canada’s economic reliance on the United States.

Baylis has warned against Canada’s heavy dependence on a single trading partner. He has also criticized Trudeau’s handling of Trump, arguing that Canadian leaders made missteps, including traveling to Mar-a-Lago to meet the U.S. president.

“Anybody that’s ever dealt with a bully successfully knows that you don’t give an inch,” Baylis told The Canadian Press last month.

As Canada prepares for new leadership, the next Liberal prime minister will face significant challenges—both at home and abroad. With the U.S. relationship in flux and economic uncertainty looming, the outcome of Sunday’s vote could shape the country’s trajectory for years to come.

Trump Announces India’s Commitment to Reducing Tariffs Amid Growing Trade Talks

US President Donald Trump stated on Friday that India has agreed to significantly reduce its tariffs.

Speaking from the Oval Office, Trump remarked, “India charges us massive tariffs, massive—you can’t even sell anything in India. It’s almost… it is restrictive. You know, we do very little business inside. They have agreed, by the way. They want to cut their tariffs way down now because somebody’s finally exposing them for what they have done.”

His comments came just hours after India announced that it was exploring ways to deepen trade relations with the US, including reducing tariff and non-tariff barriers under a bilateral trade agreement.

Randhir Jaiswal, spokesperson for the Ministry of External Affairs, noted that during Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s visit to the US last month, both countries had revealed plans to negotiate a mutually beneficial, multi-sector Bilateral Trade Agreement (BTA).

Commerce Minister Piyush Goyal was in the US for discussions with his counterparts, as both governments continued working on advancing talks related to the multi-sector trade pact, Jaiswal added.

“Our objective through the BTA is to strengthen and deepen India-US two-way trade across the goods and services sector, increase market access, reduce tariff and non-tariff barriers, and deepen supply chain integration between the two countries,” Jaiswal stated.

In his latest remarks, the US President also addressed a joint session of Congress, where he listed India alongside the European Union, China, and Canada as countries that impose high tariffs on American products.

Trump asserted that for decades, other nations had used tariffs against the US, and now it was “our turn” to impose them in return.

On February 13, Prime Minister Modi met with Trump in Washington, DC, where both leaders agreed to finalize a major trade agreement by the end of the year. They also set an ambitious goal of reaching USD 500 billion in annual trade by 2030, aiming to narrow the trade deficit.

“Recognizing that this level of ambition would require new, fair-trade terms, the leaders announced plans to negotiate the first tranche of a mutually beneficial, multi-sector Bilateral Trade Agreement (BTA) by fall of 2025,” stated a joint press release summarizing the Modi-Trump meeting.

In its Union Budget for 2025-26, India disclosed plans to lower tariffs on products such as bourbon whiskey, wines, and the electric vehicle (EV) sector—widely interpreted as an effort to accommodate US concerns.

Meanwhile, Washington has been urging New Delhi to purchase more American oil, gas, and defense equipment to help reduce the trade deficit, which currently favors India by approximately USD 45 billion.

The US remained India’s largest trading partner in 2023, with total bilateral trade in goods and services reaching USD 190 billion.

Trump Temporarily Eases Tariffs on Canada and Mexico Amid Market Turmoil

U.S. President Donald Trump announced a temporary suspension of steep tariffs on Canada and Mexico on Thursday, March 6, 2025, offering a brief reprieve for businesses and consumers following strong backlash from global markets.

The decision came after the implementation of tariffs of up to 25% on imports from the two neighboring countries on Tuesday, March 4, 2025. The move had caused stock markets to drop significantly, with economists cautioning that such broad tariffs could slow U.S. economic growth and contribute to rising inflation in the near term.

Although the Republican president rejected claims that his trade policies were responsible for market instability, he opted to temporarily pause the tariffs on trade with Canada and Mexico that falls under a regional agreement.

Additionally, Mr. Trump reduced the newly imposed 25% tariff on Canadian potash, a crucial component in fertilizer. U.S. officials noted that their country does not produce large amounts of this resource, making the import levy particularly impactful.

The suspension of these tariffs, which will remain in effect until April 2, follows a similar move a day earlier when the White House announced temporary relief for automakers.

“These changes make conditions much more favorable for our American car manufacturers,” Mr. Trump said on Thursday, March 6, 2025.

However, he emphasized that significant updates would be announced on April 2, when he is expected to introduce “reciprocal tariffs” aimed at addressing what Washington perceives as unfair trade practices. He made it clear that Canadian and Mexican goods could still be subject to new levies after that date.

At the same time, Mr. Trump confirmed that tariffs on steel and aluminum, set to take effect next week, would remain unchanged.

‘Good’ Relationship With Mexico

Explaining the temporary relief for some Mexican imports, Mr. Trump stated on Truth Social that he made the decision “as an accommodation, and out of respect for” Mexican President Claudia Sheinbaum. He added, “Our relationship has been a very good one.”

His remarks about Mexico stood in stark contrast to his tense relations with Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau.

On Thursday, March 6, 2025, Mr. Trudeau acknowledged that some industries might receive temporary exemptions but maintained that Canada would remain in a trade conflict with the U.S. for the foreseeable future.

“Our goal remains to get these tariffs, all tariffs removed,” Mr. Trudeau asserted.

‘Economic Reality’

Scott Lincicome, vice president of general economics at the Cato Institute, described Mr. Trump’s decision to ease tariffs on Mexico as “a recognition of economic reality.”

He explained that the move demonstrated an understanding of how tariffs disrupt supply chains, place financial burdens on consumers, and create uncertainty that markets dislike. “The market doesn’t like them and certainly doesn’t like the uncertainty surrounding them,” Mr. Lincicome told AFP.

Since beginning his second term in January, Mr. Trump has frequently threatened tariffs against both allies and adversaries.

He has defended tariffs on Canada, Mexico, and China as necessary measures to curb illegal immigration and combat the trafficking of fentanyl, a powerful synthetic opioid.

However, official data from both Canadian and U.S. government sources indicate that Canada contributes less than 1% of the fentanyl in the illicit U.S. supply. Furthermore, Canada is not a major source of illegal immigration, particularly in comparison to migration across the southern border with Mexico.

Meanwhile, China has rejected U.S. accusations regarding its role in fentanyl trafficking, asserting that the issue is a domestic matter for the U.S. and that tariffs will not address it.

Inflation and Trade Deficit Concerns

U.S. Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent dismissed concerns on Thursday, March 6, 2025, that Mr. Trump’s tariffs would drive up inflation, stating that any effect on prices would likely be temporary.

Mr. Trump has consistently portrayed tariffs as a tool for generating government revenue and correcting trade imbalances.

New government data released on Thursday, March 6, 2025, showed that the U.S. trade deficit had reached an all-time high in January.

The Commerce Department reported that the overall trade deficit of the world’s largest economy surged by 34% to $131.4 billion, driven by a sharp increase in imports.

Analysts suggested that a significant portion of the rise in the trade deficit was due to increased gold imports. However, data also indicated that many businesses had boosted their imports in anticipation of potential new tariffs.

Jaishankar Downplays Dedollarisation, Backs Rupee Internationalisation Amid Trump’s Threats

Amid U.S. President Donald Trump’s warnings, India’s External Affairs Minister S. Jaishankar has downplayed discussions on dedollarisation and instead emphasized the global expansion of the Indian rupee.

During a discussion at Chatham House, a think tank in the United Kingdom, Jaishankar clarified that India does not have a formal policy to move away from the U.S. dollar, nor is there a unanimous stance on this matter within the BRICS alliance.

“I don’t think there’s any policy on our part to replace the dollar. As I said, at the end of the day, the dollar as the reserve currency is the source of international economic stability. And right now, what we want in the world is more economic stability, not less,” said Jaishankar.

In a post on social media platform X, formerly known as Twitter, Jaishankar shared insights from his discussion at Chatham House, reaffirming India’s stance on the issue.

In recent months, Trump has repeatedly warned of imposing 100 percent tariffs on BRICS nations if they proceed with efforts to replace the U.S. dollar as the dominant currency for global trade.

No Unified BRICS Position on Dedollarisation

Jaishankar asserted that BRICS countries do not hold a single, unified stance regarding an alternative to the U.S. dollar.

“As far as India is concerned, instead of replacing the dollar, India is interested in the internationalisation of the Indian rupee,” said Jaishankar.

He further elaborated, “I would also say in all honesty, I don’t think there’s a unified BRICS position on this. I think BRICS members, and now that we have more members, have very diverse positions on this matter. So the suggestion or the assumption that somewhere there is a united BRICS position against the dollar I think is not borne out by facts. To me, it’s kind of deterministic that there is multi-polarity, multi-polarity has to translate itself into a currency multi-polarity. It doesn’t have to.”

Highlighting India’s approach, Jaishankar emphasized that New Delhi is focused on expanding the rupee’s global presence rather than challenging the dollar’s dominance.

“We are clearly promoting the internationalization of the rupee because we are actively globalizing India. More Indians are travelling and living abroad, and India’s trade and investment sectors have expanded. As a result, the use of the rupee will also grow. In many cases, we have established mechanisms for cashless payments between India and other countries and have supported trade settlements, particularly in nations facing a shortage of hard currency, especially dollars…This reflects a steady externalization of rupee transactions as part of India’s globalization. Regarding the role of the dollar, we are realistic. We have no issue with the dollar, and our relations with the U.S. are at their best. We have no interest in undermining the dollar,” Jaishankar stated.

Trump’s Threats Against BRICS

In recent months, Trump has intensified his criticism of BRICS and has repeatedly threatened member nations with 100 percent tariffs.

Echoing his earlier stance on the European Union, Trump has characterized BRICS as an alliance designed to harm the United States.

“I don’t care, but BRICS was put there for a bad purpose, and most of those people don’t want it. They don’t even want to talk about it now. They’re afraid to talk about it because I told them if they want to play games with the dollar, then they’re going to be hit with a 100 percent tariff,” Trump stated.

Government by Chaos Returns Under Trump’s Leadership

President Donald Trump’s approach to governance has once again thrown global and domestic affairs into turmoil. One day, he imposed steep tariffs on Canada and Mexico; the next, he temporarily halted auto tariffs after realizing their potential damage to the American automotive industry—something experts had warned about.

Last week, Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky visited the White House to sign a deal on rare-earth minerals, which Trump hailed as a significant achievement for the U.S. However, after being provoked by Vice President JD Vance, Zelensky left abruptly, creating a diplomatic debacle that European leaders have been scrambling to address.

Meanwhile, Elon Musk is aggressively dismantling government bureaucracy, firing workers indiscriminately, and causing instability for citizens and industries reliant on federal assistance. This is happening at a time when the economy is already fragile and susceptible to shocks.

Trump’s initial surge of executive orders and policy shifts provided a burst of energy, especially compared to the perceived stagnation of President Joe Biden’s final months in office. However, six weeks into his term, as Trump disrupts post-Cold War security structures, global trade, and federal agencies that helped establish U.S. supremacy, a stark realization is emerging—there appears to be no coherent plan.

His unpredictable policies on Ukraine, trade tariffs meant to revive Rust Belt industries, and sweeping cuts to government are driven by instinct rather than strategy. This approach, reminiscent of his campaign-style “weave” speeches, leaves global leaders uncertain and on edge.

“There’s too much unpredictability and chaos coming out of the White House right now,” remarked Canadian Foreign Minister Mélanie Joly on Wednesday, describing U.S. trade policy as a “psychodrama” that Canada cannot endure every month.

Unpredictable Leadership Yields Mixed Results

Trump’s erratic leadership often leaves allies questioning his motives. On Wednesday, he criticized Canada for not doing enough to prevent fentanyl trafficking, even though the quantities involved are negligible. At other times, he blames Canada for unauthorized migration southward, despite low numbers. He also aims to shift manufacturing away from Canada to the U.S., leading some in Ottawa to suspect he is trying to weaken Canada for potential annexation.

Despite the turmoil, Trump’s aggressive foreign policy has yielded some results. His alarm over a Hong Kong-based firm owning two ports on the Panama Canal prompted U.S. investment giant BlackRock to negotiate their acquisition. While Trump’s claim that China controlled the canal was inaccurate, the deal could still bolster U.S. strategic interests.

Additionally, while he is diminishing the strength of NATO, Trump’s pressure has spurred an unprecedented military buildup among European allies—something past U.S. presidents had urged for years.

However, Trump often appears more interested in asserting personal power than executing a long-term plan.

Michael Froman, former U.S. trade representative and chair of the Council on Foreign Relations, told CNN’s Jim Sciutto that while tariffs generally have more costs than benefits, they can serve as leverage in negotiations. This has worked with Mexico, which has broader trade issues with the U.S. than Canada. However, Froman added, “You have to know what it is you want them to do for that leverage to be useful.”

Trump’s Chaos as a Political Strategy

To some extent, disorder is intentional. Trump thrives on political theatrics, using headline-grabbing maneuvers to rally his base. However, his administration often overlooks the domestic political constraints of allied nations.

Mexican President Claudia Sheinbaum, who, like Trump, is newly in office, hinted Wednesday that Mexico could seek alternative trade partners if necessary.

In the U.K., Prime Minister Keir Starmer recently honored British soldiers who fought alongside the U.S. in Iraq and Afghanistan. His speech appeared to counter Vice President Vance’s comment on Fox News that Ukraine needed stronger security guarantees than those from “some random country that has not fought a war in 30 or 40 years.” The remark, widely interpreted as a slight against Britain and France, caused significant outrage. Vance later claimed on X that such an interpretation was “absurdly dishonest.” However, Britain and France are currently the only two nations to have openly committed troops to a post-war security force in Ukraine.

French President Emmanuel Macron, acknowledging the shift in global dynamics since Trump’s return to power, stated Wednesday that he is considering extending France’s nuclear protection to European allies.

For Trump’s staunchest supporters, his ability to enrage Democrats, the media, and foreign governments is a success in itself. His populist nationalist base views the destruction of government institutions as a necessary step toward dismantling the “administrative state.”

Trump’s leadership style was honed in his Manhattan real estate empire, where he used aggressive tactics—making extreme demands, engaging in public disputes, and abruptly shifting positions—to throw opponents off balance. Now, he employs the same approach in politics, using unpredictability as a tool to consolidate power amid disorder.

However, while unpredictability may be a strength in business negotiations, it is a liability when managing a country, an economy, and international alliances—where stability and consistency are essential.

“It’s just constant, and it’s exhausting,” said Julian Vikan Karaguesian, a former Canadian Ministry of Finance official, about Trump’s aggressive trade policies. “It’s almost surreal. Is it real? Is it going to be real this time?” Now a lecturer at McGill University, Karaguesian added, “Maybe the modus operandi here is uncertainty. It’s not tariffs, it’s not anything else, but intentionally creating a sense of chaos and a sense of uncertainty.”

Trump’s Auto Tariff Reversal

Trump’s sudden decision Wednesday to pause auto tariffs for a month, just a day after imposing a blanket 25% tariff on Canada and Mexico, highlights his tendency to second-guess his own moves.

Market forces may have influenced his reversal. The announcement led to a near-500-point rebound in the Dow Jones Industrial Average, following two days of significant losses.

CNN reported that Trump relented after discussions with the CEOs of the Big Three automakers. White House Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt later stated that Trump was open to “hearing about additional exemptions.”

The notion that corporate executives can lobby for exemptions unavailable to ordinary Americans contradicts principles of economic fairness. Trump has repeatedly dismissed the value of rules-based systems that prevent patronage and corruption—characteristics more common in autocratic regimes.

This suggests that Trump prefers using tariff threats as leverage rather than enforcing them. However, by repeatedly issuing and retracting threats, he is creating uncertainty for businesses, disrupting supply chains, and discouraging consumer spending—factors that could harm the already slowing economy.

“There’s so much uncertainty about what the administration is doing that the mere prospect of tariffs is creating a big anchor on the economy,” said Bharat Ramamurti, former deputy director of Biden’s National Economic Council. “The prospect of significant tariffs on our allies has resulted in withholding investments and preemptive price increases that are going to be borne by small businesses and, ultimately, by consumers.”

Long-Term Risks of Trump’s Approach

Trump’s pattern of antagonizing allies while seemingly advancing Russia’s interests in Ukraine could weaken U.S. power in the long run.

“What we have seen this week is that the dollar has suffered a very sharp decline,” said Ruchir Sharma, founder of Breakout Capital, on CNN International. “It’s revealing that the rest of the world is getting its act together … and I think investors are beginning to notice there are other countries worth investing in, given all this policy volatility that is emerging in the U.S.”

The broader risk is that another four years of Trump’s policies could reshape the global economic landscape in a way that diminishes U.S. influence rather than reinforcing it. While geography ensures that Canada and Mexico will continue trading with the U.S., both nations may also find it beneficial to deepen ties with China. Similarly, the European Union—expecting its own round of Trump-imposed tariffs—could seek economic partnerships elsewhere.

America’s closest allies have long-standing ties with Washington and do not want to see it falter. However, they also have national interests to protect. While Canada lacks the economic strength to win a trade war against the U.S., its patience is wearing thin over Trump’s combative tactics.

Doug Ford, the Premier of Ontario, Canada’s largest economic hub, insists that Trump must eliminate tariffs altogether instead of selectively lifting them by industry.

“All this gives us is uncertainty again,” Ford told CNN’s Phil Mattingly on Wednesday. “There is one person that’s causing that problem today: that’s President Trump.”

Indian Americans More Confident, Socially Active, and Politically Engaged: Dr. Ratan Sharda

Dr. Ratan Sharda, a longtime member of the Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh (RSS), has observed a significant shift in the engagement levels of Indian Americans, noting that they are now more confident, socially involved, and politically active than ever before.

Having been associated with the RSS since childhood and actively involved in the Akhil Bharatiya Vidyarthi Parishad (ABVP) during a time of crisis in India, Dr. Sharda shared his insights in an interview about the evolving Indian diaspora in the United States.

“I see a different kind of Indian here,” he remarked. “The previous generation was primarily focused on establishing their lives, ensuring their children received quality education, and securing stable careers. But the new generation is more confident, outgoing, and engaged in politics and social causes. The notion that Indians are a privileged class is entirely incorrect. I have witnessed their struggles.”

He highlighted that young Indian Americans are now more assertive about their Indian identity and have adopted a different perspective on American society, politics, and social life. “The new generation is very assertive about their Indianness,” he noted.

Shifting Political Preferences in the Indian American Community

Dr. Sharda also discussed the evolving political inclinations among Indian Americans, particularly during Donald Trump’s presidency.

“Earlier, there was a clear divide, with most aligning with the Democrats. However, I now see a significant number of Indians supporting the Republican Party. That said, those who are Democrats remain strong Democrats.”

He also pointed out changing perceptions regarding US-India relations. Indians in India often feel that the United States prioritizes its own interests above all else. There is a belief that America can abruptly impose sanctions or cut off essential supplies. He cited examples such as the pressure on India to purchase American vaccines during the COVID-19 pandemic and delays in military equipment deliveries, which have led Indians to question the reliability of their relationship with the U.S.

Despite these concerns at the policy level, he emphasized that Indians hold a deep admiration for the United States. “People love America. They see it as a land of opportunity and appreciate the democratic values it upholds,” he said.

Loss of Trust in India-US Relations

Addressing the issue of trust deficits in diplomatic relations, Dr. Sharda pointed to historical events that continue to shape Indian perceptions of America.

“An ordinary Indian still remembers 1971 when America supported Pakistan despite its blatant human rights violations. Even today, when Hindus and other minorities face atrocities in Bangladesh, America remains silent. This inconsistency in America’s approach to human rights creates cynicism.”

Perceptions of Right-Wing, Left-Wing, and the US

Rejecting claims by Left-wing parties that anti-American sentiment exists in India, Dr. Sharda clarified, “There is no anti-American narrative from the BJP government or the people of India. People love America, but when it comes to policies, there is a sense of distrust.”

He also dismissed suggestions that the Indian right-wing is influenced by Left-wing narratives. “The Left was the biggest traitor during the 1962 war. This is not about Left or Right; it is about how ordinary Indians perceive things.”

India and America: A Shared Democratic Vision

Dr. Sharda expressed his belief that India and the U.S. are natural allies, despite occasional differences.

“As the world’s two largest democracies, we share common values—freedom of the press, pluralism, and religious freedom. There is no reason why the two nations should not work together.”

He also highlighted the increasing appreciation for Trump among Indians. “There is positive sentiment for Trump, even more so than before. Historically, Democratic presidents have been more anti-India in their policies.”

While acknowledging variations in foreign policy approaches, he emphasized the importance of a collective vision for global peace. “Prime Minister Modi has repeatedly stated that this is not an era of war, and Trump has tried to prevent conflicts. The way forward for India and the U.S. is to collaborate for global stability.”

RSS’s Influence on Economic and Foreign Policy

Dr. Sharda clarified that the RSS does not dictate government policies but noted that Modi’s economic strategies align with the organization’s philosophy.

“Modi is following an economic policy that reflects the RSS philosophy—Deendayal Upadhyay’s concept of unwavering humanism, ensuring that the last person in the queue is reached.”

He pointed to initiatives such as expanding access to bank accounts, providing credit facilities, and ensuring basic amenities for the underprivileged as evidence of this philosophy in action. “We talk about economic instability under capitalism, but the reality is that the last person in the queue rarely benefits. The RSS philosophy is about directly reaching out to them,” he explained.

Discussing foreign policy, he emphasized that while the RSS does not provide direct advice to the government, it has consistently supported strengthening ties with the Indian diaspora. “The first Pravasi Bharatiya Divas and Pravasi Bharatiya Awards were introduced by Atal Bihari Vajpayee because the Indian diaspora is an asset. These individuals contribute to the economies of their host countries, serve their societies, and remain deeply connected to India.”

Trump’s Address to Congress: Six Key Takeaways

After an intense six weeks back in the White House, President Trump delivered a bold and partisan speech to a joint session of Congress on Tuesday night.

Lasting just under 100 minutes, it became the longest such address in modern history. The speech also saw a Democratic lawmaker being ejected, multiple Democrats walking out at different points, and a Republican Party that stood firmly behind its president.

Here are six major takeaways from the speech:

  1. Trump Praised His Actions So Far, Including Controversial Moves

“America is back,” Trump declared at the start of his speech. Ironically, this was the same phrase Joe Biden used at the beginning of his presidency following Trump’s first term.

The similarity highlights the deep division in the country regarding its values, identity, and direction for the future.

Trump has pursued what he describes as a “commonsense revolution,” characterized by “swift and unrelenting action.” This effort has been led by Elon Musk and his Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE), with Trump spotlighting and praising Musk’s initiatives. These moves have been popular among the GOP base but strongly opposed by many others, including independents.

A recent NPR/PBS News/Marist poll showed that only 34% of independents approve of Trump’s performance, and Musk and DOGE received the same 34% favorability rating. Additionally, two-thirds of respondents felt that Trump was implementing changes too quickly without fully considering their impact on the federal government.

  1. A Speech Geared Toward MAGA Supporters, Not Bipartisanship

While Americans remain divided on Trump’s leadership, his speech did not attempt to bridge that divide. Instead, it focused primarily on issues that resonate with MAGA supporters.

Trump dismissed Democrats, referring to them as “these people” and “radical left lunatics.” He also used his controversial nickname “Pocahontas” when discussing Senator Elizabeth Warren and the ongoing war in Ukraine. Warren later responded, stating that she was applauding U.S. aid to Ukraine, which Trump has since halted.

Trump claimed that Democrats would never support his policies, so he concentrated on topics favored by his base, including the anti-trans culture war, opposition to pro-diversity programs, his push to make English the country’s official language, and his effort to rename North America’s highest peak back to Mount McKinley. (The peak was renamed Denali during Obama’s presidency to reflect the preferences of most Alaskans.)

“Our country will be woke no longer,” Trump proclaimed.

During his speech, Trump spoke more forcefully about cracking down on illegal immigration than about the economy and inflation—despite rising prices playing a crucial role in his 2024 election victory.

Presidents often receive more credit or blame for the economy than they deserve, as they have limited control over prices. However, one tool they do have—tariffs—can lead to higher prices in the short term, according to economists.

Trump’s speech coincided with the implementation of steep tariffs on Mexico and Canada. He defended these measures, calling tariffs essential to saving the “soul” of the country—a phrase Biden has also used but in a different context.

Experts, business owners, and most Americans disagree with Trump’s approach. In the NPR poll, conducted before the latest round of tariffs, 57% of respondents anticipated higher prices in the next six months. Additionally, more people believed Trump’s economic policies would worsen conditions rather than improve them.

Despite these concerns, Trump largely avoided discussing the economy, instead repeatedly blaming Biden. He mentioned the former president 13 times, stating, “Joe Biden especially let the price of eggs get out of control. The egg prices, out of control. And we’re working hard to get it back down.”

However, the recent spike in egg prices has primarily been attributed to a bird flu outbreak.

While it is common for presidents to blame their predecessors for economic struggles, accountability eventually shifts to the person currently in office.

  1. Numerous False or Misleading Claims

Trump made several inaccurate statements throughout his speech, many of which have been thoroughly fact-checked. NPR compiled an in-depth analysis of over 20 misleading claims.

Among the most notable were:

— Trump claimed DOGE uncovered “hundreds of billions” in fraud, but even DOGE’s own estimates do not support this figure. He exaggerated the amount even beyond what the agency itself reports.

— He alleged that numerous people over 120 years old were still receiving Social Security payments. However, even Trump’s own Social Security Administration head refuted this claim, clarifying that these individuals lack recorded death dates but are not fraudulently receiving benefits.

— Trump stated that tariffs on China during his first term generated trillions of dollars for the U.S. This is inaccurate. While tariffs were imposed on about $380 billion in goods, they did not result in a net economic gain. In fact, economists argue they may have harmed the GDP in the long run.

— Trump falsely claimed the U.S. spent $350 billion on the war in Ukraine. The actual amount is closer to $115 billion over three years, with some funds allocated to domestic weapons production rather than direct aid to Ukraine. While the U.S. has provided more military aid than any single country, European nations collectively have contributed around $130–140 billion.

  1. Legislative Priorities for the Republican-Led Congress

Trump outlined several policy requests, offering insight into his legislative agenda for the coming year. His asks included:

— Increased funding for deportations

— Another round of major tax cuts

— Enhanced police protections (with no mention of the January 6 attack on officers at the U.S. Capitol)

— A new crime bill

— A mandate for the death penalty for anyone convicted of murdering a police officer (noting that the death penalty varies by state)

— The creation of a “Golden Dome” missile defense system, similar to Israel’s Iron Dome but intended for U.S. use.

  1. Reality-TV-Style Moments, A Trump Staple

While this speech lacked some of the theatrics of past Trump addresses, it still included dramatic moments, such as:

— Announcing an executive order naming a wildlife refuge after a girl allegedly killed by undocumented immigrants.

— Naming a 13-year-old cancer survivor as an honorary Secret Service agent.

— Publicly recognizing a high school student’s acceptance to West Point.

— Declaring the capture of the suspect responsible for the Abbey Gate bombing in Afghanistan.

  1. Elissa Slotkin’s Response: A Speech for Democrats to Note

Michigan Senator Elissa Slotkin delivered what many consider one of the strongest rebuttals to a presidential address in recent history. Comparisons were drawn to former Senator Jim Webb’s fiery response to George W. Bush in 2007 during the Iraq War.

Unlike previous opposition responses, which have often been met with criticism, Slotkin’s speech was commanding and poised. Speaking before a backdrop of American flags, she leaned on her background as a former CIA officer and the daughter of a Republican father and Democratic mother. She also highlighted her success in a state that Trump won in 2024.

Slotkin emphasized that the “middle class is the engine of our country” and warned against reckless policymaking. She criticized Trump’s tax plans for benefiting billionaires at the expense of essential public programs. Additionally, she took aim at Musk and his team, accusing them of improperly accessing sensitive personal data.

“As a Cold War kid, I’m thankful it was Reagan and not Trump in office in the 1980s,” she remarked, referencing Trump’s handling of the war in Ukraine. “Trump would have lost us the Cold War.”

Slotkin’s speech provided a clear strategy for Democrats struggling to respond to Trump’s presidency. Her composed delivery stood in stark contrast to the chaotic reaction from Rep. Al Green, whose loud interruptions led to his removal from the chamber.

As Trump moves forward with his agenda, the battle lines in Washington appear more firmly drawn than ever.

Trump’s Tariff War Escalates: Impact on Economy, Markets, and Politics

On Tuesday, President Donald Trump intensified a trade war by imposing significant tariffs on the top three U.S. trading partners—Canada, Mexico, and China.

The newly announced tariffs include a 25 percent import tax on Canada and Mexico, while duties on Chinese goods were raised from 10 percent to 20 percent.

These measures will impact more than $1 trillion worth of imported goods. In 2022, these three countries exported a combined $1.4 trillion in goods to the U.S., representing over 5 percent of that year’s gross domestic product (GDP).

Trump has made several tariff-related announcements during his tenure, some of which he later reversed or postponed. However, Tuesday’s decision marks the most significant escalation yet in his broader effort to reshape U.S. trade policy, fulfilling a campaign pledge.

Short-Term Market Reaction

The financial markets reacted negatively to Trump’s latest trade move. On Monday, stock prices plummeted after he stated there was “no room left” for Canada and Mexico to negotiate on tariffs.

The market downturn continued into Tuesday. The Dow Jones Industrial Average, which tracks major U.S. companies, dropped by more than 685 points, representing a 1.6 percent decline. The S&P 500 index fell by 1.3 percent, while the tech-focused Nasdaq Composite ended the day down by 0.4 percent.

Goldman Sachs estimated that these tariffs, particularly the 25 percent duties on Canada and Mexico and the higher levies on China, would reduce its earnings-per-share forecasts for the S&P 500 by 2 to 3 percent.

Rising Consumer Costs

Businesses and economic analysts have cautioned that Trump’s import duties could lead to higher consumer prices.

“Tariff-induced disruptions risk exacerbating inflation, increasing the cost of essential goods, and placing financial strain on businesses and consumers alike,” the National Association of Wholesale Distributors stated on Tuesday.

Although tariffs do not automatically translate to price hikes, companies can absorb the increased costs or adjust their supply chains. Trump’s 2018 tariffs did not significantly drive inflation as the COVID-19 pandemic did in 2020.

However, the current tariffs could lead to supply chain disruptions in North America, potentially raising consumer prices. A study by the Anderson Economic Group estimated that the price of some vehicles manufactured in North America could rise by as much as $12,000 due to these import taxes.

Economic Consequences

Economic models suggest the new tariffs will slow U.S. economic growth.

According to the Yale Budget Lab, real GDP growth is expected to be 0.6 percentage points lower in 2025 and 0.1 percentage points lower in 2026 because of these tariffs.

Lower-income Americans will likely feel the impact more than wealthier households. “The percent change in disposable income resulting from the tariffs is almost three times as much for households in the second decile by income as it is for households in the top decile,” Yale researchers reported.

The U.S. economy has been performing well in recent quarters, but consumer spending has been slowing amid concerns over persistent inflation. The Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta has projected a contraction in the U.S. economy for the first quarter of the year.

Despite concerns about economic performance, some labor groups see potential benefits. The Teamsters union acknowledged the risks but suggested tariffs could be worth it if they support American industries.

“We support any solution that brings work back to America,” a Teamsters spokesperson told The Hill.

Political and Diplomatic Fallout

Trump campaigned on reducing costs for Americans, capitalizing on voter frustration over inflation. The cost of living was a key issue in the 2024 election.

If the tariffs lead to higher prices and a slowing economy, they could undermine Trump’s economic credibility, which has been one of his strongest advantages with voters.

Even some Republicans have expressed concern about the tariffs’ impact. When asked whether he was worried about their effects, Sen. Markwayne Mullin (R-Okla.) responded, “Of course.”

Democrats have seized on the potential economic fallout.

“It’s only taken the president 43 days to wreak havoc on our economy and the American people,” said Rep. Richard Neal (D-Mass.), the ranking Democrat on the House Ways and Means Committee. “The outlook for economic growth has plummeted into the negative, consumer sentiment has plunged, and small businesses and farmers from coast to coast fear what’s to come with his trade war.”

The tariffs could also strain diplomatic relations between the U.S. and its North American neighbors.

Following Trump’s initial tariff announcement in February, Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau urged Canadians to avoid vacationing in the U.S.

A recent YouGov poll revealed shifting perceptions between the two countries. Half of Canadians now view the U.S. as “unfriendly” or an “enemy,” while only 6 percent of Americans feel the same way about Canada.

Uncertainty Over the Tariffs’ Future

Trump has a history of imposing tariffs and then reversing them. It remains uncertain whether he will maintain these latest levies.

For example, after he placed tariffs on Chinese shipments worth $800 or less, he reversed the decision two days later when U.S. ports became overwhelmed with undelivered packages.

Many businesses hope Trump will reconsider the latest tariffs as well.

“We urge reconsideration of this policy and a swift end to these tariffs,” said Neil Bradley, the chief policy officer at the U.S. Chamber of Commerce, in a statement on Monday.

Mexico has already signaled plans to retaliate. Mexican President Claudia Sheinbaum dismissed Trump’s tariff threats as a bluff in the past but stated that Mexico would respond if the measures remain in place.

“We have decided to respond with both tariff and non-tariff measures that I will announce in a public square on Sunday,” Sheinbaum said.

With economic, political, and diplomatic consequences looming, the coming weeks will determine whether these tariffs remain in effect or become another short-lived trade policy shift.

Arab Leaders Approve $53 Billion Gaza Reconstruction Plan in Response to Trump’s Proposal

A $53 billion (£41.4 billion) reconstruction initiative, seen as a counter to former U.S. President Donald Trump’s idea of “taking over Gaza” and relocating over two million Palestinians, has been endorsed by Arab leaders at an emergency summit held in Cairo, Egypt.

“The Egypt plan is now an Arab plan,” declared Ahmed Aboul Gheit, secretary general of the Arab League, following the prolonged meeting.

Without directly mentioning Trump’s proposal, Aboul Gheit emphasized the unified Arab stance against any form of Palestinian displacement, whether voluntary or forced.

Egypt developed a comprehensive blueprint, encapsulated in a 91-page glossy document filled with images depicting green neighborhoods and grand public structures, aiming to provide an alternative to a U.S.-led scheme dubbed the “Middle East Riviera,” which had sparked widespread alarm across the Arab world and beyond.

The new plan extends beyond real estate development, focusing on political solutions and the rights of Palestinians.

Egyptian President Abdul Fattah al-Sisi, in his opening speech, urged for a simultaneous political process alongside the reconstruction effort, advocating for a two-state solution—a Palestinian state coexisting with Israel. This framework is widely recognized by Arab nations and much of the international community as the only viable resolution to the conflict, yet it remains firmly opposed by Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and his allies.

Under this new proposal, Gaza would temporarily be administered by a “Gaza management committee under the umbrella of the Palestinian government,” composed of skilled technocrats.

The document does not clarify what role, if any, Hamas would have in this administration. It only briefly alludes to militant groups as an “obstacle” and suggests that their presence would be addressed if the fundamental causes of the conflict with Israel were resolved.

Opinions among Arab states vary regarding Hamas’ future; some call for its complete dissolution, while others believe that decision should be left to the Palestinian people. Reports suggest that Hamas has acknowledged it will not participate in governing Gaza but remains adamant that it will not disarm.

Netanyahu, who has called Trump’s plan “visionary,” has ruled out any future governance by both Hamas and the Palestinian Authority.

The critical issue of security is addressed by calling for the deployment of international peacekeepers under the United Nations Security Council.

A large-scale international conference is scheduled for next month to secure the necessary funds for the ambitious reconstruction effort.

Wealthy Gulf nations have signaled a willingness to contribute to the massive financial requirement. However, potential donors remain hesitant, unwilling to invest unless assured that their contributions will not be obliterated in another conflict.

The fragility of the current ceasefire, now appearing to be at risk of collapse, only heightens this uncertainty.

The Arab reconstruction plan outlines a three-phase process, beginning with an initial six-month “early recovery stage” focused on clearing the extensive debris and unexploded ordnance. The following two phases are expected to span several years.

During the early stage, approximately 1.5 million displaced Palestinians would be housed in temporary container units. The proposal’s accompanying images showcase these units as well-constructed homes surrounded by landscaped environments.

Trump continues to question, “Why wouldn’t they want to move?” His characterization of Gaza as a “demolition site” underscores the devastation in the territory, with the United Nations estimating that 90% of homes are either damaged or destroyed.

Essential services such as schools, hospitals, sewage infrastructure, and electricity grids have been almost entirely obliterated.

Trump further stirred controversy by posting an AI-generated video on his Truth Social account, depicting a gleaming, luxurious vision of Gaza. The video featured a golden statue of himself, Elon Musk snacking on a beach, and shirtless images of Trump and Netanyahu basking in the sun—all set to a catchy tune proclaiming, “Trump Gaza is finally here.”

“They had President Trump in mind,” observed a Western diplomat who attended a briefing on Egypt’s plan at the foreign ministry in Cairo. “It’s very glossy and very well-prepared.”

Egypt’s proposal reportedly draws from a broad array of expertise, incorporating insights from World Bank specialists on sustainability and Dubai developers on hospitality.

Additionally, the blueprint reflects lessons learned from the rebuilding of cities devastated by war, including Hiroshima, Beirut, and Berlin. Egypt’s own experience in constructing its ambitious “New Cairo” project, a costly new administrative capital emerging from the desert, has also played a role in shaping the design.

Trump has stated that he will not “force” his vision on anyone but insists that his plan is “the one that really works.”

Now, it is up to Arab states and their allies to demonstrate that their proposal is the definitive solution.

UN Faces Existential Threat as Trump Administration Pushes for Drastic Funding Cuts

The United Nations, an institution that has endured for nearly eight decades, now faces an existential crisis as the Trump administration continues its threats to significantly cut funding and withdraw from various UN agencies that primarily offer humanitarian aid worldwide.

Tech billionaire Elon Musk, who wields considerable influence over President Trump, has advocated for the U.S. to leave both the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) and the United Nations. Responding to a right-wing political commentator’s post suggesting, “It’s time” for the U.S. to exit NATO and the UN, Musk simply wrote, “I agree.”

Widely described as Trump’s most powerful advisor, Musk has aggressively targeted the U.S. federal bureaucracy in his role as the head of the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE). This has raised concerns about whether the UN will be his next target.

The threat to the UN has gained momentum with a group of Republican lawmakers recently introducing a bill calling for the U.S. to withdraw from the organization. They argue that the UN does not align with Trump’s “America First” agenda.

Kul Chandra Gautam, a former UN assistant secretary-general and former Deputy Executive Director of UNICEF, told IPS that if any proof was needed of the Trump-Musk administration’s “mean & malevolent intentions,” this is it.

As part of its cost-cutting measures, the U.S. has decided to terminate funding for several critical global programs, including those targeting polio, HIV/AIDS, malaria, and nutrition. Many of these initiatives have been implemented by reputable international non-governmental organizations (INGOs), UN agencies, governments, and private contractors known for their efficiency and success. Previously, the State Department had deemed these programs essential and granted them waivers to continue receiving funding.

“Here is a case of throwing the baby with the bathwater—millions of children and women cruelly condemned to become sick, malnourished, and dying to satisfy the ego and hubris of the world’s richest man and a would-be Master of the Universe,” Gautam said.

He further noted that this move shattered the illusion of a “waiver” for essential and lifesaving projects, exposing the lack of credibility in Trump and Senator Marco Rubio’s assurances that crucial humanitarian efforts would be protected.

UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres addressed the crisis in a press briefing last week, expressing deep concern.

“I want to start by expressing my deep concern about information received in the last 48 hours by UN agencies—as well as many humanitarian and development NGOs—regarding severe cuts in funding by the United States. These cuts impact a wide range of critical programs,” Guterres said.

He highlighted the far-reaching consequences of the funding reductions, affecting areas ranging from lifesaving humanitarian aid to support for communities recovering from war or natural disasters, as well as development efforts, counterterrorism initiatives, and the fight against illicit drug trafficking.

“The consequences will be especially devastating for vulnerable people around the world,” he warned.

Andreas Bummel, executive director of Democracy Without Borders, told IPS that while calls for a U.S. withdrawal from the UN have periodically emerged from the Republican Party, Trump’s position remains uncertain.

“While it seems unlikely, it cannot be ruled out that Trump will support this at some point or at least use the scenario to build up diplomatic pressure,” Bummel said.

He pointed out that the U.S. stands to lose more than it gains from such a move. However, Trump’s decisions are not always rational or aligned with America’s best interests. “Certainly, it can be expected that the U.S. first will reduce or threaten to reduce its UN contributions,” he added.

Currently, the U.S. provides 22 percent of the UN’s budget through assessed contributions. The organization’s 2024 regular and peacekeeping budget stands at $3.59 billion.

When asked whether the U.S. can unilaterally cut its contributions, Ambassador Anwarul K. Chowdhury of Bangladesh, a former UN Under-Secretary-General and High Representative, explained that it cannot.

“No, the U.S. cannot do that unilaterally,” Chowdhury told IPS. He clarified that changes in contributions are negotiated in the Committee on Contributions and must be approved by the Fifth Committee, typically by consensus, before being confirmed by the UN General Assembly.

He pointed out that U.S. Ambassador Richard Holbrooke played a crucial role in 2000-2001 in securing an agreement to lower the U.S. contribution from 25% to 22%, which required negotiations with all member states.

Because UN contributions must total 100%, any reduction by one country must be offset by increases from others. However, if the U.S. withdraws from a UN entity, it would no longer be obligated to pay.

“In cases of pending contributions, negotiations would follow,” Chowdhury said. He recalled that in the past, the U.S. has used tactics such as delaying full payments or making partial contributions to exert financial pressure on the UN.

In 2000, Ambassador Holbrooke convinced Senator Jesse Helms, chairman of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee, to agree to clear U.S. arrears to the UN in exchange for a reduction in the country’s contribution rate.

When asked how much money the UN stands to lose and which programs would be affected, UN Spokesperson Stephane Dujarric told reporters on February 28 that the situation remains chaotic.

“We have been informed, and this started a while back but intensified over the last few days, that various agencies have gotten letters. We don’t have a ballpark figure, because this has been done in a bit of a… frankly, in a chaotic way,” Dujarric said.

He provided specific examples of the impact, stating that the UN Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC) has had approximately 50 projects terminated. The agency’s Mexico office, which works to curb fentanyl trafficking, may have to shut down, affecting programs in Central America and the Darien Gap that focus on combating human trafficking.

“The IOM’s (International Organization for Migration) programs in the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) have basically shut down. Their programs in Haiti are at risk. And our FAO (Food and Agriculture Organization) colleagues received 27 termination letters, and the list goes on,” he said.

Guterres has been in contact with the heads of major humanitarian and development agencies to discuss the situation and assess the scale of the crisis. However, Dujarric described the overall outlook as grim.

Agencies are attempting to reach out to their U.S. government counterparts for clarification, but those efforts have yielded little engagement.

“So, we’re continuing to try to seek some clarity. But I can tell you that for our side, our priority and our focus and our determination remain on doing everything we can to continue to provide life-saving aid to those who urgently need it,” Dujarric stated.

He emphasized that the U.S. has been a critical and founding member of the UN for decades, with American generosity helping to lift millions out of poverty, eradicate diseases, and promote global stability.

“The generosity of the American people has helped to lift millions out of poverty, has helped to eradicate diseases, has frankly helped to build a more prosperous and safer world for which Americans benefit and the whole world benefits. We have tried at a fairly senior level to engage, especially on this issue, but I can’t say we’ve detected much interest in engaging on this issue,” he noted.

When asked whether the UN is considering cost-cutting measures as a contingency plan, Dujarric acknowledged that the organization is exploring ways to diversify funding sources and increase efficiency.

“Our colleague, Tom Fletcher, the Coordinator of Humanitarian Affairs, who chairs what we call the Interagency Committee—which brings together UN agencies and NGOs—his message has also been clear, which is that we have to figure out how we can save money,” Dujarric said.

He added that efforts are underway to eliminate inefficiencies, overlaps, and bureaucratic turf wars, recognizing that any organization can find ways to work more effectively.

Trump’s Tariffs on Canada and Mexico Could Raise Prices on Everyday Goods

President Donald Trump has introduced tariffs on Canada and Mexico, a move that threatens to escalate into a trade conflict between the United States and its neighboring countries. Goods entering the U.S. from these nations will now face a 25% tax. In response, Canada has announced retaliatory tariffs, and Mexico has stated it will also implement countermeasures.

The three countries have closely connected economies, with supply chains that facilitate the movement of around $2 billion (£1.6 billion) worth of manufactured goods across their borders each day.

Trump has defended the tariffs, saying they are necessary to safeguard American industries. However, many economists caution that these duties could drive up prices for U.S. consumers. This is because the tax is paid by American importers, who may either pass on the increased costs to customers or reduce imports, which would result in a decrease in available products.

Possible Price Increases on Consumer Goods

Automobiles

The cost of cars is expected to rise, with TD Economics estimating an increase of approximately $3,000 per vehicle.

Car manufacturing involves components crossing the U.S., Canadian, and Mexican borders multiple times before final assembly. Several major automakers, including Audi, BMW, Ford, General Motors, and Honda, rely on this cross-border trade.

With the introduction of tariffs, higher costs incurred on imported parts are likely to be passed on to customers.

“Suffice it to say that disrupting these trends through tariffs… would come with significant costs,” noted Andrew Foran, an economist at TD Economics.

He emphasized that “uninterrupted free trade” in the automotive industry had existed for decades, leading to lower prices for consumers.

Alcoholic Beverages: Beer, Whisky, and Tequila

Popular Mexican beer brands such as Modelo and Corona could become more expensive for U.S. consumers if American importers choose to pass on the additional tax costs. However, companies might also decide to reduce the amount they import instead of raising prices.

Modelo, which became the best-selling beer in the U.S. in 2023, continues to hold the top position.

Spirits face a more complex situation. Since the 1990s, the industry has largely operated without tariffs. Prior to the new tariffs, industry organizations from the U.S., Canada, and Mexico issued a joint statement expressing their “deep concern.”

They pointed out that certain spirits, including Bourbon, Tennessee whiskey, tequila, and Canadian whisky, are “recognized as distinctive products and can only be produced in their designated countries.”

Because production cannot simply be relocated, these beverages may face supply shortages, potentially leading to price hikes. The industry groups also noted that many companies own various spirit brands across all three countries.

Housing Costs

Canada supplies approximately one-third of the softwood lumber used in the U.S. annually. This essential building material will now be subject to the tariffs imposed by Trump. Despite Trump’s claim that the U.S. has “more lumber than we ever use,” the National Association of Home Builders (NAHB) has urged the administration to exempt building materials, warning that the tariffs could negatively impact housing affordability.

The NAHB has voiced “serious concerns” that tariffs on lumber will drive up the cost of home construction—especially since most U.S. homes are primarily built with wood. The group fears this could deter developers from building new houses.

“Consumers end up paying for the tariffs in the form of higher home prices,” the NAHB stated.

Lumber from Canada is not the only material at risk. A second potential threat now looms over most timber and lumber imports into the U.S., regardless of their country of origin.

On March 1, Trump ordered an investigation into whether additional tariffs should be applied to lumber and timber imports from all countries or if incentives should be introduced to boost domestic production. The findings of this inquiry are expected by the end of the year.

Maple Syrup

For American households, one of the most noticeable effects of the trade dispute with Canada may be the rising cost of Canadian maple syrup, according to Thomas Sampson, an associate professor of economics at the London School of Economics.

Canada’s maple syrup industry is valued at over a billion dollars and accounts for 75% of global production. Approximately 90% of this syrup comes from Quebec, home to the world’s only strategic maple syrup reserve, established 24 years ago.

“That maple syrup is going to become more expensive. And that’s a direct price increase that households will face,” Sampson said.

He added, “If I buy goods that are domestically produced in the U.S., but that are produced using inputs from Canada, the price of those goods is also going to go up.”

Fuel Prices

Canada is the leading foreign supplier of crude oil to the United States. Official trade data indicates that between January and November last year, 61% of U.S. oil imports came from Canada.

While the new tariffs impose a 25% tax on Canadian imports, energy imports will face a lower 10% tariff.

Although the U.S. does not have a shortage of oil, its refineries are specifically designed to process “heavier” crude oil, which primarily comes from Canada and, to a lesser extent, Mexico.

“Many refineries need heavier crude oil to maximize flexibility of gasoline, diesel, and jet fuel production,” according to the American Fuel and Petrochemical Manufacturers.

If Canada retaliates by reducing crude oil exports to the U.S., gasoline prices at the pump could increase as a result.

Avocados

One of the most significant potential price increases for U.S. consumers involves avocados.

Mexico, known for its warm and humid climate, is the primary supplier of avocados to the U.S., accounting for nearly 90% of the American avocado market each year.

Should tariffs be imposed, the U.S. Department of Agriculture has cautioned that the cost of avocados could surge, affecting prices for popular avocado-based dishes like guacamole.

Conclusion

The new tariffs imposed by President Trump on Canada and Mexico have sparked concerns about potential price increases on several consumer goods, including cars, alcoholic beverages, housing materials, maple syrup, fuel, and avocados. While the administration argues that these measures will protect American industries, economists warn that they may ultimately burden U.S. consumers with higher costs. With Canada and Mexico already planning retaliatory tariffs, the trade dispute could escalate further, impacting prices and supply chains across North America.

Trump Moves Forward with Tariffs on Canada, Mexico, and China Amid Trade Tensions

President Donald Trump has confirmed the implementation of 25% tariffs on goods imported from Canada and Mexico into the United States, stating that negotiations had reached their limit.

Following this announcement, U.S. stock markets reacted negatively, with major indices experiencing significant declines. These tariffs, which Trump had been warning about for months, are set to take effect on Tuesday. Additionally, an extra 10% tariff on Chinese imports is expected to be imposed, subjecting all three of the U.S.’s largest trading partners to increased trade barriers in a short span of time.

“There’s no room left for Mexico or for Canada,” Trump said from the White House on Monday. “The tariffs, you know, they’re all set. They go into effect tomorrow.”

Following his remarks, the Dow Jones Industrial Average closed 1.4% lower, the S&P 500 fell by 1.75%, and the Nasdaq dropped by 2.6%.

Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau responded strongly, stating, “Canada will not let this unjustified decision go unanswered.”

Canadian Foreign Minister Mélanie Joly told the press that Ottawa is planning retaliatory tariffs on U.S. imports valued at C$155 billion ($107 billion; £84 billion), with an immediate first round of C$30 billion targeting essential consumer goods such as pasta, clothing, and perfume.

Joly also emphasized the severity of the situation, calling the tariffs “an existential threat to us,” adding that “thousands of jobs in Canada [are] at stake.”

Meanwhile, China’s commerce ministry condemned the new U.S. tariffs, promising countermeasures. The ministry accused the Trump administration of attempting to “shift the blame” and “bully” Beijing, particularly over the issue of fentanyl distribution.

In a statement, the Chinese ministry urged Washington to “immediately withdraw” the tariffs, calling them “unreasonable and groundless, harmful to others.”

The state-run media outlet The Global Times reported on Monday that China is likely to target U.S. agricultural and food products with a combination of tariff and non-tariff restrictions.

Mexico also declared its intent to retaliate against the new U.S. tariffs, raising concerns about an escalating trade dispute.

Trump justified the tariffs as a measure against what he described as an unacceptable influx of illegal drugs and undocumented immigrants into the U.S. He has previously argued that tariffs, which function as a tax on imported goods, are a necessary tool for economic protection.

These tariffs were initially scheduled to take effect last month, but the U.S. granted Canada and Mexico a one-month reprieve to allow further negotiations. However, the U.S. had already moved ahead with a 10% tariff on Chinese exports in February, effectively raising the total duty on Chinese goods entering the country to at least 20%.

Trump has consistently defended tariffs as a mechanism to correct trade imbalances and bolster U.S. manufacturing.

Despite concerns about the potential economic fallout, particularly in North America, where businesses have long benefited from free trade agreements, Trump dismissed fears of harm to the U.S. economy.

“What they’ll have to do is build their car plants, frankly, and other things, in the United States, in which case they have no tariffs,” he said.

Negotiators from Canada and Mexico had been engaged in discussions in Washington in an attempt to prevent the tariffs from being implemented.

Mexican President Claudia Sheinbaum appeared to address Trump’s actions directly during a public event in Colima earlier on Monday, asserting that “Mexico has to be respected.”

“Co-operation [and] co-ordination, yes, subordination, never,” she declared.

Meanwhile, Prime Minister Trudeau, who was in the United Kingdom, met with King Charles on Monday. Ahead of their meeting, he stated that he planned to raise key issues concerning Canadians, particularly “standing up for our sovereignty and our independence as a nation.”

A day prior, Trudeau had spoken at a summit in London, refuting U.S. claims that Canada was a major contributor to America’s fentanyl crisis.

According to U.S. data, only 1% of fentanyl seized within the country is believed to have originated from Canada.

The Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA) also defended its role in controlling fentanyl trafficking, stating that it has been intensifying its efforts to prevent the drug’s entry into the U.S.

Further escalating trade tensions, Trump also announced a 25% tariff on all steel and aluminum imports, scheduled to take effect on March 12.

Beyond North America and China, he has additionally threatened to introduce “reciprocal” tariffs against specific countries and impose a 25% duty on goods from the European Union.

Trump Imposes Sweeping Tariffs on Canada, Mexico, and China Amid Economic Concerns

President Donald Trump implemented broad tariffs at midnight on imports from Canada and Mexico while also increasing duties on Chinese goods. In response, Mexico’s president announced retaliatory tariffs set to take effect on Sunday.

The new tariffs impose a 25% duty on imports from Canada and Mexico. Additionally, Trump raised tariffs on Chinese imports, doubling the existing 10% duty imposed in February. Economists have cautioned that such aggressive trade policies could have global repercussions, including inflation that could negatively impact consumers.

Following Trump’s announcement on Monday, the stock market experienced a sharp downturn. The S&P 500 declined by 1.8%, marking its worst performance since December and pushing it into negative territory for the year. On Tuesday, stocks remained under pressure, with the Nasdaq Composite nearing correction territory.

Bernstein analysts predict the auto sector will be particularly hard hit by the tariffs. The firm referred to the policy as “the return of the tariff man,” estimating that it could create a $110 million daily burden for the industry.

“If trade flows remain unchanged, we project an annual impact of up to $40 billion on the U.S. automotive sector,” wrote analyst Daniel Roeska. “However, proactive strategies—such as building up inventory, reallocating production, and reducing imports from Mexico—could mitigate the overall burden. In the initial weeks, the industry may manage to keep additional costs minimal, but prolonged tariffs will increase risks significantly.”

He further warned that in the long run, tariffs could slash free cash flow for the automotive industry by up to 60%.

New England Governors Raise Concerns Over Higher Energy Costs

Governors from New England voiced concerns that Trump’s 10% tariff on energy imports from Canada could drive up gasoline and home heating prices.

Massachusetts Governor Maura Healey stated on Monday that the tariffs would cause energy costs to “skyrocket,” estimating an annual cost of $370 million for Massachusetts and $1 billion for the entire New England region.

Maine Governor Janet Mills emphasized that her state’s economy is “deeply intertwined” with Canada, adding that Maine depends more on Canadian home heating oil than any other state. More than 80% of its gasoline and heating oil is imported from Canada.

Trump’s energy tariffs target a wide range of imports, including crude oil, natural gas, refined products, uranium, coal, biofuels, geothermal energy, hydroelectric power, and critical minerals.

Trump Falsely Claims U.S. Banks Are Barred from Canada

On Tuesday, Trump inaccurately stated that American banks are prohibited from operating in Canada, following the imposition of a 25% tariff on Canadian imports.

“Canada doesn’t allow American Banks to do business in Canada, but their banks flood the American Market. Oh, that seems fair to me, doesn’t it?” he posted on Truth Social.

However, despite Canada’s highly regulated banking sector, American banks are permitted to operate within the country.

Trump Encourages Companies to Shift Manufacturing to the U.S.

Trump reiterated that businesses manufacturing in the U.S. would avoid tariffs.

“IF COMPANIES MOVE TO THE UNITED STATES, THERE ARE NO TARIFFS!!!” he stated in a social media post on Tuesday.

Best Buy CEO Warns of Consumer Price Increases

Best Buy CEO Corie Barry cautioned that tariffs are “highly likely” to result in higher consumer prices.

“Trade is critically important to our business and industry; the consumer electronic supply chain is highly global, technical, and complex,” Barry said. “We expect our vendors across our entire assortment will pass along some level of tariff costs to retailers, making price increases for American consumers highly likely.”

Barry revealed that 60% of Best Buy’s product costs originate from China, while Mexico is the company’s second-largest importer.

Mexico Vows to Defend Its Sovereignty

Mexico’s President Claudia Sheinbaum announced plans to counter Trump’s tariffs on Sunday. However, she made extensive remarks about the situation on Tuesday, as translated by CNBC.

“No one wins with this decision. On the contrary, it affects the people we represent,” Sheinbaum stated.

She emphasized the importance of U.S.-Mexico economic integration, saying, “We should be integrating our economies to strengthen the region amid the economic and commercial growth of other regions.”

Sheinbaum also insisted that diplomatic discussions should continue. “We will keep the dialog going to find solutions with arguments and rationality.”

“I reiterate: It’s time to defend Mexico and its sovereignty,” she concluded.

Commerce Secretary: Tariffs Aimed at Stopping Drug Flow

Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnickstated that the tariffs imposed on Canada and Mexico were not part of a broader trade war but were intended to curb the influx of fentanyl into the U.S.

“The current tariff policy is a drug-related policy. There’s opioids pouring into this country. They’re killing about 75,000 autopsied Americans a year,” Lutnick said in an interview on CNBC’s Squawk Box.

He pointed fingers at China and North American trade partners, saying, “China makes the opioid products, and then Mexico and Canada feed them into America, and that’s got to end. They’ve done a nice job on the border, but they haven’t stopped the flow of fentanyl.”

Lutnick suggested that the tariffs could be lifted if significant progress is made in stopping drug trafficking.

“If they can stop the flow of fentanyl, and they can prove to the president they can stop the flow of fentanyl, then of course the president can remove these tariffs,” he stated.

He also differentiated the current tariffs from those set to take effect on April 2, which he described as a “reset” of trade policy focused on regulating the flow of goods and services. Lutnick acknowledged that consumers may experience short-term price increases but assured that the long-term impact would be different.

Oil Prices Decline Amid Tariff Uncertainty

Oil prices dropped on Tuesday morning as Trump’s tariffs on Canada and Mexico coincided with increased supply from OPEC+, dampening the crude oil outlook.

By 9:20 a.m. ET, U.S. crude oil had declined by 70 cents (1.02%) to $67.67 per barrel, while Brent crude was down $1.02 (1.42%) at $70.60 per barrel.

Trump’s tariffs include a 10% duty on energy imports from Canada, a move that could disrupt crude flows in North America. Many U.S. refiners, especially those in the Midwest, rely heavily on heavy crude imports from Canada.

While the energy tariffs are expected to disrupt supply chains, the broader 25% tariffs on Canada and Mexico—America’s two largest trading partners—could slow economic growth and reduce oil demand.

Shares of refiners Marathon Petroleum, Phillips 66, and Valero fell in premarket trading following the tariff announcement.

Meanwhile, OPEC+ confirmed on Monday that it will gradually return 2.2 million barrels per day to the market starting in April, further affecting supply-and-demand balances.

Target CEO Warns of Produce Price Hikes

Target CEO Brian Cornell cautioned that the 25% tariffs on Mexican imports could result in higher prices for produce as soon as this week.

During an interview on CNBC’s Squawk Box, Cornell explained that Target relies heavily on Mexican imports for certain fruits and vegetables during winter months.

“Those are categories where we’ll try to protect pricing, but the consumer will likely see price increases over the next couple of days,” Cornell said.

He identified strawberries, avocados, and bananas as key products that could be affected.

“We’re going to try and make sure we can do everything we can to protect pricing, but if there’s a 25% tariff, those prices will go up,” he added.

Europe Seeks United Front on Ukraine as Starmer Calls for Action

The West faces a “crossroads in history,” British Prime Minister Keir Starmer declared at a crucial summit in London on Sunday. The gathering aimed to shift control of negotiations over the Russia-Ukraine war away from the United States and establish a unified European approach, particularly as tensions between Kyiv and Washington reached a breaking point.

“This is not a moment for more talk. It’s time to act,” Starmer emphasized after an intense day of diplomacy in London, where European leaders worked to pave the way for a ceasefire in Ukraine.

The urgency of the meeting, held at Lancaster House, escalated after U.S. President Donald Trump criticized Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky in the Oval Office. The encounter alarmed Western allies while seemingly benefiting Moscow. Zelensky and numerous European leaders attended the summit, a critical moment given the heightened anxieties surrounding the conflict.

Starmer revealed that he was collaborating with France and a select group of nations to develop a proposal to halt the hostilities, which would then be presented to the United States.

French President Emmanuel Macron outlined the framework of this initiative in an interview with Le Figaro, stating that France and the UK had suggested a one-month limited ceasefire in Ukraine.

The initial phase of this Franco-British alternative peace plan would enforce a temporary truce covering air, sea, and energy infrastructures, Macron explained to the French publication. The next stage, he added, would address ground forces. CNN sought comments from Downing Street regarding the proposal.

This initiative appears to rival the negotiation process Trump’s administration launched with Russia the previous month. It also acknowledges the possibility that direct negotiations between Trump and Zelensky could reignite tensions rather than resolve them.

Nevertheless, securing American backing remains essential. During a Sunday press conference, Starmer reinforced this notion, stressing that the U.S. was “not an unreliable ally.” His reassurance came after Trump’s heated dispute with Zelensky deeply unsettled European leaders.

Sunday’s summit aimed to reignite momentum in peace efforts that had been making progress throughout the week, only to collapse after Friday’s confrontation. The meeting underscored European unity, as multiple leaders pushed back against the perception that the continent was merely a spectator in the ongoing negotiations.

“In the end, a deal will have to involve Russia, of course it will, but we can’t approach this on the basis that Russia dictates the terms of any security guarantee before we’ve even got to a deal – otherwise, we won’t make any progress at all,” Starmer asserted.

The UK and France have been working to assemble a “coalition of the willing” that would deploy to Ukraine once an agreement is secured. “If a deal is done, it has to be a deal that is then defended,” Starmer said.

Zelensky commended the summit on social media platform X, stating, “Europe’s unity is at an exceptionally high level, one that has not been seen in a long time.” Separately, he asserted that any potential peace agreement should begin with a prisoner exchange “and the return of children.” This step, he argued, would “demonstrate Russia’s true intention for peace.”

Macron highlighted the advantages of the Franco-British ceasefire proposal, noting its straightforward monitoring process. “We know how to measure it,” he stated. “In the event of a ceasefire, it would be very difficult to verify that the front is respected.”

Macron, who Le Figaro reported had spoken with Trump on Friday, clarified that “no European troops” would be deployed to Ukraine “in the coming weeks.” The French newspaper also reported that Macron remained skeptical about any ceasefire agreement negotiated solely between the U.S. and Russia, arguing that he was “convinced that Vladimir Putin will seek to humiliate Ukraine.”

When asked whether he was aware of the proposal, Zelensky responded that he was “aware of everything” but did not explicitly state whether he supported the ceasefire plan.

‘Nobody Wants to See That’

Zelensky received a warm reception from Starmer on Saturday, a stark contrast to the tense welcome he experienced at the White House. Additionally, King Charles met with the Ukrainian leader at his Sandringham estate on Sunday.

The earlier confrontation between Trump, Vice President J.D. Vance, and Zelensky, where they accused him of being ungrateful for American military aid and of risking “World War III” by resisting Russia’s invasion, cast a shadow over the weekend’s diplomatic efforts.

The episode encapsulated Europe’s worst fears. “Nobody wants to see that,” Starmer remarked to the BBC on Sunday. He disclosed that he immediately began reaching out to leaders after witnessing the heated exchange, adding, “My driving purpose has been to bridge this.”

Zelensky returned to Kyiv with more than just diplomatic assurances. On Saturday, Britain announced a plan to expedite$2.8 billion in loans to Ukraine. According to the UK government, the first installment of the funding would be released the following week.

In a Telegram post on Saturday, Zelensky stated, “The money will go toward the production of weapons in Ukraine. This is the fair way: the one who started the war should pay.” He further noted that “the loan will strengthen our defense capabilities.”

On Sunday, Starmer introduced another agreement permitting Ukraine to use £1.6 billion ($2 billion) in UK export finance to procure more than 5,000 advanced air defense missiles, which would be manufactured in Belfast.

‘A Once-in-a-Generation Moment’

“We gather here today because this is a once-in-a-generation moment for the security of Europe, and we all need to step up,” Starmer declared at the summit’s opening.

Downing Street outlined three primary objectives for the meeting: addressing Ukraine’s immediate requirements, securing a “lasting deal” to end the conflict, and formulating robust security guarantees.

“I hope you know that we are all with you and the people of Ukraine for as long as it takes, everyone around this table,” Starmer reassured Zelensky in his opening remarks.

The summit brought together key global figures, including French President Emmanuel Macron, Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau, and leaders from various European nations, along with representatives from the European Union and NATO.

Italian Prime Minister Giorgia Meloni emphasized the need for unity during her discussion with Starmer on Sunday, stressing that it is “very, very important that we avoid the risk that the West divides” over Ukraine.

Both Starmer and Meloni are expected to play crucial roles in advancing the peace process. Their established relationships with Trump may prove instrumental in persuading him to take European proposals seriously.

-+=